A unified system of programming communication. The system encompasses the prior art (television, radio, broadcast hardcopy, computer communications, etc.) and new user specific mass media. Within the unified system, parallel processing computer systems, each having an input (e.g., 77) controlling a plurality of computers (e.g., 205), generate and output user information at receiver stations. Under broadcast control, local computers (73, 205), combine user information selectively into prior art communications to exhibit personalized mass media programming at video monitors (202), speakers (263), printers (221), etc. At intermediate transmission stations (e.g., cable television stations), signals in network broadcasts and from local inputs (74, 77, 97, 98) cause control processors (71) and computers (73) to selectively automate connection and operation of receivers (53), recorder/players (76), computers (73), generators (82), strippers (81), etc. At receiver stations, signals in received transmissions and from local inputs (225, 218, 22) cause control processors (200) and computers (205) to automate connection and operation of converters (201), tuners (215), decryptors (224), recorder/players (217), computers (205), furnaces (206), etc. processors (71, 200) meter and monitor availability and usage of programming.

Patent
   RE47968
Priority
Nov 03 1981
Filed
Nov 08 2018
Issued
Apr 28 2020
Expiry
Nov 03 2001
Assg.orig
Entity
Large
0
1136
all paid
0. 68. A method of processing signals at a receiver station having a receiver, an instruction based processor, an electronic input device and at least one output device, said instruction based processor being operatively connected to said receiver for receiving a digital control signal and operatively connected to said at least one output device for controlling said at least one output device, said electronic input device being operatively connected to said instruction based processor for inputting a signal, said method comprising the steps of:
receiving a first information transmission including mass medium programming and said digital control signal;
passing said mass medium programming to said at least one output device;
outputting in human intelligible form said mass medium programming at said at least one output device;
prompting a subscriber during said mass medium programming for a subscriber reply to receive additional material related to said mass medium programming;
receiving said subscriber reply from said subscriber at said electronic input device in response to said step of prompting said subscriber;
inputting information to said instruction based processor based on said subscriber reply;
detecting said digital control signal;
passing said digital control signal to said instruction based processor based on said subscriber reply;
processing at said instruction based processor said digital control signal to select a communication channel to be received by said receiver;
receiving via electronic transmission a second information transmission including a second digital control signal, said second digital control signal including information necessary for the decryption of said additional material;
receiving a third information transmission including said additional material in encrypted digital form;
decrypting said additional material based on said second digital control signal, said decrypting using a particular decryption technique identified by said second digital signal, wherein said particular decryption technique is identified from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said receiver station, each said decryption technique for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information; and
controlling said at least one output device to output in human intelligible form said additional material based on said subscriber reply.
1. An apparatus for promoting and delivering digitally encoded programming at a television receiver station comprising:
a first receiver section for receiving a promotional television program at said television receiver station, said promotional television program promoting said digitally encoded programming, said digitally encoded programming being related to said promotional television program;
a television display operatively connected to said television receiver station for displaying said promotional television program;
a an instruction based processor operatively connected to said television receiver station for receiving a signal used to decrypt said digitally encoded programming using a particular decryption technique, said signal including information identifying said particular decryption technique, wherein said particular decryption technique is identified from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said television receiver station, said signal received via electronic transmission and originated from a location geographically remote from said television receiver station, each said decryption technique for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information, wherein said instruction based processor operating on said signal according to one or more instructions under control of operating instructions stored at said television receiver station, said television receiver station arranged for reprogramming said operating instructions by operatively connecting to a source located geographically remote from said television receiver station using a communication channel carrying only digitally encoded data during communication of operating instruction reprogramming information, and for receiving a television viewer response to said promotional television program;
a second receiver section operatively connected to said instruction based processor for receiving said promotional television program in encrypted form; and
a storage device operatively connected to said instruction based processor for storing said viewer response and said signal used to decrypt said digitally encoded programming using a particular decryption technique identified by said information included in said signal, said instruction based processor authorizing in response to said viewer response decryption and presentation of said digitally encoded programming related to said promotional television program.
17. A method for selectively receiving information at a receiver station in response to a user reply synchronized with a television program solicitation, said receiver station having a processor plurality of instruction based processors, a storage device, a television display, a decrypter and a an electronic user input device, each of said plurality of instruction based processors operating on digital data according to one or more instructions under control of operating instructions stored at said receiver station, said receiver station arranged for reprogramming said operating instructions by operatively connecting to a source located geographically remote from said receiver station using a communication channel carrying only digitally encoded data during communication of operating instruction reprogramming information, said method comprising the steps of:
receiving a multichannel transmission at a receiver station;
selecting a television channel from said multichannel transmission in said step of receiving;
displaying a television program on said television display from said television channel in said step of selecting;
receiving said user reply at said electronic user input device in response to and coordinated with a solicitation in said television program in said step of displaying;
processing, at said receiver station, said user reply from said step of receiving said user reply to identify whether said user reply is affirmative to said television program solicitation;
passing a digital code to said decrypter in response to said step of processing said user reply, said decrypter using a particular decryption technique, wherein said particular decryption technique is identified from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said receiver station based on at least one signal received via electronic transmission and originated from a location geographically remote from said receiver station, each said decryption technique for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information;
selecting an encrypted digital information portion of said multichannel transmission in response to said step of processing said user reply, said digital information portion being related to said television program; and
processing said encrypted digital information portion of said multichannel transmission to decrypt said encrypted digital information portion of said multichannel transmission by using said digital code and at least one of said plurality of decryption techniques available at said receiver station.
15. A method for selectively outputting digital information at a receiver station in response to a viewer response synchronized with a television solicitation, said receiver station having a processor plurality of instruction processors, a storage device, a television display, a decrypter and a an electronic viewer input device, each of said plurality of instruction based processors operating on digital data according to one or more instructions under control of operating instructions stored at said receiver station, said receiver station arranged for reprogramming said operating instructions by operatively connecting to a source located geographically remote from said receiver station using a communication channel carrying only digitally encoded data during communication of operating instruction reprogramming information, said method comprising the steps of:
receiving first information transmission at said receiver station, said first information transmission including a television signal and a control signal;
selecting said television signal from said first information transmission;
displaying a television program on said television display from said television signal;
receiving a viewer response at said electronic viewer input device in response to and coordinated with a solicitation in said television program;
processing said viewer response to identify whether said viewer response is affirmative to said television program solicitation from said step of receiving a viewer response;
transferring a digital code to said decrypter if said viewer response is affirmative, said decrypter using a particular decryption technique, wherein said particular decryption technique is identified from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said receiver station based on at least one signal received via electronic transmission and originated from a location geographically remote from said receiver station, each said decryption technique for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information;
receiving a second encrypted digital information transmission including said digital information at said receiver station;
controlling said decrypter to decrypt said second encrypted digital information transmission using said digital code and said particular decryption technique to generate said digital information; and
controlling a programming output device to output in human intelligible form said digital information on the basis of said control signal if said viewer response is affirmative, said digital information being related to said television program.
25. An interactive television receiver station apparatus for accepting user input in response to a television program, said receiver station apparatus acting upon said user input to authorize delivery of a product or service at a receiver station, said receiver station apparatus comprising:
a first receiver for receiving a television signal, said television signal having a promotional television program;
a an instruction based signal processor operatively connected to said first receiver for receiving said user input in response to said promotional television program and for selecting a first digital code or datum and a second digital code or datum received by said first receiver, said first digital code or datum authorizing delivery of at least one of a product and a service related to said television program, said second digital code or datum designating said at least one of a said product and a the service promoted in said promotional television program, said instruction based signal processor operating on digital data according to one or more instructions under control of operating instructions stored at said interactive television receiver station apparatus, said interactive television receiver station apparatus arranged for reprogramming said operating instructions by operatively connecting to a source located geographically remote from said interactive television receiver station apparatus using a communication channel carrying only digitally encoded data during communication of operating instruction reprogramming information;
a television display operatively connected to said instruction based signal processor, said television display outputting said promotional television program at said receiver station;
a second receiver operatively connected to said instruction based signal processor for receiving encrypted digital information of said at least one of a said product and a said service, said instruction based signal processor authorizing the decryption using a particular decryption technique and delivery of said designated at least one of a said product and a said service by passing information of said first digital code or datum to a decrypter for use in decrypting said encrypted digital information based on said user input, said particular decryption technique identified from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said interactive television receiver station apparatus based on at least one signal received via electronic transmission and originated from a location geographically remote from said interactive television receiver station apparatus, each said decryption technique for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information.
26. A method for promoting and delivering at least one of a product and a service for use with an interactive television viewing apparatus, said method comprising the steps of:
receiving a television program in a first programming signal, said television program describing said at least one of a said product and a said service which is related to said television program;
displaying said television program that describes said at least one of a said product and a said service, said interactive television viewing apparatus having an electronic input device to receive input from a user;
offering said at least one of a said product and a said service on condition of a user input, said interactive television viewing apparatus having a transmitter for communicating user information to a remote site;
receiving said user input at said electronic input device, said interactive television viewing apparatus having a processor plurality of instruction based processors for processing said user input, each of said plurality of instruction based processors operating on digital data according to one or more instructions under control of operating instructions stored at said interactive television viewing apparatus, said interactive television viewing apparatus arranged for reprogramming said operating instructions by operatively connecting to a source located geographically remote from said interactive television viewing apparatus using a communication channel carrying only digitally encoded data during communication of operating instruction reprogramming information;
processing said user input and selecting a first code designating said at least one of a said product and a said service and a second code designating delivery of said at least one of a said product and a said service;
communicating at least one of said first code and said second code to said remote site;
passing an a digital encryption code received in said first programming signal to a an instruction based processor in response to said step of processing said user input;
receiving encrypted digital information of said at least one of a said product and a said service in a second programming signal;
decrypting said encrypted digital information with said digital encryption code using a particular decryption technique identified from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said interactive television viewing apparatus based on at least one signal received via electronic transmission and originated from a location geographically remote from said interactive television viewing apparatus, each said decryption technique for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information; and
delivering said at least one of a said product and a said service to said user.
0. 56. A method for mass medium programming promotion and delivery for use with an interactive video viewing apparatus in a computer network comprising the steps of:
receiving a first portion at a first time of said mass medium programming in a first programming signal, said first portion of mass medium programming including a video image that promotes a second portion of said mass medium programming, said second portion of said mass medium programming in encoded digital form;
displaying said video image, said interactive video viewing apparatus having an electronic input device to receive input from a subscriber;
prompting said subscriber for a reply, during said step of displaying said video image, as to whether said subscriber wants said second portion of said mass medium programming promoted in said step of displaying of said video image, said interactive video viewing apparatus having a transmitter for communicating said reply to a remote site;
receiving said reply from said subscriber at said electronic input device in response to said step of prompting said subscriber, said interactive video viewing apparatus having an instruction based processor for processing said reply, said interactive video viewing apparatus comprising a plurality of instruction based processors, each of said plurality of instruction based processors operating on digital data according to one or more instructions under control of operating instructions stored at said interactive video viewing apparatus, said interactive video viewing apparatus arranged for reprogramming said operating instructions by operatively connecting to a source located geographically remote from said interactive video viewing apparatus using a communication channel carrying only digitally encoded data during communication of operating instruction reprogramming information;
processing said reply at said instruction based processor;
receiving a plurality of instructions from a source located remote from said interactive video viewing apparatus;
executing said plurality of instructions at said instruction based processor based on both said operating instructions and said reply;
selecting at least one of a code and a datum designating said second portion of said mass medium programming to authorize delivery of said second portion of said mass medium programming;
communicating said selected at least one of said code and said datum to a remote site in said computer network using a communication channel carrying only digital information during said step of communicating;
receiving at a second time said second portion of said mass medium programming in a second programming signal, said second time occurring after said first time;
decrypting using a particular decryption technique said second portion of said mass medium programming by using said at least one of said code and said datum in response to said step of processing said reply, wherein said particular decryption technique is identified from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said interactive video viewing apparatus based on at least one signal received via electronic transmission and originated from a location geographically remote from said interactive video viewing apparatus, each said decryption technique for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information; and
delivering said mass medium programming to an output device, wherein said output device outputs human intelligible content.
0. 65. A method for data promotion and delivery for use with an interactive mass medium programming output apparatus in a computer network comprising the steps of:
receiving mass medium programming in a first programming signal, said mass medium programming including information that promotes digital data;
outputting mass medium programming including said information that promotes digital data in human intelligible form, said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus having an electronic input device to receive input from a user;
prompting said user during said mass medium programming whether said user wants said digital data promoted in said step of outputting, said digital data being related to said mass medium programming, said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus having a transmitter for communicating user information to a remote site;
receiving a reply from said user at said electronic input device in response to said step of prompting said user, said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus having an instruction based processor for processing at least one of said reply and said digital data, said instruction based processor operating on digital data information according to one or more instructions under control of operating instructions stored at said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus, said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus arranged for reprogramming said operating instructions by operatively connecting to a source located geographically remote from said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus using a communication channel carrying only digitally encoded data during communication of operating instruction reprogramming information;
processing said reply from said step of receiving said reply and selecting at least one of a digital code and a datum designating said digital data, said at least one of said digital code and said datum designating said digital data made available via electronic transmission from a remote location;
communicating said selected said at least one of said digital code and said datum designating said digital data to said remote site in said computer network using a communication channel carrying only digital information during said step of communicating, said at least one of said digital code and said datum designating said digital data to be used as a record that said user has requested said promoted digital data;
receiving one or more instructions from a station located remote from said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus;
selecting said one or more instructions based on said user reply;
executing said one or more instructions at said instruction based processor based on said step of selecting;
receiving via electronic transmission a signal word remotely originated from said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus, said signal word necessary for the decryption of encrypted data;
passing said signal word to said instruction based processor in response to said step of processing said reply;
processing said signal word at said instruction based processor to identify a particular decryption technique from a defined set of decryption techniques that comprise a plurality of decryption techniques available at said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus, each of said decryption techniques for converting unintelligible digital information into machine readable, machine intelligible digital information;
receiving a second programming signal including said digital data in encrypted form;
decrypting said digital data by using information included in said signal word and by using said selected particular decryption technique; and
delivering said digital data to said instruction based processor.
0. 2. A method for mass medium programming promotion and delivery for use with an interactive video viewing apparatus comprising the steps of:
receiving a first portion of said mass medium programming in a first programming signal, said first portion of mass medium programming including a video image that promotes a second portion of said mass medium programming;
displaying said video image, said interactive video viewing apparatus having an input device to receive input from a subscriber;
prompting said subscriber for a reply, during said step of displaying said video image, as to whether said subscriber wants said second portion of said mass medium programming promoted in said step of displaying of said video image, said interactive video viewing apparatus having a transmitter for communicating said reply to a remote site;
receiving said reply from said subscriber at said input device in response to said step of prompting said subscriber, said interactive video viewing apparatus having a processor for processing said reply;
processing said reply and selecting at least one of a code and a datum designating said second portion of said mass medium programming to authorize delivery of said second portion of said mass medium programming;
communicating said selected at least one of a code and a datum to a remote site;
receiving said second portion of said mass medium programming in a second programming signal;
decrypting said second portion of said mass medium programming by using said at least one of a code and a datum in response to said step of processing said reply; and
delivering said mass medium programming to an output device.
0. 3. The method of claim 2, wherein said output device outputs at least one of audio, hard copy, and television, said method further comprising the steps of:
delivering instructions to said processor; and
communicating said delivered mass medium programming to said output device in accordance with said delivered instructions.
4. The method of claim 2 56, wherein said at least one of a said code and a said datum is embedded in the non-visible portion of a television signal and said step of prompting comprises emitting audio which performs at least one of offering and describing said second portion of said mass medium programming.
5. The method of claim 2 56, wherein said mass medium programming is delivered in a multichannel signal transmitted by one of a remote cable video image transmitter station and a satellite video image transmitter station, said method further comprising the step of tuning a converter to receive at least one instruction.
6. The method of claim 2 56, wherein evidence information evidences at least one of the availability and use of at least one of said video image and said mass medium programming, said evidence information being at least one of stored and communicated to a remote data collection station, said method further comprising the step of selecting said evidence information that at least one of identifies and designates at least one of:
(1) a mass medium program;
(2) a use of data;
(3) a transmission station;
(4) a network;
(5) a broadcast station;
(6) a channel on a cable system;
(7) a time of transmission;
(8) a unique identifier datum;
(9) a source of data;
(10) a supplier of data;
(11) a distributor; and
(12) an advertisement.
7. The method of claim 2 56, further comprising the steps of:
communicating code incorporated in an instruction to said instruction based processor, and performing, on the basis of said code, at least one of:
(1) receiving a signal including said second portion of said mass medium programming;
(2) actuating at least one of a video output device, audio output device, and print output device to output in human intelligible form said second portion of said mass medium programming in a specific way;
(3) decrypting at least a portion of said mass medium programming;
(4) controlling a selective transmission device to communicate selected specific output to said output device, wherein said output device outputs human intelligible content;
(5) generating a receiver specific datum to present with said mass medium programming; and
(6) delivering a receiver specific datum at said interactive video viewing apparatus which functions at least one of simultaneously and sequentially with said mass medium programming.
8. The method of claim 2 56, said method further comprising the step of:
embedding an identifier in said video image that enables said interactive video viewing apparatus to process said second portion of said mass medium programming.
0. 9. The method claim 2, wherein said interactive video viewing apparatus comprises a microcomputer.
0. 10. The method of claim 2, wherein a storage device is operatively connected to said output device, said method further comprising the step of:
storing said mass medium programming at said storage device.
0. 11. The method of claim 2, wherein a storage device is operatively connected to said processor, said method further comprising the step of:
storing, at said storage device, an instruct signal which is effective to process a subscriber reaction to a content of an information transmission which includes said mass medium programming.
0. 12. The method of claim 11, further comprising the step of:
storing, at said storage device, an instruct signal which is effective to establish communications with a remote station.
0. 13. The method of claim 2, wherein a storage device is operatively connected to said processor, said method further comprising the step of:
storing, at said storage device, a signal which is effective to control said interactive video viewing apparatus to receive information to at least one of supplement said video image and to process said mass medium programming.
14. The method of claim 13 62, wherein said instruction based processor is operatively connected to said output device, said method further comprising the step of:
storing, at said storage device, at least one of a code and a datum to serve as a basis for enabling said output device to output programming in human intelligible form.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein said receiver station has a plurality of output devices, said method further comprising the steps of:
controlling a selective transmission device to communicate said digital information to a specific at least one of said plurality of output devices, wherein each of said plurality of output devices outputs human intelligible content;
communicating to a remote station at least one of:
(1) an order for said digital information;
(2) a datum designating delivery of said digital information; and
(3) some usage data regarding some functioning of said receiver station in respect of at least one of said digital information and said viewer response; and
billing for delivery of said digital information on the basis of information communicated to said remote station.
0. 18. A method for data promotion and delivery for use with an interactive mass medium programming output apparatus comprising the steps of:
receiving mass medium programming in a first programming signal, said mass medium programming including information that promotes data;
outputting mass medium programming including said information that promotes data, said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus having an input device to receive input from a user;
prompting said user during said mass medium programming whether said user wants said data promoted in said step of outputting, said data being related to said mass medium programming, said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus having a transmitter for communicating user information to a remote site;
receiving a reply from said user at said input device in response to said step of prompting said user, said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus having a processor for processing at least one of said reply and said data;
processing said reply from said step of receiving said reply and selecting at least one of a code and a datum designating said data;
communicating said selected at least one of a code and a datum to a remote site;
passing a signal word to said processor in response to said step of processing said reply;
receiving a second programming signal including said data in encrypted form;
decrypting said data by using information included in said signal word; and
delivering said data to said processor.
19. The method of claim 1865, wherein said selected at least one of a said digital code and a said datum identifies said digital data, said method further comprising the step of:
billing for delivery of said digital data.
20. The method of claim 18 65, wherein said digital data are embedded in the non-visible portion of a television signal, said method further comprising the steps of:
receiving said television signal;
inputting at least some of said received television signal to a detector; and
detecting said digital data in said received television signal.
21. The method of claim 18 65, wherein evidence information evidences at least one of the availability and use of at least one of said mass medium programming and said digital data, said evidence information being at least one of stored and communicated to a remote data collection station, said method further comprising the step of selecting said evidence information that at least one of identifies and designates at least one of:
(1) a mass medium program;
(2) a use of data;
(3) a transmission station;
(4) a receiver station;
(5) a network;
(6) a broadcast station;
(7) a channel on a cable system;
(8) a time of transmission;
(9) a unique identifier datum;
(10) a source of data;
(11) a payment obligation;
(12) a supplier of data;
(14) a distributor; and
(15) an advertisement.
22. The method of claim 18 65, further comprising the steps of:
receiving at least one bit of data that at least one of a) designates at least one of a time of transmission and a channel of transmission of at least one of said mass medium programming and said digital data and b) specifies at least one of a title and subject matter of at least one of said mass medium programming and said digital data; and subsequently receiving at least one of said mass medium programming and said digital data on the basis of said at least one bit of data.
23. The method of claim 18 65, wherein said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus receives processor code, said method further comprising the steps of:
communicating said processor code to said instruction based processor; and
performing, as a result of execution of said processor code at said instruction based processor, at least one action selected from the group consisting of:
(1) receiving a signal including said digital data;
(2) actuating at least one of a video, audio, and print output device to output said digital data;
(3) decrypting at least a portion of said digital data;
(4) controlling a selective transfer device to communicate a selected specific output to a selected specific output device;
(5) generating a receiver specific datum to present with said digital data; and
delivering a receiver specific datum at said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus at least one of simultaneously and sequentially with at least one of said mass medium programming and said digital data.
0. 24. The method of claim 18, wherein said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus comprises a microcomputer.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered at said interactive television viewing apparatus, said method further comprising the steps of:
detecting instructions which are effective to deliver said at least one of a said product and a said service; and
outputting in human intelligible form said at least one of a said product and a said service on the basis of said instructions.
28. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus has a plurality of output devices and said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered at a specific one or more of said plurality of output devices, said method further comprising the steps of:
controlling a selective transfer device to communicate an instruction in respect of said at least one of a said product and a said service to said specific one or more of said plurality of output devices; and
actuating an output device to output in human intelligible form a portion of said at least one of a said product and a said service on the basis of said communicated instruction.
29. The method of claim 26, further comprising the step of embedding at least one of said first code or and said second code in the non-visible portion of a television signal including said television program.
30. The method of claim 26, wherein said first code and said second code are delivered in a multichannel signal, said method further comprising the step of:
decoding a data portion of said multichannel signal to detect at least one of said first code and said second code, said data portion of said multichannel signal being located outside the viewable portion of a television signal including said television programming.
31. The method of claim 26, wherein evidence information evidences at least one of availability, use or, and usage of at least one of said television program or and delivery of said at least one of a said product and a said service, said evidence information being at least one of stored or and communicated to a remote data collection station, said method further comprising the step of selecting said evidence information that at least one of identifies or and designates one or more of:
(1) a mass medium program;
(2) a use of programming;
(3) a transmission station;
(4) a receiver station;
(5) a network;
(6) a broadcast station;
(7) a channel on a cable system;
(8) a time of transmission;
(9) a unique identifier datum;
(10) a source or supplier of data;
(11) a distributor or an advertisement; and
(12) a payment obligation.
32. The method of claim 26, wherein said at least one of said product and said service is delivered as the result of execution of processor control instructions, said method further comprising the steps of:
communicating at least a first of said processor control instructions to said signal instruction based processor; and
receiving a signal including at least one of programming or and a second of said processor control instructions on the basis of said first of said processor control instructions.
33. The method of claim 26, wherein said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered as the result of execution of processor control instructions, said method further comprising the steps of:
communicating at least a first of said processor control instructions to a signal processor, wherein said plurality of instruction based processors comprises said signal processor; and
actuating at least one of a video, audio, or and print output device, as appropriate, to output in human intelligible form said at least one of a said product and a said service on the basis of said first of said processor control instructions.
34. The method of claim 26, wherein said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered as the result of execution of processor control instructions, said method further comprising the steps of:
communicating at least a first of said processor control instructions to a signal processor, wherein said plurality of instruction based processors comprises said signal processor; and
decrypting at said interactive television viewing apparatus at least one of a portion of said television program or and said processor control instructions on the basis of said first of said processor control instructions.
35. The method of claim 26, wherein said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered as the result of execution of processor control instructions, said method further comprising the steps of:
communicating at least a first of said processor control instructions to a signal processor, wherein said plurality of instruction based processors comprises said signal processor; and
controlling a selective transmission device to communicate at least some of said at least one of a said product and a said service to an output device on the basis of said first of said processor control instructions, wherein said output device outputs information in human intelligible form.
36. The method of claim 26, wherein said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered as the result of execution of processor control instructions, said method further comprising the steps of:
communicating at least a first of said processor control instructions to a signal processor, wherein said plurality of instruction based processors comprises said signal processor; and
generating a receiver specific datum to present with said at least one of a said product and a said service on the basis of said first of said processor control instructions.
37. The method of claim 26, wherein said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered as the result of execution of processor control instructions, said method further comprising the steps of:
communicating at least a first of said processor control instructions to a signal processor, wherein said plurality of instruction based processors comprises said signal processor; and
delivering a receiver specific datum at said interactive television viewing apparatus simultaneously or sequentially with at least one of said television program or and said at least one of a said product and a said service on the basis of said first of said processor control instructions.
38. The method of claim 26, wherein at least some of said at least one of a said product and a said service is delivered as the result of execution of instructions, said method further comprising:
embedding a digital code or datum in said television program that enables said interactive television viewing apparatus to control a presentation in human intelligible form of said at least one of a said product and a said service in accordance with said instructions.
39. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus includes a storage device, said method further comprising:
communicating an a digital identification code to said storage device and storing said digital identification code at a storage location associated with said television program.
40. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus includes a storage device, said method further comprising:
communicating to and storing at said storage device information to evidence at least one of an availability, use, or and usage of at least one of said television program or and a portion of digital data.
41. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus includes a storage device, said method further comprising:
storing at said storage device an instruct signal which is effective to generate output in human intelligible form associated with said at least one of a said product and a said service.
42. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus includes a storage device, said method further comprising:
storing at said storage device an instruct signal which is effective to process a user response to content of an information transmission which includes at least one of said television program or and said at least one of a said product and a said service.
43. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus includes a storage device, said method further comprising:
storing at said storage device an instruct signal which is effective to establish communication with a remote station.
44. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus includes a storage device, said method further comprising:
storing at said storage device an instruct signal which is effective to process digital information in a television signal.
45. The method of claim 26, wherein said interactive television viewing apparatus includes a storage device, said method further comprising:
storing at said storage device a digital code or datum to serve as a basis for enabling an output device to output in human intelligible form at least some of said at least one of a said product and a said service.
46. The method of claim 18 65 wherein said remote site is included in a said computer network having a plurality of transmitter stations, and further comprising the step of:
assembling, in said computer network, at least a portion of at least one processor instruction, said at least one processor instruction being effective at said interactive mass medium program programming output apparatus to deliver said designated digital data, said interactive mass medium program programming output apparatus having a receiver for receiving said at least a portion of said at least one processor instruction from said remote site.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein at least a portion of said processor instruction is embedded in the non-visible portion of a television signal.
48. The method of claim 46, wherein said digital data is received at said interactive mass medium program programming output apparatus in a digital data portion of a multichannel signal, said method further comprising the step of:
decoding said digital data portion of said multichannel signal in response to said step of processing, said digital data portion of said multichannel signal being found outside at least one of the viewable and audible portion of said mass medium program.
0. 49. A method of processing signals at a receiver station having a receiver, a processor, an input device and at least one output device, said processor being operatively connected to said receiver for receiving a control signal and operatively connected to said at least one output device for controlling said at least one output device, said input device being operatively connected to said processor for inputting a signal, said method comprising the steps of:
receiving a first information transmission including mass medium programming and said control signal;
passing said mass medium programming to said at least one output device;
outputting said mass medium programming at said at least one output device;
prompting a subscriber during said mass medium programming for a subscriber reply to receive additional material related to said programming;
receiving said subscriber reply from said subscriber at said input device in response to said step of prompting said subscriber;
inputting information to said processor based on said subscriber reply;
detecting said control signal;
passing said control signal to said processor based on said subscriber reply;
receiving a second information transmission including said additional material in encrypted form;
decrypting said additional material based on said control signal; and
controlling said at least one output device to output said additional material based on said subscriber reply.
50. The method of claim 49 68, wherein said digital control signal includes downloadable digital code and said step of controlling further comprises the steps of:
executing said downloadable digital code based on said subscriber reply; and
controlling said at least one output device in accordance with said downloadable digital code.
51. The method of claim 49 68, wherein said digital control signal includes downloadable digital code and said step of controlling further comprises the steps of:
selecting a portion of said downloadable digital code;
decrypting a portion of said downloadable digitable code based on said selected portion using one of said plurality of decryption techniques at said receiver station; and
controlling said at least one output device in accordance with said decrypted portion.
0. 52. The method of claim 49, wherein said step of controlling further comprises the steps of:
enabling said control signal based on said subscriber reply; and
controlling said at least one output device based on said enabled control signal.
0. 53. The method of claim 49, wherein said receiver station includes a storage device, said additional material includes at least one of video, text, and a graphic and said step of controlling further comprises the step of:
controlling said at least one output device to output at least one of a combined presentation and sequential presentation of said programming and said at least one of video, text, and a graphic.
54. The method of claim 49 68, wherein said digital control signal is embedded in a signal including a television program, said method further comprising the step of:
controlling a tuner to tune to receive said second third information transmission on the basis of said subscriber reply.
55. The method of claim 49 68, wherein said third information transmission includes a plurality of channels and said step of controlling further comprises the step of:
controlling a converter to receive said second third information transmission.
0. 57. The method of claim 56, wherein said output device outputs at least one of audio, hard copy, and television, said method further comprising the steps of:
delivering instructions to said instruction based processor; and
communicating said delivered mass medium programming to said output device in accordance with said delivered instructions.
0. 58. The method claim 56, wherein said interactive video viewing apparatus comprises a microcomputer.
0. 59. The method of claim 56, wherein a storage device is operatively connected to said output device, said method further comprising the step of:
storing said mass medium programming at said storage device.
0. 60. The method of claim 56, wherein a storage device is operatively connected to said instruction based processor, said method further comprising the step of:
storing, at said storage device, an instruct signal which is effective to process a subscriber reaction to a content of an information transmission which includes said mass medium programming.
0. 61. The method of claim 60, further comprising the step of:
storing, at said storage device, an instruct signal which is effective to establish communications with a remote station.
0. 62. The method of claim 56, wherein a storage device is operatively connected to said instruction based processor, said method further comprising the step of:
storing, at said storage device, a signal which is effective to control said interactive video viewing apparatus to receive information to at least one of supplement said video image and to process said mass medium programming.
0. 63. The method of claim 56, wherein said at least one of said code and said datum is digitally encrypted, said method further comprising the steps of:
decrypting at least one of said code and said datum using one of said plurality of decryption techniques at said interactive video viewing apparatus.
0. 64. The method of claim 15, wherein said digital code is digitally encrypted, said method further comprising the steps of:
decrypting said digital code using one of said plurality of decryption techniques at said receiver station.
0. 66. The method of claim 65, wherein said interactive mass medium programming output apparatus comprises a microcomputer.
0. 67. The method of claim 26, wherein said digital encryption code is digitally encrypted, said method further comprising the steps of:
decrypting said digital encryption code using one of said plurality of decryption techniques at said interactive television viewing apparatus.
0. 69. The method of claim 68, wherein said step of controlling further comprises the steps of:
enabling said digital control signal based on said subscriber reply; and
controlling said at least one output device based on said enabled digital control signal.
0. 70. The method of claim 68, wherein said receiver station includes a storage device, said additional material includes at least one of video, text, and a graphic, and said step of controlling further comprises the step of:
controlling said at least one output device to output in human intelligible form at least one of a combined presentation and sequential presentation of said programming and said at least one of video, text, and said graphic.
0. 71. The method of claim 68, wherein said second digital control signal is digitally encrypted, said method further comprising the step of:
decrypting said second digital control signal using one of said plurality of decryption techniques at said receiver station.

This
where:

At the aforementioned interval Q time prior to the scheduled playing of Q, when computer, 73, commences generating said program instruction set, the local-formula-and-item information of computer, 73, includes information that:

The intermediate generation set information of said generate-set-information message (#9) includes program instructions that cause each addressed ITS computer, 73, to compute values of variables b and c according to formulas (2) and (3), given the local-formula-and-item information of p, q, d, Z, r, s, and dd, and to incorporate said computed values of b and c into generally applicable program instruction set information of equation (1).

Executing the information of said intermediate generation set causes computer, 73, to generate said program instruction set in the following fashion. Automatically, computer, 73, selects information of each of the aforementioned variables, a, p, q, d, Z, r, s, and dd; computes the value of variable b, under control of intermediate generation set instructions of equation (2), to be 62.21875; computes the value of variable c, under control of intermediate generation set instructions of equation (3), to be 2.117; and replaces particular variable values, a, b, and c, in a particular so-called “higher language line of program code” that is among the aforementioned generally applicable information of said program instruction set and is:
Y=a+b+(c*X)
[which is equation (1) in the language of the IBM BASIC of the IBM Personal Computer Hardware Reference Library] with said selected information of a and the so computed information of b and c to become formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information of:
Y=1000.00+62.21875+(2.117*X)
[which is formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information in said BASIC]. Automatically, computer, 73, selects and computes information of other variables and replaces other variable values of said generally applicable program instruction set information until a complete instance of higher language code of said program instruction set with all required formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information has been generated and exists at particular memory. Automatically, computer, 73, compiles the information of said instance and places the resulting so-called “object module” at particular memory (which compiling could be done, in the case of a program written in IBM BASIC, with the IBM BASIC Compiler of the IBM Personal Computer Language Series). Automatically, computer, 73, links the information of said object module with information of other compiled object modules that exist in memory at computer, 73, (and may have been transmitted to computer, 73, in the generally applicable program instruction set information if said intermediate generation set); generates a particular PROGRAM.EXE output file that is said program instruction set; and places said file at particular program-set-to-transmit memory of computer, 73, (which linking could be done, in the case of a program compiled by the IBM BASIC Compiler with the linker program of the IBM Disk Operating System of the IBM Personal Computer Computer Language Series). One of said other compiled object modules is a module that, when accessed in a fashion well known in the art, computes the shortest vehicle driving distance between any two locations in the local vicinity of the station of FIG. 6 when passed two street addresses of said vicinity. (Hereinafter, the program instruction set generated in example #9, under control of said intermediate generation set of Q, is called the “program instruction set of Q”.)

Executing the information of said intermediate generation set causes computer, 73, also to generate a particular associated data module. (Hereinafter, a data module that is transmitted to subscriber stations and processed by computers of said stations under control of instructions of a program instruction set is called a “data module set,” and any given intermediate generation set may cause generation of information of a data module set or sets in addition to or rather than generating information of a program instruction set or sets.) In a fashion well known in the art, computer, 73, selects, from among the data in said local-formula-and-item information, information of the aforementioned “Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast”; information of the street address of every one of said supermarket chain's markets in the local vicinity of the station of FIG. 6; particular cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information of 1987.25 that is the cost of all the trimmed cuts of meat of a pork belly unit; binary video image information of several telephone numbers, including a particular southwest delivery route telephone number, “456-1414”, and a particular northwest delivery route telephone number, “224-3121”; and information of the particular local-automatic-order-taking telephone number of the supermarket chain applicable in the vicinity of the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 which is 1-(800) 247-8700. Automatically, computer, 73, places said selected information (and any other information so selected) in a particular file called DATA_OF.ITS until the information of said file constitutes a complete instance of a particular data module set of Q. (Hereinafter, the data module set generated in example #9, under control of said intermediate generation set of Q, is called the “data module set of Q”.)

Subsequently, at the scheduled time of the playing of Q, the station of FIG. 6 is transmitting via modulator, 83, a television network transmission that is inputted to matrix switch, 75, from distribution amplifier, 63. At said time, at the particular program originating studio that originates said network transmission, a particular SPAM message that contains execution and meter-monitor segments and that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, is embedded in said network transmission and transmitted. (Hereinafter, said message is called the “first cueing message (#9).”)

Transmitting said message causes that decoder of signal processing system, 71, that receives the transmission of said distribution amplifier, 63, to detect said message and input said message, with appropriate source mark information, via code reader, 72, to computer, 73.

Receiving said message and said mark information causes computer, 73, to so-called “cue” recorder, 76, and generator, 82, and to operate in its automatic playing fashion. Receiving said message and mark causes computer, 73, to cause recorder, 76, to commence playing and to cause matrix switch, 75, to configure its switches so as to cease transferring programming inputted from distribution amplifier, 63, to modulator, 83, then to commence transferring the output of recorder, 76, to modulator, 83, which causes the transmission of unit Q to field distribution system, 93. In addition, because the playing schedule of the station of FIG. 6 includes preprogrammed information that program unit Q is combined medium programming, receiving said message causes generator, 82, to cease embedding other signal information in the normal transmission location (such as, for example, teletext information well known in the art [and in so causing said generator, 82, to cease embedding said other information for, example, said teletext—detecting said message at said intermediate station causes subscriber stations that are receiving said other information—for, example, said teletext to cease receiving said other information]) and to transmit information of a SPAM end of file signal (and in so doing, to cause subscriber station decoder apparatus—for example, apparatus at teletext processor units—to commence detecting and discarding SPAM messages of the combined medium programming of Q).

Causing recorder, 76, to play causes recorder, 76, to transmit programming of Q, via matrix switch, 75, and modulator, 83, to field distribution system, 93, and also causes recorder, 76, to input the programming of Q to decoder, 77.

Immediately after commencing to transmit said programming of Q, recorder, 76, plays and transmits three SPAM messages that are embedded in the prerecorded programming of Q.

The first message is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, and causes subscriber stations that are tuned to the channel of transmission of said modulator, 83, to combine their microcomputers, 205, to the computer system of said transmission, which transmission is originated by said recorder, 76. (Said message and the functioning that said message causes are described more fully below, and hereinafter, said message is called the “align-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#9)”.)

The second message is embedded in the prerecorded programming of Q at a distance after said first message that is sufficient to allow time for apparatus at each of said subscriber stations so to combine. The execution segment of said second message is of the aforementioned pseudo command, and transmitting said message causes decoder apparatus at said subscriber stations each to detect an end of file signal and to commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages of the SPAM information subsequently embedded in the transmission of the programming of Q. (Said message and the functioning that said message causes are described more fully below, and hereinafter, said message is called the “synch-SPAM-reception message (#9)”.) Thereafter, embedding and transmitting any given SPAM message in said transmission invokes a controlled function or functions at particular ones of said decoder apparatus.

The third message invokes broadcast control of the microcomputers, 205, of said stations in the invoking broadcast control fashion described above in “One Combined Medium.” Said third message is embedded in said prerecorded programming of Q immediately after said second message and is addressed to URS decoders, 203. (Said message is described more fully below, and hereinafter, said message is called, the “control-invoking message (#9)”.) Said message causes each decoder, 203, to input control invoking instructions (that are preprogrammed at said decoder, 203) to its associated microcomputer, 205. In so doing, transmitting said control-invoking message (#9) causes the microcomputers, 205, of said subscriber stations to come under control of the computer system of said recorder, 77.

Causing recorder, 76, to play unit Q causes the decoder, 77, of the station of FIG. 6 then to detect a series of SPAM messages that are embedded in the programming of Q and are addressed to ITS computers, 73. Detecting said messages causes decoder, 77, to transfer said messages to computer, 73. (Decoder, 80, can detect and transfer said messages to computer, 73, but in respect to any given embedded signal in a programming transmission, computer, 73, is preprogrammed to operate under the control of just one decoder; decoder, 77 or 79, is the default decoder for transmissions from recorder, 76 or 78 respectively, and signal processor, 71, contains the default decoder of any given transmission received at a receiver; and computer, 73, is preprogrammed to operate under the control of signals from decoder, 80, only for verifying the transmission of signals unless its methods of processing signals from decoder, 80, are changed in a predetermined fashion.)

The first message of said series contains execution and meter-monitor segments. (Said first message is called, hereinafter, the “transmit-data-module-set message (#9)”.)

Receiving said transmit-data-module-set message (#9) causes computer, 73, to generate a particular first outbound SPAM message that includes information of the aforementioned data file, DATA_OF.ITS, whose information constitutes a complete instance of a data module set of Q and to cause said message to be embedded in the transmission of the programming of Q and transmitted to field distribution system, 93, in the following fashion. (Hereinafter, said first outbound SPAM message is called the “data-module-set message (#9).”) Automatically, computer, 73, causes stripper, 81, to commence stripping all signals from the normal transmission location; causes generator, 82, to commence embedding information received from computer, 73; selects the information of said meter-monitor segment, adds particular information that identifies the station of FIG. 6 and the time of transmission, modifies the meter-monitor format field information to reflect said added information, and retains the received, added, and modified meter-monitor information; and selects and transmits to generator, 82, complete information of said data-module-set message (#9). In selecting and transmitting said complete information, computer, 73, automatically selects and transmits information of a “01” header; information of a particular SPAM execution segment that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205; said retained meter-monitor information; any required padding bits (the requirement for and number which computer, 73, determines in a predetermined fashion); complete information of said data file, DATA_OF.ITS; and information of a SPAM end of file signal.

(The apparatus of the station of FIG. 6 may be preprogrammed in such a fashion that computer, 73, causes generator, 82, to cease embedding in the normal transmission location other signal information such as teletext information then to transmit an end of file signal each time computer, 73, causes generator, 82, to embed a SPAM message of the programming of Q then to recommence transmitting other signal information such as teletext automatically upon embedding said last named message by transmitting an “01” header; execution segment information addressed to appropriate URS receiver apparatus such as URS teletext receiver apparatus; appropriate meter-monitor information; padding bits as required; and information segment information of said other signal information such as teletext. [No end of file signal is transmitted until generator, 82, is caused to cease the transmission of said other signal information.])

Receiving the information of said data-module-set message (#9) causes generator, 82, to embed said information in the normal transmission location of the programming of Q transmission being transmitted via generator, 82, to field distribution system, 93, thereby transmitting said data-module-set message (#9) to said system, 93.

In due course, decoder, 77, detects the second SPAM message in the aforementioned series of SPAM messages that are addressed to ITS computers, 73, and transfers said message to computer, 73.

Said second message contains execution and meter-monitor segments (and is called, hereinafter, the “transmit-and-execute-program-instruction-set message (#9).”)

Receiving said transmit-and-execute-program-instruction-set message (#9) causes computer, 73, to generate a second outbound SPAM message that includes information of said program instruction set of Q and to cause said message to be embedded in the transmission of the programming of Q and transmitted to field distribution system, 93, in the following fashion. (Hereinafter, said second outbound SPAM message is called the “program-instruction-set message (#9).”) Automatically, computer, 73, selects the information of said meter-monitor segment, adds particular information that identifies the station of FIG. 6 and the time of transmission, modifies the meter-monitor format field information to reflect said added information, and retains the received, added, and modified meter-monitor information. Then, automatically, computer, 73, selects and transmits to generator, 82, information of a “01” header; information of a particular SPAM execution segment that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205; said retained meter-monitor information; any required padding bits; complete information of the aforementioned file that is at the aforementioned program-set-to-transmit memory of computer, 73, and that is said program instruction set of Q; and information of a SPAM end of file signal. Said selected and transmitted information is complete information of said program-instruction-set message (#9).

Receiving said information causes generator, 82, to embed said information in the normal transmission location of the programming of Q transmission being transmitted via generator, 82, to field distribution system, 93, thereby transmitting said program-instruction-set message (#9) to said system, 93.

Then decoder, 77, detects the third SPAM message in the aforementioned series of SPAM messages that are addressed to ITS computers, 73, and transfers said message to computer, 73.

Said third message contains an execution segment and is addressed to ITS computers, 73. (Said third message is called, hereinafter, the “cease-stripping-and-embedding message (#9)”.)

Receiving said message causes computer, 73, to cause stripper, 81, to cease stripping signal information from the normal transmission location and to cause generator, 82, to cease embedding signal information in the normal transmission location.

Subsequently, as recorder, 76, plays and transmits the programming of Q, via modulator, 83, to field distribution system, 93, recorder, 76, transmits eight SPAM messages that are embedded in the prerecorded programming of Q. (Hereinafter, said messages are called [in the order in which said messages are transmitted], the “1st commence-outputting message (#9)”, the “2nd commence-outputting message (#9)”, the “3rd commence-outputting message (#9)”, the “1st cease-outputting message (#9)”, the “4th commence-outputting message (#9)”, the “5th commence-outputting message (#9)”, the “6th commence-outputting message (#9)”, and the “2nd cease-outputting message (#9)”.) Each of said eight SPAM messages contains execution segment information addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, (which causes decoder, 77, to discard the information of said messages). Said messages are discussed more fully below.

At the scheduled end time of the playing of program unit Q, another particular SPAM message that contains an execution segment and that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, is embedded at said program originating studio and transmitted in said network transmission. (Hereinafter, said message is called the “second cueing message (#9).”)

Transmitting said message causes said decoder of signal processing system, 71, to detect said message and input said message, with appropriate source mark information, to computer, 73.

Receiving said message and said mark information causes computer, 73, to so-called “cue” said network transmission and continue in its automatic playing fashion. Automatically, computer, 73, causes matrix switch, 75, to configure its switches to cease transferring the output of recorder, 76, to modulator, 83, and commence transferring the transmission inputted from distribution amplifier, 63, to modulator, 83, which causes the transmission said network transmission to field distribution system, 93. Automatically, computer, 73, may cause generator, 82, to embed a particular message (that is described more fully below and called, hereinafter, the “disband-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#9)”) that causes subscriber stations whose microcomputers, 205, are combined to the computer system of the transmission of recorder, 76, to separate said microcomputers, 205, from said transmission. Automatically, according to the play schedule of the station of FIG. 6, computer, 73, may cause generator, 82, to commence embedding other signal information in the normal transmission location (such as, for example, teletext information [and in so causing said generator, 82, to commence embedding said other information—for, example, said teletext—detecting said message at said intermediate station causes subscriber stations that are receiving said other information—for, example, said teletext—to commence receiving said other information]), by transmitting an “01” header then execution segment information addressed to receiver apparatus of said other information then appropriate meter-monitor information then said other information. And automatically, computer, 73, causes recorder, 76, to cease playing and to commence preparing to play its next scheduled local origination program unit.

(Example #9 ends, insofar as intermediate station operations are concerned, with computer, 73, commencing to prepare to play said next program unit; however, the effects of so transmitting unit Q and said data-module-set message (#9), said program-instruction-set message (#9), said 1st commence-outputting message (#9), said 1st cease-outputting message (#9), said 2nd commence-outputting message (#9), said 3rd commence-outputting message (#9), and said 2nd cease-outputting message (#9) are described more fully below.)

In the present invention, a remote network origination and control station, such as the aforementioned program originating studio that originates the transmission of the “Wall Street Week” program, can control a plurality of intermediate transmission stations in generating and embedding combined medium control instructions—that is, program instruction sets, data module sets, and combining synch commands—that control generating and transmitting at pluralities of ultimate receiver stations.

An example #10, focuses on combined medium network control of intermediate transmission stations, controlling ultimate receiver stations.

In example #10, a particular program originating studio transmits the commercial of program unit Q in a network transmission and controls a plurality of intermediate transmission stations each of which controls, in turn, a plurality of subscriber stations that are ultimate receiver stations.

The station of FIG. 6 is one intermediate transmission station controlled by said studio. The station of FIG. 6 receives said network transmission at receiver, 53, and retransmits said transmission immediately via modulator, 83.

The program unit Q of example #10 is identical to the program unit Q of example #9, and each intermediate transmission station must generate transmit its own, station specific program instruction set and data module set information that contains its own, station specific formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information.

Prior to a particular early time, complete local-formula-and-item information is inputted to and caused to be recorded at the computer, 73, of each controlled intermediate transmission station in such a way that each computer, 73, contains complete information relevant to the particular discounts and specials in effect at the particular markets in the vicinity of said station and at the particular time of the network transmission of Q. Thus each computer, 73, contains the specific values of a, p, q, d, Z, r, s, and dd of its specific station; the specific street address of every one of said supermarket chain's markets in the locality of said station; and other specific data of said station such as, for example, “Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast”.

Local-formula-and-item information can be inputted to said computers, 73, in any fashion that said computers, 73, can receive information. However, in the preferred embodiment, information that applies at all network stations at the time of any given transmission of a given program unit for example, the undelivered per unit cost of pork bellies: a—is transmitted to all stations simultaneously in a SPAM message that causes each station to select and record properly said information. And information that applies only at a selected one of said stations for example, the street address of every one of said supermarket chain's markets in the locality of a given station—is inputted individually to the computers, 73, of said stations by means of, for example, a local input, 74, or a network, 98.

At the computer, 73, of the station of FIG. 6, the local-formula-and-item information in example #10 is identical to the local-formula-and-item information in example #9. For example, said local-formula-and-item information in example #10 includes:

(At a particular second intermediate transmission station, the local-formula-and-item information of the computer, 73, include the specific values: a is 1000.00, p is 0.00625, q is 0.13, d is 0.11, Z is 537, r is 0.0082, s is 1.98, and dd is 0.10. Said local-formula-and-item information also includes the specific street address of one of said supermarket chain's markets in the locality of said station, particular cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information of 2021.42 that is the cost of the trimmed meat of one pork belly unit; binary video image information of several telephone numbers, including a particular southeast delivery route telephone number, “623-3000”; information of the particular local-automatic-order-taking telephone number of the supermarket chain applicable in the vicinity of said second intermediate station which is 1-(800) 371-2100; and specific data of “Cheerios Toasted Oat Cereal” instead of “Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast.”

At said early time (which time is, in the preferred embodiment, a time of reduced operational requirement such as, for example, the middle of the night that precedes said network transmission of Q), the computers, 73, of said controlled intermediate transmission stations are caused to receive information of a particular transmission. For example, at 3:00 AM on said night, automatic schedule information and instructions (previously inputted by a computer at said network originating and control station, via network, 98, individually to each of said computers, 73) causes said computers, 73, to cause their associated earth station receivers, 50, amplifiers, 51, and TV receivers, 53, to tune to a particular satellite transmission (while causing the switches, 75, to output information of said transmission to no modulator, 83, 87, or 91). Causing said station apparatus to tune to said transmission causes those particular dedicated decoders of the signal processor systems, 71, of said stations that process continuously the inputted transmission of the distribution amplifiers, 63, to detect SPAM information embedded in the normal transmission location of said transmission and input said SPAM information to the computers, 73, of said stations.

Then the program originating studio at said network originating and control station, embeds in said normal transmission location and transmits a SPAM message that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, and consists of a “01” header, a particular execution segment, appropriate meter-monitor information, padding bits as required, information segment information of the aforementioned intermediate generation set of Q, and an end of file signal. (Hereinafter, said message is called the “generate-set-information message (#10)”.) Except for its meter-monitor information, said generate-set-information message (#10) is identical to the aforementioned generate-set-information message (#9).

Transmitting said generate-set-information message (#10) causes said dedicated decoders to detect and input said message to the computers, 73, of said stations.

Receiving said message at said computers, 73, causes each of said computers, 73, to load information of said intermediate generation set at particular RAM. Then receiving the end of file signal that ends said message causes each of said computers, 73, to execute the information so loaded as a machine language job; to compute the specific formula-and-item-of-this-transmission-information of said computer, 73, in the predetermined fashion of said intermediate generation set according to the prerecorded data of the local-formula-and-item information of said computer, 73; to compile said specific formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information into one or more specific machine language program modules; and to link said specific module or modules to other program modules to become complete program instruction set information of this instance of the network transmission of Q; and to record said information at particular memory. (Hereinafter, the program instruction set generated at the station of FIG. 6 in example #10 is called the “program instruction set of Q.1”, signifying that said set is one version of complete program instruction set information of said instance of the network transmission of Q.) Executing the information of said intermediate generation set also causes each said computers, 73, to generate and record complete information of a data module set. (Hereinafter, the data module set generated at the station of FIG. 6 in example #10 is called the “data module set of Q.1”, signifying that said set is one version of complete data module set information of said instance of the network transmission of Q.) In the preferred embodiment, executing said intermediate generation set at said early time causes said computers, 73, to record said program instruction set of Q and said data module set of Q information at non-volatile, disk memory.

At the station of FIG. 6, for example, executing the information of said intermediate generation set causes the computer, 73, in precisely the fashion that applied in example #9, to compute the value of a particular variable b to be 62.21875; to computes the value of a particular variable c to be 2.117; and to replaces particular variable values, a, b, and c, in a particular so-called “higher language line of program code” to become formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information of:
Y=1000.00+62.21875+(2.117*X)
to select, compute, and replace other variable information until complete program instruction set information exists in higher language code at particular memory; to compile said higher language information; to link the information so complied with other compiled information; and to record the information so computed, compiled, and linked (which is complete information the program instruction set of Q of the station of FIG. 6) in a file named “PROGRAM.EXE”, in a fashion well known in the art, on a computer memory disk of computer, 73. In so doing, said computer, 73, generates the specific program instruction set version—that is, the program instruction set of Q.1—that applies to the particular discounts and specials in effect at the particular markets in the vicinity of said station and at the particular time of the network transmission of Q. In precisely the fashion that applied in example #9, executing the information of said intermediate generation set causes said computer, 73, to select data, from among the local-formula-and-item information of said station, including the aforementioned “Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast” and the street address of every one of said supermarket chain's markets in the local vicinity of the station of FIG. 6, and to record said selected data on said memory disk in a data file named DATA_OF.ITS. In so doing, said computer, 73, generates said data module set of Q.1.

(At said second intermediate transmission station, executing the information of said intermediate generation set causes the computer, 73, of said station to compute the values of variables b and c as 132.2362 and 2.0882 respectively; to replace variable values, a, b, and c, with formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information of:
Y=1000.00+132.2362+(2.0882*X)
to process other variable information; and to compile, link, and record information at a particular peripheral memory unit of said computer, 73, in a file named “PROGRAM.EXE” that is the specific program instruction set of said second intermediate station. [Hereinafter, the program instruction set generated at said second station is called the “program instruction set of Q.2”, signifying that said set is a second version of complete program instruction set information of said instance of the network transmission of Q.] Executing the information of said intermediate generation set causes said computer, 73, also to select particular data, including said “Cheerios Toasted Oat Cereal” and the street address of every one of said supermarket chain's markets in the locality of said second intermediate station and to record said selected data at said memory unit in a data file named DATA_OF.ITS that corresponds in content to the file of the same name generated a the intermediate station of FIG. 6. [Hereinafter, the data module set generated at said second station is called the “data module set of Q.2”, signifying that said set is a second version of complete data module set information of said instance of the network transmission of Q.])

(One difference between example #9 and example #10, which is based on the preprogrammed schedule information of each intermediate transmission station, is that executing the information of the generate-set-information message (#10) causes the generated program instruction set and data module set information to be recorded at non-volatile, disk memory whereas in example #10 the generated information may be recorded merely at RAM.)

Shortly before commencing to transmit the television programming of unit Q, at a time when all controlled intermediate transmission stations are receiving and retransmitting said network transmission (which the station of FIG. 6 and said second station each receives at a receiver, 53, and transmits via a modulator, 83), said program originating studio embeds in the normal transmission location of said transmission and transmits a second SPAM message. Said second message is addressed to ITS computers, 73, and consists of a “01” header, a particular execution segment, appropriate meter-monitor information, padding bits as required, particular information segment instruction information, and an end of file signal. (Hereinafter, said message is called the “load-set-information message (#10)”.)

Transmitting said message causes the decoders of the signal processing systems, 71, of said stations that receive programming transmissions from the distribution amplifiers, 63, to to detect and input said message to the computers, 73, of said stations.

Receiving said message causes each of said computers, 73, to load said information segment instruction information at particular RAM. Then receiving said end of file signal causes each of said computers, 73, to execute the instruction information of so loaded as an compiled, machine language job.

Executing said instruction information causes said computers, 73, each to load the information of said files, PROGRAM.EXE and DATA_OF.ITS, at particular program-set-to-transmit and data-set-to-transmit RAM memories of computer, 73, and each to cause a generator, 82, to cease embedding any other signal information in the normal transmission location and to transmit information of a SPAM end of file signal. (Said other signal information may include, for example, teletext information, and in so causing said generators, 82, to cease embedding said other information—for example, said teletext—transmitting said message causes pluralities of ultimate receiver stations that are subscriber stations of said intermediate transmission stations to cease receiving said other information—for example, said teletext.)

Then said program originating studio starts to transmit the conventional television programming of unit Q.

Immediately after commencing to transmit said programming of Q, said studio embeds in the normal transmission location of the transmission of said programming and transmits a particular SPAM message is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, and that causes ultimate receiver stations to combine their microcomputers, 205, to the computer system of the transmission of said program originating studio. (Said message and the functioning that said message causes are described more fully below, and hereinafter, said message is called the “align-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10)”.)

After an interval that is sufficient to allow apparatus at each ultimate receiver station so to combine, said studio embeds in said transmission and transmits a particular SPAM message whose execution segment is of the aforementioned pseudo command. Transmitting said message causes particular decoder apparatus at said ultimate receiver stations to detect an end of file signal and to commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages of the SPAM information subsequently embedded in the transmission of the programming of Q. (Said message and the functioning that said message causes are described more fully below, and hereinafter, said message is called the “synch-SPAM-reception message (#10)”.) Thereafter, embedding and transmitting any given SPAM message in said transmission invokes a controlled function or functions at particular ones of said decoder apparatus.

Then said studio invokes broadcast control of the microcomputers, 205, of said stations. Said studio embeds in said transmission and transmits a particular SPAM message that is addressed to URS decoders, 203. (Said message is described more fully below, and hereinafter, said message is called, the “control-invoking message (#10)”.) Said message causes each decoder, 203, to input the aforementioned control invoking instructions (that are preprogrammed at said decoder, 203) to its associated microcomputer, 205. In so doing, transmitting said control-invoking message (#10) causes said microcomputers, 205, to come under control of the computer system of the transmission of said studio.

Then said studio embeds in said transmission and transmits a SPAM message is addressed to ITS computers, 73, and that contains execution and meter-monitor segments. (Said message is called, hereinafter, the “transmit-data-module-set message (#10)”.) Receiving said transmit-data-module-set message (#10) causes each of said computers, 73, to cause stripping and embedding to commence; to generate a particular first outbound SPAM message that includes information of the data file, DATA_OF.ITS, at its data-set-to-transmit RAM memory; and to cause said message to be transmitted to its field distribution system, 93. (Hereinafter, the first outbound SPAM message of any given one of said computers, 73, is called a “data-module-set message (#10)” and all of said first messages are the “data-module-set messages (#10)”.) At the station of FIG. 6, the computer, 73, automatically causes stripper, 81, station to commence stripping all signals from the normal transmission location; causes generator, 82, to commence embedding information received from said computers, 73; selects the information of the meter-monitor segment of said transmit-data-module-set message (#10); adds particular information that identifies the station of FIG. 6 and the time of transmission; modifies the meter-monitor format field information to reflect said added information; and retains the received, added, and modified meter-monitor information. Then said computer, 73, selects and transmits to generator, 82, complete information of its data-module-set message (#10) in the following fashion. Automatically, said computer, 73, selects and transmits information of a “01” header; information of a particular SPAM execution segment that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205; said retained meter-monitor information; any required padding bits (the requirement for and number which said computer, 73, determines in a predetermined fashion); complete information of the data file at the data-set-to-transmit RAM memory of said computer, 73, which is said file, DATA_OF.ITS and which is complete information of said data module set of Q.1; and information of a SPAM end of file signal. (Receiving said message at said second intermediate station causes the apparatus of said station, in the same fashion, to generate and transmit the data-module-set message (#10) of said station which includes meter-monitor information that identifies said second station and said data module set of Q.2.)

Receiving the information of the particular data-module-set message (#10) of the computer, 73, of its station causes each generator, 82, to embed said information in the normal transmission location of the programming of Q transmission being transmitted via said generator, 82, to the field distribution system, 93, of said station, thereby transmitting the particular data-module-set message (#10) of said station to said system, 93.

Then said program originating studio embeds in the normal transmission location of said transmission and transmits a SPAM message that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, and that contains execution and meter-monitor segments. (Said message is called, hereinafter, the “transmit-and-execute-program-instruction-set message (#10)”.)

Receiving said message causes each of said computers, 73, to generate a second outbound SPAM message that includes information of the program instruction set at its program-set-to-transmit RAM memory and to cause said message to be transmitted to its field distribution system, 93. (Hereinafter, the second outbound SPAM message of any given one of said SPAM computers, 73, is called a “program-instruction-set message (#10)”, and all of said second messages are the “program-instruction-set messages (#10).”) Automatically, each of said computers, 73, selects the information of said meter-monitor segment, adds particular information that identifies its station and the time of transmission, modifies the meter-monitor format field information to reflect said added information, and retains the received, added, and modified meter-monitor information. Then, automatically, each of said computers, 73, selects and transmits to the generator, 82, of its station, information of a “01” header; information of a particular SPAM execution segment that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205; its retained meter-monitor information; any required padding bits; complete information of the program instruction set that is at its program-set-to transmit RAM memory; and information of a SPAM end of file signal. Said selected and transmitted information that each of said computers, 73, transmits is complete information of the particular program-instruction-set message (#10) of said computer, 73. (Receiving said message causes the apparatus of the intermediate station of FIG. 6 to transmit the program instruction set of Q.1 in the program-instruction-set message (#10) of said station and causes the apparatus of said second intermediate station to transmit the program instruction set of Q.2 in the program-instruction-set message (#10) of said second station.)

Receiving the information of the particular program-instruction-set message (#10) of the computer, 73, of its station causes a generator, 82, to embed said information in the normal transmission location of the programming of Q transmission being transmitted via said generator, 82, to the field distribution system, 93, of said station, thereby transmitting the particular program-instruction-set message (#10) of said station to said system, 93.

(After transmitting the aforementioned transmit-data-module-set message (#10) and before transmitting a particular commence-outputting message (#10) that is discussed more fully below, said program originating studio embeds and transmits other SPAM messages that are addressed to URS microcomputers, 205. Said other messages correspond in function to the data-module-set messages (#10) and program-instruction-set messages (#10) of the intermediate transmission stations of example #10 but said other messages are transmitted to and control microcomputers, 205, at particular direct-receiving ultimate receiver stations that receive the transmission of said studio directly rather than via a retransmission of one of said intermediate transmission stations. Information of said other messages is received at the aforementioned decoders of the signal processing systems, 71, of said stations that process the transmission of said studio, but said decoders discard said SPAM messages because said decoders are preprogrammed only to transmit or execute controlled functions of SPAM messages that are addressed to intermediate transmission station apparatus. And said other SPAM messages do not reach the ultimate receiver stations to which said intermediate transmission stations transmit said data-module-set messages (#10) and program-instruction-set messages (#10) because said other SPAM messages are stripped from the transmissions of said stations by the strippers, 81, of said stations.)

Then said program originating studio embeds in the normal transmission location of said network transmission and transmits a SPAM message that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, and that contains an execution segment. (Said message is called, hereinafter, the “cease-stripping-and-embedding message (#10)”.)

Receiving said message causes each of said computers, 73, to cause the stripper, 81, of its station to cease stripping signal information from the normal transmission location and causes each of said computers, 73, to cause the generator, 82, to cease embedding signal information generated under control of said intermediate generation set in the normal transmission location.

Subsequently, said program originating studio embeds in the normal transmission location of said network transmission and transmits a further series of messages that are addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, and that are described more fully below. (Hereinafter, said messages are called [in the order in which said messages are transmitted at said studio]: the “1st commence-outputting message (#10)”, the “2nd commence-outputting message (#10)”, the “3rd commence-outputting message (#10)”, the “1st cease-outputting message (#10)”, the “4th commence-outputting message (#10)”, the “5th commence-outputting message (#10)”, the “6th commence-outputting message (#10)”, and the “2nd cease-outputting message (#10)”.)

After transmitting the last conventional programming of Q, said studio embeds and transmits a particular message (that is described more fully below and called, hereinafter, the “disband-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10)”) that causes subscriber stations whose microcomputers, 205, are combined to the computer system of the transmission of said studio to separate said microcomputers, 205, from said transmission.

Then said studio embeds and transmits a particular SPAM message that contains an execution segment and that is addressed to ITS computers, 73. (Hereinafter, said message is called the “local-output-cueing message (#10).”)

Receiving said message and said mark information causes intermediate transmission stations to continue transmitting locally originated programming in their scheduled fashions. At the station of FIG. 6, the dedicated decoder of signal processor system, 71, that processes the inputted transmission of distribution amplifier, 63, detects said message and inputs said message, with appropriate source mark information, to computer, 73. Automatically, receiving said message may cause computer, 73, to cause generator, 82, to commence embedding other signal information in the normal transmission location, such as, for example, teletext information. Automatically, generator, 82, embeds a “01” header; execution segment information addressed to appropriate URS receiver apparatus such as URS teletext receiver apparatus; appropriate meter-monitor information; padding bits as required; and information segment information of said other signal information—for example, teletext. (No end of file signal is transmitted until generator, 82, is caused to cease the transmission of said other signal information.) In so doing, transmitting said local-output-cueing message (#10) causes one or more ultimate receiver stations that are subscriber stations of said intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 to commence receiving said other information—for example, said teletext. Simultaneously, other intermediate stations such as said second station commence embedding their specific other signal information—for example, their own specific teletext information which has different information content from the information of the station of FIG. 6—causing subscriber stations of said other intermediate stations that are tuned to receive said other information to commence receiving said other information.

(Example #10 ends, insofar as intermediate station operations are concerned, with said computers, 73, causing their associated generators, 82, to commence embedding said other signal information; however, the effects of so transmitting the conventional programming of program unit Q and the SPAM messages that are associated with the network transmission of said programming and that are addressed to URS apparatus are discussed more fully below.)

So far this disclosure has described an intermediate transmission station transmitting conventional television programming. The station could process and transmit radio programming in the same fashions by adding radio transmission and audio recorder/player means, each with associated radio decoder means as shown in FIG. 2B, wherever television means are shown in FIG. 6, all with similar control means to that shown in FIG. 6 and by processing radio programming with appropriately embedded signals according to the same processing and transmitting methods described above. Likewise, the station could transmit broadcast print and data communications programming by adding appropriate transmission and recorder/player means and decoder/detector means with control means and using the same processing and transmitting methods. This example has described methods at a multi-channel intermediate transmission station; the methods are also applicable in a station that transmits only a single channel of television, radio, broadcast print or data. In addition, intermediate transmission station can be encrypted and decrypted and monitored in the fashions described above. Intermediate transmission station apparatus can include signal processing regulating system apparatus such as the apparatus of FIG. 4 by means of which encrypted transmissions that are transmitted to intermediate stations are caused to be decrypted and metered. Intermediate transmission station apparatus can include encryptor apparatus that encrypt programming transmissions selectively. And intermediate transmission station apparatus can include signal processing monitoring system apparatus in the spirit of the apparatus of FIG. 5 whereby the availability, use, and usage of programming at selected intermediate station apparatus is recorded and records are transmitted to remote stations that process such records.

Automating Ultimate Receiver Stations

Ultimate receiver stations are stations where programming is displayed (or otherwise outputted) to one or more subscribers, thereby enabling said subscriber or subscribers to view (or otherwise perceive) the information content of the programming. The programming so displayed (or outputted) may be any form of electronically transmitted programming, including television, radio, print, data, and combined medium programming and may be received via any electronic transmission means including wireless and cable means. The programming so displayed (or outputted) may also include computer and/or combined medium programming that is locally generated under control of SPAM message information.

The signal processing apparatus outlined in FIGS. 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, and 2D, and their variants as appropriate, can be used to automate the operations of ultimate receiver stations in varieties of ways.

FIG. 7 exemplifies one embodiment of an ultimate receiver station; is a subscriber station in the field distribution system, 93, of the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6; and may be a home, an office, a theater, a hotel, or any other station where programming such as television or radio is displayed to persons.

(NOTE: “Automating Ultimate Receiver Stations” focuses on controlling subscriber station apparatus in functions that do not necessarily involve generating or combining programming. Accordingly, whereas SPAM message transmission means have been depicted in FIGS. 1 through 6 by solid lines that depict programming transmission [said lines are often marked “SIGNALS ONLY” meaning SPAM information only], in FIG. 7 et seq. the means for transmitting SPAM messages that have been detected in and separated from programming transmissions are depicted by dashed lines that depict control information transmissions.)

FIG. 7 shows a variety of input apparatus with capacity for inputting programming (including SPAM information) selectively, via matrix switch, 258, to other apparatus of the subscriber station of FIG. 7; intermediate apparatus with capacity for processing and/or recording inputted programming selectively; output apparatus for displaying or otherwise outputting programming selectively to human senses; other controlled apparatus; and other meter apparatus.

Input apparatus include satellite earth station, 250, satellite receiver circuitry, 251, converter boxes, 201 and 222 (by means of which the station of FIG. 6 receives the multiplexed multi-channel cable transmission of the cable head end station of FIG. 6), antennas, 298 and 299, and other input apparatus, 252 (which may be, for example, a laser disc player or a record player); and the subscriber station of FIG. 4 has capacity for receiving wireless programming transmissions (for example, at a satellite earth station, 250, and satellite receiver circuitry, 251), a multi-channel cable transmission (for example, at converter boxes, 201 and 222), and locally transmitted input (for example, at other input apparatus, 252). Said input apparatus input their received information to matrix switch, 258, which is a conventional matrix switch, well known in the art.

Intermediate apparatus include microcomputer, 205, television recorder/player, 217, audio recorder/player, 255, computer memory unit, 256 (which may be, for example, a so-called “fixed disk”), decryptor, 224, decryptor, 231, signal stripper, 229, signal generator, 230, and other intermediate apparatus, 257, which could be, for example, other receiver/amplifier apparatus. In addition, the TV tuner apparatus of TV set, 202—that is, TV tuner, 215—(which is not distinguished from the TV monitor, 202M, apparatus of said set, 202, in FIG. 7), and the tuner/amplifier apparatus of radio, 209—that is, radio tuner & amplifier, 213—(which is not distinguished from radio, 209, in FIG. 7), are also intermediate apparatus. All said intermediate apparatus receive their programming inputs from and transmit their programming outputs to matrix switch, 258.

Output apparatus that display or otherwise output programming selectively to human senses include, for example, TV monitor apparatus of TV set, 202, printer, 221, speaker system, 263, and one or more other output systems, 261 (which could be, for example, electronically actuated apparatus that emit odors). All said output apparatus receive their programming inputs from matrix switch, 258. (The monitor apparatus of TV set, 202, and the amplifier and speaker apparatus of radio, 209, have capacity for receiving a programming input that is separate from the inputs to the intermediate apparatus of said TV set, 202, and radio, 209, respectively.)

Other controlled apparatus include electronically actuated window opening and closing means, 208, furnace, 206, air conditioning system, 207, and other controlled apparatus, 260, which could be, for example, an electronically actuated automatic lawn watering system, all of which are well known in the art. Said other apparatus do not output programming and receive no input of programming.

Other meter apparatus include an electronically actuated utilities meter, 262, of which many models exist in the prior art for metering flows of electricity, gas, water, etc. Said meter, 262, does not output programming and receive no input of programming.

One or more appropriate SPAM decoders exist at each apparatus that receives and is controlled by SPAM message information. Appropriate SPAM decoders exist at microcomputer, 205, (which can be controlled in the fashions described above) at recorder/players, 217 and 255, (which recorder/players can be caused to operate in fashions similar to the recorder/players of the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6) at radio, 209, and TV set, 202, (which radio and TV set can be actuated, tuned, and controlled in other functions) and at computer memory unit, 256, other intermediate apparatus, 257, printer, 221, speaker system, 263, and other output means, 261, (which unit, apparatus, printer, system, and means can be actuated individually and controlled in other functions. (For simplicity, FIG. 7 does not distinguish said decoders at or separately from their associated apparatus.)

Two matrix switches, 258 and 259, communicate the programming and SPAM message/control information transmissions among station apparatus. Matrix switch, 258, is a conventional matrix switch, well known in the art, with capacity for switching programming transmissions of television, radio, and other forms of electronically transmitted programming. Matrix switch, 259, is a digital matrix switch, well known in the art, with capacity for switching binary information transmissions. By means of matrix switch, 259, all apparatus communicate control information and the information of SPAM messages that have been detected in programming transmissions.

The station of FIG. 7 is preprogrammed to collect monitor information, and said decoders have bus means of the sort illustrated in FIG. 5 for communicating monitor information to an onboard controller, 14A, at signal processor, 200. (For simplicity, FIG. 7 does not show said monitor information bus means.)

For communicating particular switching request control information to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200, said decoders also have separate control information bus means (which, for simplicity, is also not shown in FIG. 7). A particular control processor, 20A, that is located, with appropriate RAM and ROM, at controller, 20; that is separate from the CPU of controller, 20; and that is controlled by said CPU in particular functions controls the communications of said control information bus means. Said communications are conducted in a contention fashion, well known in the art.

Signal processor, 200, is the basic SPAM control apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 and has means for communicating control information (from its controller, 20) and SPAM messages (from its controller, 12) with each of said decoders and their associated apparatus. Signal processor, 200, communicates control information directly with decryptors, 224 and 231, signal stripper, 229, signal generator, 230, microcomputer, 205, and matrix switch, 259. Via matrix switch, 259, signal processor, 200, has means for communicating control information individually to all other controlled apparatus including satellite earth station, 250; satellite receiver circuitry, 251; converter boxes, 201 and 222; other input apparatus, 252; radio tuner & amplifier, 213; TV tuner, 215; television recorder/player, 217; audio recorder/player, 255; computer memory unit, 256; other intermediate apparatus, 257; the TV monitor apparatus, 202M, of TV set, 202; the speaker apparatus of radio, 209; printer, 221; speaker system, 263; and other output system, 261. In addition, the aforementioned SPAM decoders at those of said other controlled apparatus where there are SPAM decoders have capacity for communicating with each of said other controlled apparatus by means of said matrix switch, 259, in a fashion described more fully below. Signal processor, 200, controls matrix switches, 258 and 259, and has means for communicating switch control instructions to said switches, 258 and 259. (FIG. 7 also shows capacity whereby microcomputer, 205, can communicate switch control instructions to said switches, 258 and 259; said capacity is intended to suggest that microcomputer, 205, may control said switches, 258 and 259, at stations that lack a signal processor, 200—for example, stations that are not configured and preprogrammed to generate and/or display/output combined medium programming.)

Microcomputer, 205, controls apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 in accordance with the preprogrammed instructions of the subscriber of said station. Microcomputer, 205, has means for controlling window opening and closing means, 208, furnace, 206, air conditioning system, 207, and other controlled apparatus, 260. Microcomputer, 205, has capacity to communicate control information (under control of signal processor, 200) with other selected apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 by means of matrix switch, 259.

In the spirit of the present invention, signal processor, 200, enables local apparatus of the station of FIG. 6 to process and/or display/output received programming and SPAM information in accordance with the intentions of the owners and suppliers of said programming and information (who may, for example, wish to be paid for use of their programming). Simultaneously, the apparatus of said station are configured and microcomputer, 205, is preprogrammed to process and/or display/output said supplied programming and information in accordance with the demands of said subscriber. Local input, 225, has capacity to input control instructions to signal processor, 200, and enables the subscriber of the station of FIG. 7 to manually input control instructions at any relevant time. Microcomputer, 205, also has capacity to input control information (under control of signal processor, 200) to signal processor, 200, which enables microcomputer, 205, at any relevant time, to automatically input control information that reflects particular instructions of said subscriber that are preprogrammed at microcomputer, 205.

(This is only a representative group of equipment; many other types of input, intermediate, output, controlled, and meter apparatus could be included in FIG. 7.)

Features, benefits, and modes of operation of the station of FIG. 7 are demonstrated in the following individual examples.

More Regarding the Preferred Controller of a SPAM Decoder

The controller, 39, 44, or 47, of any given SPAM decoder (such as, for example, the decoder, 203, associated with microcomputer, 205) has capacity for communicating information from the matrix switch, 39I, of said decoder to matrix switch, 259, and for receiving information from matrix switch, 259, at the decryptor, 39K, buffer, 39G, and control processor, 39J. Said control processor, 39J, also has capacity to communicate particular switch request information to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200, directly via the aforementioned control information bus means. In addition, said control processor, 39J, has particular SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection register memory at which said control processor, 39J, retains information that identifies the particular station apparatus to which matrix switch, 259, connects said matrix switch, 39I.

Automating U.R. Stations . . . Regulating Station Environment

FIG. 7A illustrates methods for regulating automatically the environment of subscriber stations such as homes and offices. Particular SPAM regulating messages are embedded in one or more television program channels that are inputted to signal processor, 200, and cable converter box, 201. Said messages include weather bulletin messages that convey local weather information and instructions, including, for example, current outside temperature information, barometric readings, and forecast data. Said messages also include meter reading messages that cause meter records of subscriber station utilities meters to be transmitted to remote metering stations.

Each subscriber station microcomputer, 205, is preprogrammed with particular weather condition instructions that control selected subscriber station apparatus under alternate weather conditions such as, for example, forecast rain instructions, forecast no rain instructions, forecast warming instructions, and forecast cooling instructions. And each subscriber station signal processor, 200, is preprogrammed at its controller, 20, with particular meter reading instructions.

Each subscriber station signal processor, 200, operates continuously; scans all incoming channels sequentially at its switch, 1, and mixer, 3, as described in example #5 above; is preprogrammed at its controller, 20, to cause its apparatus to tune to a particular master channel at a particular master-control time; and is preprogrammed at the controller, 39, of its decoder, 30, and at its controller, 12, to transfer to the decoder, 203, of the microcomputer, 205, of its station any detected SPAM message with an instance of particular URS-205 execution segment information (which information is different from the execution segment information of the combining synch commands of the “Wall Street Week” example). Said controller, 39, is also preprogrammed to transfer to said controller, 20, via control transmission means, any detected SPAM message with an instance of particular URS-200 execution segment information (which information is different from the execution segment information of any encrypted combining synch commands of the “Wall Street Week” example).

The master-control time preprogrammed at the controller, 20, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7A is daily at 2:32 AM, 10:32 AM, and 6:32 PM.

At 6:32 PM on Feb. 27, 1988, receiving particular time information from the clock, 18, of said signal processor, 200, causes said controller, 20, to cause the switch, 1, and mixer, 3, of said signal processor, 200, to input the transmission of said master channel to the decoder, 30, of said signal processor, 200, and to cause said decoder, 30, to clear all information of any SPAM message from memory and commence processing to detect a SPAM end of file signal.

In due course, the computer, 73, of the station of FIG. 6 causes an end of file signal to be embedded in the normal transmission location of said master channel, causing the control processor, 39J, of said decoder, 30, to commence waiting to detect a SPAM header.

Then said computer, 73, causes the embedding in said location and the transmission of a particular Weather-Bulletin-125 SPAM message that consists of a “01” header, an execution segment of said URS-205 execution segment information, a meter-monitor segment that contains Weather-Bulletin-125 identification information that distinguishes said Weather-Bulletin-125 from all other weather bulletins, appropriate padding bits, an information segment that contains particular current temperature thirty-two degrees centigrade, forecast rain, and forecast cooling to twenty-one degrees centigrade information, and an end of file signal.

Said message is detected at said decoder, 30, and inputted to said controller, 39, in the above described fashion.

Receiving said message causes said controller, 39, to execute particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions that cause said controller, 39, to locate said Weather-Bulletin-125 identification information and determine that said information does not match particular information at particular last-weather-bulletin-identification RAM at said controller, 39; to input said message to the buffer/comparator, 8, of said signal processor, 200; to retain information of said Weather-Bulletin-125 identification information at said last-weather-bulletin-identification RAM; and to input particular step-completed information to said controller, 20.

(Receiving said step-completed information causes controller, 20, to cause said switch, 1, mixer, 3, and decoder, 30, to commence functioning to identify program unit identification signal information in the fashion described in example #5.)

Receiving said Weather-Bulletin-125 message causes buffer/comparator, 8, to input said message to controller, 12.

Receiving said message causes said controller, 12, to execute particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions that cause said controller, 12, to transfer said message to decoder, 203. Automatically, controller, 12, determines that said message is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205; compares particular preprogrammed to-203 information to the information at its particular SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection-@12 register memory (which memory serves the same function as the aforementioned SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection register memory at each SPAM decoder of the station of FIG. 7). A match results which signifies that the switches of matrix switch, 259, are configured in such a way that the input to switch, 259, that receives the output of controller, 12, is switched to transfer information to the output of switch, 259, that inputs to the buffer, 39G, of decoder, 203. Resulting in a match causes controller, 12, to transfer said Weather-Bulletin-125 SPAM message to matrix switch, 259, which causes matrix switch, 259, to input said message to said buffer, 39G, and causes said buffer, 39G, to input said message, in a fashion well known in the art, to control processor, 39J.

Receiving said Weather-Bulletin-125 SPAM message causes decoder, 203, to execute the information of the information segment of said message as a machine language job. Automatically, control processor, 39J, executes particular preprogrammed Weather-Bulletin controlled function instructions that cause said control processor, 39J, to locate the Weather-Bulletin-125 identification information of said message; to determine that said information does not match particular information at particular last-weather-bulletin-identification RAM associated with said control processor, 39J; to input the information of the information segment of said message to the CPU of microcomputer, 205; to retain information of said Weather-Bulletin-125 identification information at said last-weather-bulletin-identification RAM; and to cause said CPU to execute the information so inputted as a machine language job.

So executing said information causes microcomputer, 205, to reducing the power usage of said air conditioning system, 207, causes any open windows at said station to be closed. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, interrogates air conditioning system, 207, in a predetermined fashion well known in the art; determines that the thermostat setting at said system, 207, is a particular maintain-22-degrees-centigrade setting and that the thermostat is programmed to cause said system, 207, to cease operating when the thermometer of said thermostat reads twenty-one degrees centigrade; computes particular a particular cease-operating-at-22-degrees-centigrade temperature that reflects the forecast drop in temperature; transmits said instructions of said temperature to said system, 207, thereby reducing the power usage of said system, 207, by causing said thermostat, thenceforth, to cause said system, 207, to cease operating when the thermometer of said thermostat reads twenty-two degrees centigrade; so-called “chains to”, in a fashion well known in the art, the aforementioned forecast rain instructions; and executes said instructions. Executing said forecast rain instructions causes microcomputer, 205, to cause window opening and closing means, 208, to close any open windows (and could cause the aforementioned other controlled apparatus, 260, which could be an automatic lawn watering system to cease watering).

Simultaneously, by transmitting said Weather-Bulletin-125 SPAM message to other subscriber stations of its field distribution system, 93, the station of FIG. 6 causes other subscriber stations to function in the fashion of the station of FIG. 7.

In this fashion, SPAM messages can control and regulate the operation of individual subscriber station controlled apparatus (the thermostat control of furnace, 206, for example, could be similarly controlled) and control and regulate controlled apparatus at pluralities of stations.

(TV signal decoder, 203, has capacity, itself, to detect said Weather-Bulletin-125 SPAM message but only when TV set, 202, is on and operating and when the frequency of said master channel is the one TV channel transferred by box, 201, to TV set, 202. Accordingly, decoder, 203, may receive said message more than once. For this reason, decoder, 203, is preprogrammed to load and execute the information segment only once. Receiving said message a second time causes the control processor, 39J, of decoder, 203, to execute the aforementioned Weather-Bulletin controlled function instructions, and said instructions cause said control processor, 39J, to locate the aforementioned Weather-Bulletin-125 identification information in said message and determine that said information matches the aforementioned information of said Weather-Bulletin-125 identification information retained at particular last-weather-bulletin-identification RAM associated with said control processor, 39J. So matching causes said control processor, 39J, under control of said controlled function instructions to discard the information of said message by transferring the information segment to the null output of the matrix switch, 39I, of said decoder, 203, and deleting all information of said message at the SPAM-input-signal memory of said control processor, 39J.)

(No other SPAM decoder at the station of FIG. 7 is preprogrammed with SPAM-controlled-function-invoking information that matches said URS-205 execution segment information. SPAM decoders of said station such as, for example, the decoder, 218, of video recorder/player, 218, may detect said Weather-Bulletin-125 SPAM message, but doing so will cause said decoders to discard said message because the execution segment information of said message with fail to match any SPAM-controlled-function-invoking information.)

A second example illustrates the capacity of signal processor, 200, for interrogating receiver station utilities meters (as shown in FIG. 7A), recording so-called “readings,” and transmitting said readings to remote stations.

The next day, Feb. 28, 1988 at 2:32 AM, receiving particular time information from said clock, 18, causes said controller, 20, again to cause said switch, 1, and said mixer, 3, to input the transmission of said master channel to said decoder, 30, and to cause said decoder, 30, to commence processing to detect a SPAM end of file signal.

In due course, the computer, 73, of the station of FIG. 6 causes an end of file signal to be transmitted, causing the control processor, 39J, of said decoder, 30, to commence waiting to detect a SPAM header.

Then said computer, 73, causes the embedding and transmission of a particular Read-Meters-of-Selected-Stations SPAM message that consists of a “01” header, an execution segment of said URS-200 execution segment information, a meter-monitor segment that contains Meter-Reading-of-2/28/88 identification information that distinguishes said Read-Meters-of-Selected-Stations SPAM message from all other meter reading messages, appropriate padding bits, an information segment that contains particular determine-if-station-I.D.-is-in-particular-range instructions and particular if-so-read-meter-262 instructions, and an end of file signal.

Said message is detected at said decoder, 30, and inputted to the controller, 39, of said decoder, 30.

Receiving said message causes said controller, 39, to transmit said Read-Meters-of-Selected-Stations SPAM message to the controller, 20, of the signal processor, 200, of said station. Automatically, controller, 39, executes particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions that cause said controller, 39, to locate said Meter-Reading-of-2/28/88 identification information and to transmit a particular read-meter instruction and information of said Meter-Reading-of-2/28/88 identification information to said controller, 20. Receiving said instruction and information causes controller, 20, to determine that said Meter-Reading-of-2/28/88 information does not match particular information at particular last-meter-reading-identification RAM at said controller, 20, and to transmit a particular transmit-to-20 instruction to said controller, 39. Receiving said instruction causes said controller, 39, to transmit said message to said controller, 20, via control information transmission means and to commence waiting for the header of a subsequent SPAM message.

Receiving said Read-Meters-of-Selected-Stations message causes said controller, 20, to execute the information of the information segment of said message as a job. Automatically, said controller, 20, executes particular preprogrammed load-and-execute controlled function instructions that cause said controller, 20, to input the information of the information segment of said message to the CPU of controller, 20, to retain information of said Meter-Reading-of-2/28/88 identification information at said last-meter-reading-identification RAM, and to cause said CPU to execute the information so inputted as a machine language job.

So executing said information causes controller, 20, under control of said determine-if-station-I.D.-is-in-particular-range instructions, to locate at ROM, 21, the unique digital code information that identifies the station of FIG. 7 uniquely and to determine that the numeric value of said information is greater than a particular lower range limit of said instructions and less than a particular upper range limit. So determining causes controller, 20, to execute said if-so-read-meter-262 instructions.

(At any station where a controller, 20, determines that the numeric value of the unique digital code information that identifies said station is less than said lower limit or greater than said upper limit, so determining causes said controller, 20, to discard all information of said message, except information at the last-meter-reading-identification RAM of said station, and to commence processing in the conventional fashion.)

Executing said instructions causes controller, 20, first, to determine whether a communications link exists between controller, 20, and utilities meter, 262. Automatically, controller, 20, compares particular preprogrammed to-262 information to the information at its particular SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection-@20 register memory (which memory serves the said function at controller, 20, that a SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection register memory serves at each SPAM decoder of the station of FIG. 7). No match results which signifies that the switches of matrix switch, 259, are configured to transfer the input from controller, 20, to switch, 259, to apparatus different from utilities meter, 262. Not resulting in a match causes controller, 20, to input a particular preprogrammed switch-to-262 instruction to the aforementioned control processor, 20A.

Receiving said instruction causes control processor, 20A, to establish a transmission link between controller, 20, and meter, 262. Automatically, control processor, 20A, executes particular instructions, preprogrammed at the aforementioned appropriate RAM and ROM located with said processor, 20A, and under control of said instructions, causes matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches in such a way that the input to switch, 259, from controller, 20, is switched to transfer information to the output of switch, 259, that inputs to meter, 262—thereby establishing said link between controller, 20, and meter, 262—and to transfer a particular to-262 instruction to said controller, 20.

Receiving said to-262 instruction causes controller, 20, in a predetermined fashion, to place particular to-262 information at said particular SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection-@20 register memory then to execute particular ones of said if-so-read-meter-262 instructions.

Executing said ones causes controller, 20, to transmit the current reading information of utilities meter, 262, to a remote metering station computer and cause said computer to process said information. Automatically, controller, 20, transmits particular instructions, via said transmission link, to meter, 262, thereby causing meter, 262, to transmit its particular THIS-READING information (which is the current reading information of said meter), via said transmission link, to controller, 20; activates telephone connection, 22; inputs a particular telephone number (which number is preprogrammed among said ones) to auto dialer, 24, causing said dialer, 24, to dial said number; establishes a telephone communication link with a particular remote metering station computer in the fashion described above; and transmits said THIS-READING information and information of the aforementioned unique digital code that identifies the station of FIG. 7 uniquely to said computer, in a fashion well known in the art, causing said computer to process said information as particular meter reading information of said station and to respond by transmitting to said controller, 20, via said link, particular reading-received information.

Receiving said reading-received information causes controller, 20, to deactivate telephone connection, 22, to discard all information of said Read-Meters-of-Selected-Stations SPAM message, except information at the last-meter-reading-identification RAM of said station, and to commence processing in the conventional fashion.

(In an alternate meter reading fashion, said if-so-read-meter-262 instructions are permanently preprogrammed at ROM, 21, and receiving particular day-of-month and time information from clock, 18, causes said controller, 20, at a particular time each month, to execute said instructions, causing the transmission of meter reading information of said meter, 262, said remote metering station, in the above fashion, and the processing of said information at said station. Each station of the field distribution system, 93, of an intermediate station such as FIG. 6 is preprogrammed to function in this fashion at a different time over the course of a month, and all stations transmit meter reading information during said month.)

(No SPAM decoder at the station of FIG. 7 other than said decoder, 30, is preprogrammed with SPAM-controlled-function-invoking information that matches said URS-200 execution segment information. Thus, while a SPAM decoder such as, for example, decoder, 203 or 218, may detect said Read-Meters-of-Selected-Stations SPAM message, doing so will cause said decoder to discard said message.)

Automating U. R. Stations . . . Coordinating a Stereo Simulcast

FIG. 7B illustrates automatic control of one kind of combined medium presentation—a stereo simulcast.

(In the present invention, turning on or changing a channel at a receiver, 215, of a television set, 202, causes apparatus at said receiver automatically to transmit an interrupt signal of new-channel-input information and input said interrupt signal directly to the control processor, 39J, of the controller, 39, of the decoder, 203, associated with said receiver, 215, [which signal said apparatus has means to input directly].)

At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7B, a subscriber decides to watch a particular television program the audio of which is stereo simulcast on a local radio station, in a fashion well known in the art. Said subscriber switches power on to TV set, 202, and manually selects the proper channel, which is, for example, channel 13, at the television tuner, 215, of said set, 202, thereby display of the video and audio information of the transmission of said channel.

Switching power on to said set, 202, and tuning said tuner, 215, in this fashion causes said tuner, 215, to input an interrupt signal of new-channel-input information to the control processor, 39J, of the controller, 39, of TV signal decoder, 203, and to commence inputting the demodulated transmission of said channel to said decoder, 203.

Receiving said interrupt signal causes said control processor, 39J, to cause all apparatus of decoder, 203, to cease receiving television transmission information and to delete all previously received SPAM information (and, in so doing, to set the information at the EOFS WORD Counter of the EOFS valve, 39F, of said controller, 39 to “00000000”, thereby discarding any previously received end of file signal information); to cause the matrix switch, 39I, to commence transferring information from EOFS valve, 39F, to its null output; to cause EOFS valve, 39F, to commence processing detected SPAM information for an end of file signal; and to cause all apparatus of decoder, 203, to commence receiving television transmission information.

Then so inputting said demodulated transmission to said decoder, 203, causes said decoder, 203, to commence detecting and processing SPAM message information embedded in said transmission.

In due course, the program originating studio that originates the transmission of said channel embeds an end of file signal in said transmission, causing the EOFS valve, 39F, of said controller, 39, to detect said signal and transfer an interrupt signal of EOFS-signal-detected information to the control processor, 39J, of said controller, 39.

Receiving said interrupt signal at said control processor, 39J, causes said control processor, 39J, to process the next received SPAM information as information of the header of a SPAM message, thereby causing said controller, 39, to commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages of said detected SPAM information.

Periodically thereafter, said program originating studio embeds in said transmission and transmits a particular Tune-Radio-to-FM-104.1 SPAM message that consists of a “01” header, an execution segment of particular activate-simulcast information that is addressed to URS radio decoders, 210, a meter-monitor segment that contains the “program unit identification code” information of said particular television program, appropriate padding bits, an information segment that contains particular 104.1-MHz information, and an end of file signal.

Said message is detected at said decoder, 203, and inputted to said controller, 39, in the above described fashion.

Receiving said message causes said controller, 39, to execute particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions that cause said controller, 39, to transfer said message to the radio decoder, 210, of radio, 209. First, said controller, 39, determines whether a transmission link exists between said controller, 39, and said controller, 44. Automatically, said controller, 39, compares particular preprogrammed to-210 information to the information at its particular SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection register memory. No match results which signifies that the switches of matrix switch, 259, are configured to transfer the input to switch, 259, from said controller, 39, to apparatus other than radio decoder, 210. Not resulting in a match causes said controller, 39, to input a particular preprogrammed switch-203-to-210 instruction to the aforementioned control processor, 20A, via the aforementioned control information bus means for communicating particular switching request control information.

Receiving said instruction causes control processor, 20A, to establish a transmission link between the controller, 39, of decoder, 203, and the controller, 44, of decoder, 210. Automatically, under control of particular preprogrammed instructions, control processor, 20A, causes matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches in such a way that the input to switch, 259, from the controller, 39, of decoder, 203, is switched to transfer information to the output of switch, 259, that inputs to the buffer, 44G, of the controller, 44, of said decoder, 210, (said controller, 44, being identical to the controller, 39, of FIG. 3A, but the alphanumeric designation of the components of said controller, 44, being designated with a “44” rather than a “39” number)—thereby establishing said transmission link—and to transfer a particular to-210 instruction to said controller, 39.

Receiving said to-210 instruction causes said controller, 39, in a predetermined fashion, to place particular to-210 information at said SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection register memory then to execute particular ones of said controlled function instructions.

Executing said ones causes said controller, 39, to transfer said message to the radio decoder, 210, of radio, 209. Automatically, the control processor, 39J, of said decoder, 203, causes the matrix switch, 39I, to commence transferring information to matrix switch, 259, and causes the apparatus of controller, 39, in the fashion for transferring a “01” header message described above, to transfer said Tune-Radio-to-FM-104.1 SPAM message, via said communications link, to the controller, 44, of said decoder, 210.

Receiving said SPAM message causes said controller, 44, switch power on to and tune radio, 209, to the frequency, 104.1 MHz. (Controller, 44, has means for transmitting control information from its matrix switch, 44I, to a particular switch, 212, and a particular digital tuner, 213, that are digitally actuated apparatus, well known in the art, that have capacity, respectively, for switching power on to radio, 209, and for tuning radio, 209.) Automatically, the control processor, 44J, of said controller, 44, executes particular preprogrammed activate-simulcast controlled function instructions, loads said 104.1-MHz information of the information segment of said message at particular tune-to working register memory, and determines that the information at said working memory does not match information at particular SPAM-is-tuned-to register memory (which signifies that radio, 209, is not tuned to the radio frequency, 104.1 MHz). Not resulting in a match causes said controller, 44, to determine, in a predetermined fashion, that radio, 209, is not on and operating. So determining causes said controller, 44, under control of said instructions, to transmit particular preprogrammed instructions, via said matrix switch, 44I, to switch, 212, thereby causing said switch, 212, to switch on and actuate radio, 209; to transmit particular preprogrammed instructions, via said matrix switch, 44I, to tuner, 213, thereby causing said tuner, 213, to tune radio, 209, to said frequency, 104.1 MHz; and to place information of said 104.1-MHz information at said SPAM-is-tuned-to register memory. Automatically, the speaker apparatus of said radio, 209, commences receiving information of the radio transmission of said frequency and emitting the audio sound of said simulcast.

Thus switching power on to TV set, 202, and selecting channel 13 at television tuner, 215, are the only manual steps necessary to actuate the radio simulcast of said channel at radio, 209.

In addition, because the station of FIG. 7 (and FIG. 7B) is preprogrammed to collect monitor information, receiving said Tune-Radio-to-FM-104.1 SPAM message also causes the transmission of monitor information to the onboard controller, 14A, of said signal processor, 200, in the fashion of example #3 above. At decoder, 203, completing the controlled functions invoked by receiving said message causes the transfer, via the aforementioned bus means for communicating monitor information, to said onboard controller, 14A, of a first information transmission of the execution and meter-monitor information of said message with particular first source mark information that identifies TV set, 202. At decoder, 210, completing the controlled functions invoked by receiving said message causes the transfer, via said bus means, to said onboard controller, 14A, of a second information transmission of the execution and meter-monitor information of said message with appropriate source mark information identifying radio, 209.

In the fashion of example #3 above, receiving said first transmission of monitor information causes said onboard controller, 14A, to cause a signal record of prior programming of TV set, 202, to be recorded at the recorder, 16, of signal processor, 200, (and may cause records to be transferred to a remote location) and causes said onboard controller, 14A, to initiate a first signal record, associated with source mark information that identifies TV set, 202, that is based on the “program unit identification code” information of said particular television program in the meter-monitor information of said Tune-Radio-to-FM-104.1 SPAM message.

In the same fashion, receiving said second transmission of monitor information causes said onboard controller, 14A, to cause a signal record of prior programming of radio, 209, to be recorded at the recorder, 16, of signal processor, 200, (and may cause records to be transferred to a remote location) and causes said onboard controller, 14A, to initiate a second signal record, associated with source mark information that identifies radio, 209, that is based on said “program unit identification code” of said Tune-Radio-to-FM-104.1 SPAM message. However, to minimize unnecessary duplication, in a predetermined fashion, onboard controller, 14A, determines that TV set, 202/decoder, 203, is the principal source of information associated with said “program unit identification code”; retains information of said “program unit identification code” in said second signal record together with information that identifies said second record as a secondary record of said first signal record; and retains information at said first signal record that identifies radio, 209/decoder, 210, as a secondary source of monitor information associated with said “program unit identification code.” In so doing, onboard controller, 14A, consolidates signal record information of two different monitor information transmissions that contain different source mark information but common “program unit identification code” information.

(If receiving said Tune-Radio-to-FM-104.1 SPAM message causes decryption at decoder, 203, as receiving the first message of example #4 caused decryption, receiving said Tune-Radio-to-FM-104.1 SPAM decoder, 203, causes, in the fashion of example #4, the decrypting of said message at decoder, 203, and thereafter, the processing of the unencrypted information of said message. Said processing includes processing at signal processor, 200, as in example #4, of meter and monitor information transferred from decoder, 203. Said processing includes the transmitting of unencrypted information of said message from decoder, 203, to decoder, 210; the execution of the controlled functions invoked at decoder, 210, by receiving said message; the transmission of monitor information of said message, in the fashion of example #3, from decoder, 210, to signal processor, 200. and the processing of said monitor information at signal processor, 200, in the fashion of example #3.)

(In the present invention, switching power on to a radio, 209, or changing a frequency at a radio, 209, causes apparatus at said radio, 209, automatically to transmit an interrupt signal of new-frequency-input information and input said interrupt signal directly to the control processor, 44J, of the controller, 44, of the decoder, 210, associated with said radio, 209 [which signal said apparatus has means to input directly].)

Switching power on to said radio, 209, and tuning radio, 209, to said frequency, 104.1 MHz, causes decoder, 210, to commence processing SPAM message information in the transmission of said frequency. In the fashion of TV set, 202, and decoder, 203, above, switching on and tuning radio, 209, causes said radio, 209, to input an interrupt signal of new-frequency-input information to the control processor, 44J, of the controller, 44, of radio decoder, 210, and to commence inputting the received transmission of said frequency to said decoder, 210, (which decoder, 210, does not include the radio receiver circuitry, 41, of FIG. 2B because the transmission input decode, 210, is the transmission already received by the receiver circuitry of radio, 209, and which input is input directly to the radio decoder, 42, apparatus of said decoder, 210).

In the same fashion, receiving said interrupt signal of new-frequency input information causes said controller, 44, to delete all previously received SPAM information, to commence processing detected SPAM information for an end of file signal, and to discard all detected SPAM information until and end of file signal is detected.

In due course, the program originating studio that originates the transmission of said frequency embeds an end of file signal in said transmission, causing said controller, 44, to detect said signal and commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages of said detected SPAM information.

Periodically thereafter, said program originating studio embeds in said transmission and transmits a particular Activate-Stereo-Output SPAM message that consists of a “01” header, an execution segment of particular activate-speakers information that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, a meter-monitor segment that contains secondary “program unit identification code” information of the audio program unit of said radio transmission and primary “program unit identification code” information of said particular television program, and appropriate padding bits, an information segment that contains information of television channel 13 and radio frequency 104.1 MHz, and an end of file signal.

Said message is detected at said decoder, 210, and inputted to said controller, 44.

Receiving said message causes said controller, 44, to execute particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions that cause said controller, 44, to transfer said message to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200. Automatically, said controller, 44, compares particular preprogrammed to-20 information to the information at its particular SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection register memory. No match results which signifies that the switches of matrix switch, 259, are configured to transfer the input to switch, 259, from said controller, 44, to apparatus different from said controller, 20. Not resulting in a match causes said controller, 44, to input a particular preprogrammed switch-210-to-20 instruction to the aforementioned control processor, 20A, via the aforementioned control information bus means for communicating switching request information.

Receiving said instruction causes control processor, 20A, to establish a control information transmission link between said controller, 44, and said controller, 20. Automatically, under control of particular preprogrammed instructions, control processor, 20A, causes matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches to transfer the input from said controller, 44, to the output of switch, 259, that inputs to said controller, 20—thereby establishing said transmission link—and transfers a particular to-20 instruction to said controller, 44.

Receiving said to-20 instruction causes said controller, 44, to transfer said Activate-Stereo-Output message to said controller, 20. Automatically, in a predetermined fashion, controller, 44, places particular to-20 information at said SPAM-control-information-matrix-switch-connection register memory then executes particular ones of said controlled function instructions. Automatically, under control of said ones, said controller, 44, causes its matrix switch, 44I, to commence transferring information to matrix switch, 259, and causes, in the fashion for transferring a “01” header message described above, transfers said Activate-Stereo-Output SPAM message, via said link, to said controller, 20.

Receiving said SPAM message causes said controller, 20, to determine that certain preconditions are satisfied more precisely, that TV set, 202, and radio, 209, are tuned, respectively, to the proper television channel and the radio frequency of the stereo simulcast. Automatically, controller, 20, executes particular preprogrammed conditional-speaker-activation controlled function instructions; loads the information of television channel 13 and radio frequency 104.1 MHz of the information segment of said message at particular first and second register memory respectively; causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to establish a communications link between controller, 20, and the control processor, 39J, of decoder, 203; determines, in a predetermined fashion, that information of the channel to which TV set, 202, is tuned matches the television channel 13 information at said first register memory; causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to establish a communications link between controller, 20, and the control processor, 44J, of decoder, 210; and determines, in a predetermined fashion, that information of the frequency to which radio, 209, is tuned matches the radio frequency 104.1 MHz information at said second register memory. Determining a match with said television channel 13 information and a match with said radio frequency 104.1 MHz information satisfies said certain pre-conditions and causes controller, 20, to execute particular station-specific-stereo-simulcast instructions.

Station-specific-stereo-simulcast instructions reflect the particular fashion in which the subscriber of any given station wishes to have audio of stereo simulcasts outputted at his station, and preprogrammed station-specific-stereo-simulcast instructions vary from subscriber station to subscriber station.

Executing the particular station-specific-stereo-simulcast instructions of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C causes the controller, 20, of said station to cause stereo speaker system, 263 to emit the audio sound of said transmission in a particular fashion and causes apparatus of TV set, 202, and of radio, 209, to cease emitting sound. Automatically, controller, 20, transmits switch control information to matrix switch, 258, that causes said switch, 258, to configure its switches in such a way that the programming input to switch, 258, from radio, 209, (which inputs the audio information received at radio, 209) is switched to transfer information to the output of switch, 258, that inputs to speaker system, 263; causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to establish a communications link between controller, 20, and speaker system, 263; and causes speaker system, 263, to switch power on and commence operating, in a fashion well known in the art, at a particular so-called “balance” and a particular sound emitting volume. In so doing, controller, 20, causes speaker system, 263, to commence receiving and emitting sound of the audio information of the stereo simulcast radio transmission received at radio, 209, in a particular fashion. Then automatically, under control of said station-specific-stereo-simulcast instructions, controller, 20, causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to establish a communications link between controller, 20, and the control processor, 39J, of decoder, 203; causes TV set, 202, in a predetermined fashion, to cease emitting sound of received audio; causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to establish a communications link between controller, 20, and the control processor, 44J, of decoder, 210; and causes radio, 209, in a predetermined fashion, to cease emitting sound of received audio. In so doing, controller, 20, causes speaker system, 263, to be the only apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 emitting sound of said stereo simulcast.

(At other stations where said Activate-Stereo-Output SPAM message is received, said certain preconditions may not be satisfied at one given station, for example, the radio, 209, of may be tuned to radio frequency 104.1 MHz but the TV set, 202, may be tuned to a channel other than television channel 13 which would signify that the subscriber of said station was not viewing a simulcast. Said stations would not execute station-specific-stereo-simulcast instructions. Instead, other instructions would be executed, and said instructions might, for example, merely discard all information of said Activate-Stereo-Output SPAM message. And at stations where station-specific-stereo-simulcast instructions are executed, the executed instructions, which are station specific and vary from station to station, will cause different functioning at different stations. For example, balance and sound emitting volume can vary from station to station, and at some stations, radios, 209, and/or TV sets, 202, may continue emitting sound of received audio.)

Thus, by switching power on to TV set, 202, and selecting channel 13 at television tuner, 215, said subscriber not only actuates automatically the radio simulcast of said channel at radio, 209, but also causes the apparatus of his station automatically to emit the sound of the received audio in his own predetermined fashion.

And automatically, monitor information is collected at signal processor, 200, that reflects the operation of speaker system, 263.

Because the information of said Activate-Stereo-Output SPAM message is transmitted periodically in said radio programming transmission, a subsequent instance of said information is received at speaker system, 263, embedded in the audio information received (via switch, 258) from radio, 209. Receiving said subsequent instance causes the SPAM decoder apparatus associated (in the fashion of the decoder, 285, if FIG. 5) with said speaker system, 263, to detect the Activate-Stereo-Output SPAM message information of said instance and to transfer to the onboard controller, 14A, of signal processor, 200, via the aforementioned bus means for communicating monitor information, a particular third transmission of monitor information containing the execution and meter-monitor information of said instance, with appropriate source mark information identifying speaker system, 263.

In the fashion described above, receiving said third transmission of monitor information causes said onboard controller, 14A, to cause a signal record of prior programming of speaker system, 263, to be recorded at the recorder, 16, of signal processor, 200, (and may cause records to be transferred to a remote location) and causes said onboard controller, 14A, to initiate a third signal record, associated with source mark information that identifies speaker system, 263, that is based on the aforementioned secondary “program unit identification code” information of the audio program unit of said radio transmission. However, to minimize unnecessary duplication, in a predetermined fashion, onboard controller, 14A, determines that radio, 209/decoder, 210, is the principal source of information associated with said secondary “program unit identification code”; retains information of said secondary “code” in said third signal record together with information that identifies said third record as a subordinate record of the aforementioned second signal record; and retains information at the aforementioned first signal record that identifies speaker system, 263, as a tertiary source of monitor information associated with the “program unit identification code” information of said particular television program. In so doing, onboard controller, 14A, consolidates signal record information of three different monitor information transmissions that contain different source mark information but common “program unit identification code” information.

Automating U. R. Stations . . . Receiving Selected Programming

FIG. 7C illustrates methods for monitoring multiple programming channels, selecting programming and information of interest, and receiving said selected programming and information.

The microprocessor, 205, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C, is preprogrammed to hold records of a portfolio of stocks and to receive and process automatically news items about said stocks and about the industries of said stocks. The signal processor, 200, of said station is preprogrammed at the RAM associated with the control processor, 39J, of the controller, 39, of its decoder, 30, with particular news-items-of-interest information that includes identification information of the particular stocks in said portfolio and at its controller, 20, with particular cause-selection instructions that control said controller, 20, in selecting transmissions of news items of interest.

One company whose stock is preprogrammed at said microprocessor, 205, is the American Telephone and Telegraph Company whose stock is identified by particular binary information of “T”. And among the news-items-of-interest information at said RAM is an instance of said binary information of “T”.

Two remote stations—remote news-service-A station and remote news-service-B station—transmit, from geographically separate locations, two different broadcast print transmissions.

The intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 receives and retransmits information the transmissions of said remote stations on digital data channels A and B, respectively, that are inputted to converter boxes, 222 and 201, and to signal processor, 200. (Other intermediate stations receive and retransmit information of said transmission on other channels.)

Each remote station transmits each particular news item within the particular format of a Transmit-News-Item SPAM message, and receiving any given message in a Transmit-News-Item SPAM message format causes the computer, 73, of any given intermediate transmission station to transmit a particular Select-News-Item message a particular preprogrammed number of times in a particular Select-Digital-News-Item message format then to transmit the information of said news items within a message that is transmitted particular Specific-Digital-News-Item message format.

In due course, said remote news-service-A station transmits a particular AT&T news item in a particular Transmit-AT&T-News-Item message that is in said Transmit-News-Item SPAM message format and that consists of an “01” header, an execution segment of particular transmit-news-message information that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, a meter-monitor segment that contains the “program unit identification code” information of said AT&T news item and subject matter information of said binary information of “T”, appropriate padding bits, an information segment that contains said AT&T news item, and an end of file signal.

Receiving said Transmit-AT&T-News-Item message causes the computer, 73, of the station of FIG. 6 to transmit a particular preprogrammed number of times on digital data channel A a particular Select-AT&T-News-Item message then to transmit a particular Specific-AT&T-News-Item message. (Receiving said Transmit-AT&T-News-Item message causes a computer, 73, at each one of said other intermediate transmission stations to cause the transmission of similar messages on a selected channel a each of said stations.) Said Select-AT&T-News-Item message is in said Select-Digital-News-Item message format and consists of an “01” header; an execution segment of particular select-news-item information that is addressed to URS signal processor, 200; a meter-monitor segment that consists of the meter-monitor information of said Transmit-News-Item SPAM message plus information that identifies said intermediate station (the format information of said meter-monitor information being modified to reflect the addition of said information that identifies said station); appropriate padding bits; an information segment that contains the binary information of “T” information of said subject matter information; and an end of file signal. The particular number of times that any given intermediate station transmits said message is the number of times necessary to permit apparatus of a signal processor, 200, at each subscriber station of said intermediate station, functioning in the fashion of example #5, to detect and process at least one instance of said Select-AT&T-News-Item message and to permit apparatus each station then to tune to the transmission of a selected digital data channel and receive, in the fashion described below, said Specific-AT&T-News-Item message. And said Specific-AT&T-News-Item message is in said Specific-Digital-News-Item message format consists of an “01” header; an execution segment of particular process-news-item information that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 73; a meter-monitor segment that is identical to the meter-monitor segment of said Select-AT&T-News-Item message; appropriate padding bits; an information segment that contains the information of said AT&T news item; and an end of file signal.

At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C, signal processor, 200, scans sequentially all channels at its switch, 1, mixer, 3, and decoder, 30, in the fashion of example #5.

In due course, one instance of said Select-AT&T-News-Item message is detected at said decoder, 30, and inputted to the controller, 39, of said decoder, 30.

Receiving said Select-AT&T-News-Item message causes said controller, 39, to transmit said message to the controller, 20, of said signal processor, 200. Automatically, controller, 39, executes particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions that cause said controller, 39, to load the binary information of “T” information of the information segment of said message at particular working register memory and determine that the information at said memory matches the aforementioned binary information of “T” that is among the news-items-of-interest information at the RAM associated with control processor, 39J. Determining a match causes said controller, 39, to transmit said message, with channel mark information that identifies the particular channel in which said message was embedded, to said controller, 20, via control information transmission means and to continue functioning in the fashion of example #5.

Receiving said message causes said controller, 20, to cause a selected cable converter box, 222, to receive the transmission identified by said channel mark; to cause All signal decoder, 290, (which is identical to the TV signal decoder of FIG. 2A with the added capacity of the radio signal decoder of FIG. 2B to receive, detect, and input SPAM information embedded in radio frequency transmissions to a controller, 39, plus the added capacity of the other signal decoder of FIG. 2C to receive, detect, and input SPAM information embedded in other frequency transmissions to said controller, 39) at microcomputer, 205, to receive the transmission of a particular television frequency transmission and to commence processing detected SPAM information for an end of file signal; and to establish a programming transmission link between said selected box, 222, and All signal decoder, 290, at microcomputer, 205. Automatically, controller, 20, executes the instructions of a particular preprogrammed controlled function (that is different from the function invoked by said message at said controller, 39). Automatically, controller, 20, establishes a control information transmission link between controller, 20, and the tuner, 223, of said selected box, 222, by inputting a particular instruction to control processor, 20A, that causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches in such a way that its input from controller, 20, is switched to its output that inputs to said tuner, 223. Then receiving a particular to-223 instruction from said control processor, 20A, causes controller, 20, to transmits particular instructions, via said control information transmission link, to said tuner, 223, thereby causing said tuner, 223, to tune its associated cable converter box, 222, the to the particular channel transmission of said multi-channel cable transmission that is identified by said channel mark. Automatically, controller, 20, establishes a control information transmission link between controller, 20, and said decoder, 290, by inputting a particular instruction to control processor, 20A, that causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches to transfer information from its input from controller, 20, to its output that inputs to said decoder, 290. Then receiving a particular to-290instruction from said control processor, 20A, causes controller, 20, to input an interrupt signal of new-channel-input information, in a predetermined fashion, to the control processor, 39J, of the controller, 39, of said decoder, 290. Receiving said interrupt signal causes said control processor, 39J, to delete all previously received SPAM information; to cause its associated matrix switch, 39I, to commence transferring information from the EOFS valve, 39F, to its null output; and to cause said EOFS valve, 39F, to commence processing detected SPAM information for an end of file signal. Then automatically, controller, 20, inputs switch control instructions to matrix switch, 258, thereby causing matrix switch, 258, to configure its switches in such a way that the input to switch, 258, from cable converter box, 222, is switched to transfer information to the output of switch, 258, that inputs to said decoder, 290. In so doing, controller, 20, causes said decoder, 290, to commence receiving the programming transmission of digital data channel A and causes said decoder, 290, to commence detecting and processing SPAM message information embedded in said transmission.

In due course, a subsequent instance of said Select-AT&T-News-Item message is transmitted on said channel A, causing the EOFS valve, 39F, of said decoder, 290, to detect the end of file signal of said message and causing the controller, 39, of said decoder, 290, to commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages detected in the transmission of said channel A. (Said decoder, 290, is not preprogrammed with any controlled-function-invoking information that matches the execution segment information of a said Select-AT&T-News-Item message, so receiving any given instance of said message causes decoder, 290, merely to discard said message.)

In due course, said Specific-AT&T-News-Item message is transmitted on said channel A.

Transmitting said message causes decoder, 290, to detect and input said message to the controller, 39, of said decoder, 290.

Receiving said message causes said controller, 39, to cause microcomputer, 205, to process information of said message. Automatically, controller, 39, executes the instructions of a particular preprogrammed controlled function and inputs to an input buffer of microcomputer, 205, a particular input-from-290 computer job that consists of process-this-data-input-from-290 instructions and particular data. Said data includes the meter-monitor information of said message and the information of the information segment of said message—that is, said AT&T news item.

In due course and in a predetermined fashion, microcomputer, 205, processes said job; determines that the preprogrammed instructions entered by the subscriber of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C are to print at printer, 221, data of any job of process-this-data-input-from-290 instructions; and causes said AT&T news item to be printed at said printer, 221. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, executes particular preprogrammed instructions and inputs a particular switch-205-to-221 instruction to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200. Receiving said instruction causes said controller, 20, to input particular switch control instructions to matrix switch, 258, thereby causing matrix switch, 258, to configure its switches in such a way that the input to switch, 258, from microcomputer, 205, is switched to transfer information to the output of switch, 258, that inputs to said printer, 221. Then automatically, microcomputer, 205, transfers said data to said printer, 221. In so doing, microcomputer, 205, causes printer, 221, in a predetermined fashion, to print said AT&T news item. (Said preprogrammed instructions entered by the subscriber might cause said microcomputer, for example, then to establish a programming communication link with computer memory unit, 256, and to cause said unit, 256, to record said AT&T news item.)

Receiving the aforementioned instance of said Select-AT&T-News-Item message and said Specific-AT&T-News-Item message at the station of FIG. 7 also causes processing of monitor information at said signal processor, 200, in the fashions described above. After transferring the information of said Select-AT&T-News-Item message to said controller, 20, said controller, 39, automatically transfers monitor information of said message to buffer/comparator, 14, thereby causing the onboard controller, 14A, to process information of the availability at said station of said AT&T news item. After executing the controlled functions invoked by said Specific-AT&T-News-Item message, said controller, 20, automatically transfers monitor information of said message to buffer/comparator, 14, thereby causing the onboard controller, 14A, to process information of the use of said AT&T news item at microcomputer, 205. And receiving said data at printer, 221, causes other decoder, 227 (see FIG. 5), in a predetermined fashion, to detect in said data the meter-monitor information of said Specific-AT&T-News-Item message and to transmit said meter-monitor information to signal processor, 200, thereby causing said onboard controller, 14A, to retain monitor information and initiate a secondary signal record in the fashion described above.

Automating U. R. Stations . . . More on Example #7 . . . Receiving Selected Programming and Combining Selected URS Microcomputers, 205, Automatically to the Computer System of a Selected Programming Transmission

In the present invention, the computer information of any given combined medium combining is processed by a computer system that consists of a plurality of computers each of which is at a subscriber station and all of which process, in parallel, and output their specific information under control of one transmission of embedded computer programming inputted to said system at a program originating studio. The FIG. 1C combining of the “Wall Street Week” example provides one example of such a combining. The computer system of said example consists of a plurality of microcomputers, 205, each of which is at a different subscriber station, and the program originating studio that originates transmission of the “Wall Street Week” programming embeds and transmits a series of SPAM messages that control all of said microcomputers, 205. Under control of the first message, each one of said plurality of microcomputers, 205, generates its own specific FIG. 1A information. Then, under control of the second message, each of said microcomputers, 205, combines its specific FIG. 1A information with transmitted FIG. 1B information, and all of said microcomputers, 205, display their specific FIG. 1C images (which differ from station to station).

The present invention includes capacity whereby SPAM message information transmitted by any given program originating studio can cause a plurality of selected computers to select programming in the fashion described above, and in so doing, to combine to an come under control of the computer system of said studio.

For example, all URS microcomputers, 205, of a large plurality of subscriber stations (of which the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C is one station) are preprogrammed with particular program-unit-of-interest information and with particular station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions. Said program-unit-of-interest information includes information of particular television programs that the subscribers of the stations of said microcomputers, 205, wish to view when said programs are transmitted. Some among said television programs are combined medium television programs. Said station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions reflect the specific fashion in which any selected one of said programs is to be selected and displayed when said program is transmitted.

The program-unit-of-interest information preprogrammed at the microcomputer, 205, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C includes particular specific-WSW information that reflects the wish of the subscriber of said station to view (or record) said “Wall Street Week” program when said program is transmitted. In a predetermined fashion, said subscriber has caused to be included in said program-unit-of-interest information. (Microcomputers, 205, of selected other stations of said large plurality of stations are also so preprogrammed.) The station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions at the microcomputer, 205, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C includes particular information that said subscriber will pay up to a certain limit—for example, twenty-five cents—to be permitted to receive said program and that, if the TV set, 202, of said station is switched off when information of the transmission of said program is detected, power should be switched on to said TV set, 202, and said program should be displayed at the monitor, 202M, of said set and, in addition, power should be switched on to the video recorder/player, 217, of said station, and said program should be recorded at said recorder/player, 217.

The signal processor, 200, of said station scans sequentially all received television transmission channels in the fashion described above and is preprogrammed at the RAM associated with the control processor, 39J, of its decoder, 30, to respond in a particular controlled function fashion whenever a SPAM message with an execution segment of particular available-television-program information is detected. Said signal processor, 200, has capacity for actuating and tuning TV set, 202, and video recorder, 217, and for controlling microcomputer, 205.

(The microcomputers, 205, of selected other stations of said large plurality of stations are also preprogrammed with select-WSW information and with station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions [which instructions differ from station to station], and the signal processors, 200, of said stations are preprogrammed function in the same fashion as the signal processor, 200, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C.)

The program originating studio that originates the “Wall Street Week” program originates, embeds, and transmits the programming in the encrypted fashion of example #7 above, and the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 receives and retransmits said programming, in the fashion of example #7, on cable channel 13 which is inputted, at the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C, to converter boxes, 222 and 201, and to signal processor, 200. (Other intermediate stations receive and retransmit information of said transmission on other channels, and the aforementioned specific-WSW information [that is included in program-unit-of-interest information] is specified above, in example #7, at page 289, line 35.)

Before transmitting any given program unit of television programming, any given program originating studio transmits a particular intermediate-station-control message in the particular format of a Prepare-To-Retransmit-Television-Program-Unit SPAM message, and receiving any given SPAM message in said format causes the computer, 73, of any given intermediate transmission station to generate a particular series of messages and retain complete information of said messages at particular memory locations, to prepare particular apparatus of said station to retransmit the programming of said program unit, and to transmit said retained messages in a particular fashions at particular times.

The cable program controller & computer, 73, of each intermediate station is preprogrammed with schedule information that reflects the particular time at which and the channel on which said station will retransmit said “Wall Street Week” program. The particular channel information of the computer, 73, of the station FIG. 6 is CC13 and the particular time information is particular-8:30, reflecting that said station is schedule to retransmit said program on cable channel 13 at a particular 8:30 PM time (which is the time at which the program originating studio that originates the “Wall Street Week” program transmits the so-called “live” programming of said program. (A particular other computer, 73, is preprogrammed with particular channel information of CC11 and particular time information of particular-9:30, reflecting that the station of said other computer, 73, is schedule to retransmit said program, so-called “time delayed,” on cable channel 11 at a particular 9:30 PM time.)

In due course, the program originating studio that originates the transmission of said “Wall Street Week” program transmits a particular Prepare-To-Retransmit-WSW message (which is the particular intermediate-station-control message of said “Wall Street Week” program) in said Prepare-To-Retransmit-Television-Program-Unit format, and said message consists of an “01” header; an execution segment of particular load-and-execute information that is addressed to ITS computers, 73; a meter-monitor segment that contains the “program unit identification code” information of said “Wall Street Week” program; appropriate padding bits; an information segment of particular incorporate-and-retain-Select-WSW-Program-Unit-SPAM-message instructions that include particular generally applicable please-fully-enable-WSW-on-XXXX-at-YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY information and specific-WSW information, particular incorporate-and-retain-Specific-WSW-Enabling-message instructions that include the aforementioned particular enable-WSW instructions, particular timing instructions that include particular-8:30-PM information, and particular interconnect-and-encrypt-the-audio-of-WSW instructions; and an end of file signal.

Receiving said Prepare-To-Retransmit-WSW message causes apparatus of the station of FIG. 6 to input the information of the information segment of said message to the computer, 73, of said station and to execute the information so inputted as a machine language job. (Receiving said message causes apparatus at other stations to function similarly.)

Executing said incorporate-and-retain-Select-WSW-Program-Unit-SPAM-message instructions causes said computer, 73, to generate particular please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information and a particular Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message and to retain said message at particular Select-Program-Unit-Message-to-Transmit memory. Automatically, said computer, 73, generates said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information by replacing the information of particular variables, XXXX and YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY, in said generally applicable please-fully-enable-WSW-on-XXXX-at-YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY information with said CC13 and said particular-8:30 information that are preprogrammed at said computer, 73, and that reflect that the schedule of the intermediate station of said computer, 73. Said Select-WSW-Program-Unit message consists of an “01” header; an execution segment of information that is identical to the aforementioned available-television-program information; a meter-monitor segment that consists of the meter-monitor information of said Prepare-To-Retransmit-WSW message plus information that identifies said intermediate station (the format information of said meter-monitor information being modified to reflect the addition of said information that identifies said station); appropriate padding bits; an information segment of generally applicable determine-whether-to-select instructions of said Transmit-Select-WSW message that contain said particular specific-WSW information and said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information; and an end of file signal.

(The modified meter-monitor format information in said message is preprogrammed in said incorporate-and-retain-Select-WSW-Program-Unit-SPAM-message instructions and is caused, by said instructions, to replace the meter-monitor format information of said Prepare-To-Retransmit-WSW message message to reflect the addition of the aforementioned information that identifies the station of FIG. 6. In other words, a station specific identification datum is added at each station to the meter-monitor information of said Prepare-To-Retransmit-WSW message. The station specific identification data vary from station to station. However, all station specific identification data are in the same format and are added to said meter-monitor information in the same fashion. Hence, all instances of Select-WSW-Program-Unit message meter-monitor information are in the same format.)

(Executing said incorporate-and-retain-Select-WSW-Program-Unit-SPAM-message instructions causes said other computer, 73, that is preprogrammed with particular CC11 and particular-9:30 information to generate particular please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC11-at-particular-9:30 information that reflects the schedule of the station of said other computer, 73, and to incorporate said information into the information segment of the station specific Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message of said station.)

Executing said incorporate-and-retain-Specific-WSW-Enabling-message instructions causes the computer, 73, of the station of FIG. 6 to generate a Specific-WSW-Enabling-message, which is the aforementioned local-cable-enabling-message (#7) (see the paragraph that begins above at page 291, line 9), and to retain said message at particular Specific-WSW-Enabling-Message-to-Transmit memory. (see the paragraph that begins above at page 291, line 9.) All information of said message is preprogrammed at said computer, 73, prior to the executing of said instructions (including the aforementioned enable-WSW instructions and enable-WSW-programming information that are preprogrammed in said incorporate-and-retain-Specific-WSW-Enabling-message instructions), and said incorporate-and-retain-Specific-WSW-Enabling-message instructions cause said computer, 73, to select the specific preprogrammed information of said message from among all the preprogrammed information of said computer, 73, and to assemble said selected information at said memory. When assembled, said message consists of an “01” header; an execution segment of particular preprogrammed enable-next-program-on-CC13 information that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200; a meter-monitor segment whose information is identical to the meter-monitor information of said Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message; appropriate padding bits; an information segment that contains particular enable-CC13 instructions and said enable-WSW instructions which include said enable-WSW-programming information; and an end of file signal.

Executing said timing instructions, causes each intermediate station to commence transmitting its station specific Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message at a station specific time; to transmit said message over and over for a station specific interval of time; to execute said interconnect-and-encrypt-the-audio-of-WSW instructions at a particular time; and to transmit its station specific Specific-WSW-Enabling-message after a particular enabling time. The particular time at which any given station commences transmitting its station specific Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message is before the minimum time prior to the commence enabling time of said station necessary for each subscriber station of said intermediate station, functioning in the fashion of example #5, to detect and process at least one instance of said Select-WSW-Program-Unit message and then to tune to the transmission of a selected master cable control channel and receive, in the fashion described below, the station specific Specific-WSW-Enabling-message of its intermediate transmission station. The particular number of times that any given intermediate station transmits its station specific Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message is the number of times necessary to permit apparatus of a signal processor, 200, at each subscriber station of said intermediate station to detect and process at least one instance of said Select-WSW-Program-Unit message.

In due course, executing said timing instructions causes the computer, 73, of the station of FIG. 6 to commence transmitting the SPAM message at its particular Select-Program-Unit-Message-to-Transmit memory, which is its station specific Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message, embedded in the normal transmission location of cable channel 13.

Subsequently. executing said timing instructions causes said computer, 73, to execute said interconnect-and-encrypt-the-audio-of-WSW instructions.

Executing said last named instructions causes said computer, 73, to cause apparatus of said station to receive the transmission of the program originating studio of the “Wall Street Week” program; to input said transmission, via the matrix switch, 75, of said station, to particular apparatus, well known in the art, that encrypt the audio portion of said transmission and output the video and encrypted audio portions of said transmission in proper synchronization; to cause said apparatus to encrypt the information of said audio portion using a particular preprogrammed cipher algorithm C and cipher key Ca; and to transfer the output of said apparatus, via matrix switch, 75, to field distribution system, 93, via the particular modulator, 82, 86, or 90, of cable channel 13.

In due course, while scanning sequentially all channels in the fashion of example #5, the apparatus of the signal processor, 200, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C detects one instance of the Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM message of the station of FIG. 6 and inputs said message to the controller, 39, of the decoder, 30, of said signal processor, 200.

Receiving said Select-WSW-Program-Unit message causes the apparatus of said signal processor, 200, to input said message to the microcomputer, 205, of said station. Automatically, said controller, 39, determines that the execution segment of said message matches its preprogrammed available-television-program controlled-function-invoking information; executes the associated controlled function instructions; inputs said message to the buffer/comparator, 8, of said signal processor, 200; and to inputs particular step-completed information to said controller, 20. (Receiving said information causes controller, 20, to cause the relevant apparatus of said signal processor, 200, to commence functioning to identify program unit identification signal information in the fashion described in example #5.) Receiving said message causes buffer/comparator, 8, to input said message to controller, 12. Receiving said message causes controller, 12, to execute particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions; to establish a control information communications link, via matrix switch, 259, to the buffer, 39G, of the controller, 39, of said decoder, 203; to transfer said message, via said link, to said buffer, 39G.

Receiving said Select-WSW-Program-Unit message causes decoder, 203, to execute the information of the information segment of said message as a machine language job. Automatically, control processor, 39J, executes particular preprogrammed available-television-program controlled function instructions that cause said control processor, 39J, to input the information of the information segment of said message to the CPU of microcomputer, 205, and to cause said CPU to execute the information so inputted as a machine language job. The information so inputted is the aforementioned determine-whether-to-select instructions that contain said particular specific-WSW information and said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information.

Executing said determine-whether-to-select instructions causes microcomputer, 205, to input said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200. Said instructions contain one instance, and the aforementioned program-unit-of-interest information that is preprogrammed at said microcomputer, 205, contains a second instance of specific-WSW information, which second instance reflects the wish of the subscriber of said station to view (or record) said “Wall Street Week” program when said program is transmitted. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, compares said one instance to said program-unit-of-interest information and determines a match with said second instance. Determining a match causes microcomputer, 205, automatically to input said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information to the controller, 20.

Receiving said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information causes controller, 20, in a predetermined fashion, to prepare particular apparatus of signal processor, 200, to receive said local-cable-enabling-message (#7) (which is the station specific Specific-WSW-Enabling-message of the station of FIG. 6). Controller, 20, is preprogrammed with particular receive-authorizing-info-at-appointed-time instructions, information of a particular standard-local-station-interval quantity of time, particular enable-next-program-on-CC13 information, and information of a particular master cable control channel. Receiving said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information causes controller, 20, to execute said receive-authorizing-info-at-appointed-time instructions. Automatically, controller, 20, selects said CC13 and said particular-8:30 information from the information of said please-fully-enable-WSW-on-CC13-at-particular-8:30 information and computes the aforementioned commence-enabling time (see example #7) by subtracting said standard-local-station-interval quantity of time from the schedule time information of said particular-8:30 information. At said commence-enabling time, receiving time information from clock, 18, causes controller, 20, automatically to cause all apparatus of decoder, 30, to delete from memory all information of received SPAM information; to cause the controller, 39J, of said decoder, 30, to place one instance of said enable-next-program-on-CC13 information at a particular controlled-function-invoking information location; to cause apparatus of signal processor, 200, to input the transmission of said cable control channel to decoder, 30; and to cause the EOFS valve, 39F, of said decoder, 30, to commence processing detected SPAM information to detect an end of file signal. In so doing, controller, 20, causes decoder, 30, to commence receiving the transmission of said master cable control channel and processing SPAM information in said transmission. In addition, controller, 20, automatically places one instance of said enable-next-program-on-CC13 information at a particular controlled-function-invoking-@20 information location at controller, 20.

In due course, executing said timing instructions causes the computer, 73, of the station of FIG. 6 to transmit a particular message that ends with an end of file signal.

Receiving said message causes said EOFS valve, 39F, to detect the end of file signal in said message, thereby causing the apparatus of decoder, 30, to commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages embedded in said transmission.

Then executing said timing instructions causes said computer, 73, to transmit said local-cable-enabling-message (#7)

(At each other intermediate transmission station that receives and executes the information of said Prepare-To-Retransmit-WSW message, executing said information causes said station to transmit its own station specific Specific-WSW-Enabling-message on its own station specific master cable control channel, thereby enabling its subscriber stations that receive and execute the information of said message to receive the “Wall Street Week” retransmission of said intermediate transmission station in a fashion that differs from intermediate station to intermediate station. For example, whereas the intermediate station of FIG. 6 encrypts the audio of said transmission using cipher key Ca, another intermediate transmission station can use a different cipher key—for example, Ta—and cause its selected subscriber stations to decrypt said audio properly by means of the information of its own station specific Specific-WSW-Enabling-message.)

Receiving said local-cable-enabling-message (#7) at the station of FIG. 7 causes the apparatus of said station to function in precisely the fashion of example #7. Receiving said message causes the decoder, 30, of signal processor, 200, to detect and transfer said message to the controller, 20. Receiving said message causes said controller, 20, to execute said enable-CC13 instructions; to sample selected SPAM information of the station of FIG. 7 and determine that unauthorized tampering has not occurred; to cause selected apparatus of said station—cable converter box, 201, matrix switch, 258, and a decryptor, 107 (that exists at said station, that receives its input from and transfers its output to matrix switch, 258, and is controlled by controller, 20, but that is not shown in FIG. 7)—to receive the transmission of cable channel 13; to cause said selected decryptor, 107, to decrypt the audio portion of said transmission using selected cipher algorithm and key information; to cause selected apparatus of signal processor, 200, to commence waiting to receive further enabling information; to execute said enable-WSW instructions; and to place instances of said enable-WSW-programming information at particular controlled-function-invoking information memory locations at the controller, 39, of decoder, 30, and at controller, 20. And completing said enable-WSW instructions causes controller, 20, to initiate a meter record at buffer/comparator, 14, that documents the decryption of the cable audio transmission at said station.

(Simultaneously, other subscriber stations [i.e., ultimate receiver stations] of the field distribution system, 93, of the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 sample selected SPAM information in their subscriber station specific fashions and determine whether unauthorized tampering has occurred and decrypt the audio portion of said transmission or respond in the fashions described above in example #7 if they determine that unauthorized tampering has occurred. Meanwhile, at the field distribution systems, 93, of other intermediate transmission stations, other subscriber stations each receive the station specific Select-WSW-Program-Unit SPAM messages of their specific intermediate station, tune to an intermediate station specific transmission channel [eg. cable channel 11 rather than 13] in an intermediate station specific fashion [eg. by decrypting with cipher key Ta rather than Ca] and even at an intermediate station specific time [eg. at 9:30 PM rather than 8:30 PM] to receive said “Wall Street Week” program, sample selected subscriber station specific SPAM information in their subscriber station specific fashions, determine whether unauthorized tampering has occurred, and respond station specifically in the fashions described above.)

Subsequently, but still in the interval between said commence-enabling time and said 8:30 PM time, said program originating studio that originates the “Wall Street Week” transmission embeds and transmits the 1st-WSW-program-enabling-message (#7) SPAM message.

Transmitting said message causes said message to be detected at the signal processor, 200, of the station of FIG. 7 and inputted to the controller, 20, and causes controller, 20, to load and execute the 1st-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions in said message.

Executing said 1st-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions causes controller, 20, in the predetermined fashion of said instructions (which fashion that is not described in example #7 above), to cause microcomputer, 205, to authorize reception of said “Wall Street Week” program so-called “pay-per-view” basis. Automatically, under control of said instructions, controller, 20, inputs to microcomputer, 205, a particular check-station-specific-selection-and-display instruction and particular reception-of-WSW-costs-20-cents information (which instruction and information is preprogrammed in said 1st-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions). Receiving said instruction and said information causes microcomputer, 205, to execute particular preprogrammed instructions and, in a predetermined fashion, to determine that the aforementioned station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions at said microcomputer, 205, include particular information that the subscriber of said station is willing pay up to a certain limit—twenty-five cents—to receive said program. So determining, under control of said instructions, causes microcomputer, 205, to input a particular preprogrammed pay-per-view-authorizing instruction to said controller, 20.

Receiving said instruction causes controller, 20, under control of said 1st-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions, to perform a first stage of decrypting the video information of the “Wall Street Week” program transmission in precisely the fashion described in example #7.

(Executing the information of said 1st-WSW-program-enabling-message (#7) message causes the microcomputers, 205, of selected other stations that receive said message also to authorize so-called “pay-per-view” reception of said “Wall Street Week” program. At said stations that authorize reception, apparatus receive and process subsequent information of the “Wall Street Week” transmission just as at the station of FIG. 7. However, at certain other stations that receive and process said message the preprogrammed station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions at the microcomputers, 205, do not include information that the subscribers of said last named stations are willing pay to receive said program. Executing the information of said message at said last named stations causes the microcomputers, 205, of said stations to identify and execute particular station-specific-alternate-handling ones of said station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions. Executing said ones causes each station in its preprogrammed fashion to handle subsequent information of said transmission. Under control of their particular station-specific-alternate-handling instructions, selected ones of said certain other stations discard all subsequent information of said transmission by causing their station apparatus to cease receiving and decrypting the information of said transmission. Under control of their particular station-specific-alternate-handling instructions, selected others of said certain other stations cause apparatus of their specific stations to record the information of said transmission—albeit, the encrypted information thereby enabling a subscriber at each of said specific stations individually and manually to so-called “play back” the recorded encrypted information of said transmission and input a pay-per-view-authorizing instruction to a controller, 20, at his specific station, thereby causing said controller, 20, and other apparatus of the station of said subscriber [under control of said controller, 20] at a delayed time to decrypt, process, and display the information of said transmission in the fashion of the apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 [because in the preferred embodiment, the information of said 1st-WSW-program-enabling-message (#7) SPAM message embedded and transmitted more than once in said transmission in a fashion that enables a video recorder/player, 217, to record at least one full instance of an end of file signal followed by said information at every one of said certain other stations]. Executing said station-specific-alternate-handling instructions at said certain other stations causes a controller, 20, at each of said stations to switch power on to a video recorder/player, 217, at each of said stations; to cause a matrix switch, 258, at each of said station to commence transferring the output of the decryptor, 107, of said station to said recorder/player, 217; and to cause said recorder/player, 217, to commence recording the inputted transmission.)

Subsequently, but still before said 8:30 PM time, the program originating studio that originates the “Wall Street Week” transmission embeds and transmits the 1st-WSW-decryption-check (#7), the eight SPAM messages each of which is called a “2nd-WSW-program-enabling-message (#7)”, and the 2nd-WSW-decryption-check (#7) just as in example #7.

Up to a particular point, receiving each of said messages causes the apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 (and all other subscriber stations that receive said messages—whether so-called “live” or so-called “time delayed”) to function just as receiving said messages causes the apparatus of the station of FIG. 4 in example #7 to function. Said point occurs after controller, 20, executes the aforementioned additional 2nd-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions which, at the station of FIG. 4, cause the apparatus of said station to commence transferring the decrypted television information of the “Wall Street Week” program to microcomputer, 205, and monitor, 202M.

Executing said additional 2nd-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions at the station of FIG. 7 causes controller, 20, first to cause the apparatus of said station to commence transferring the decrypted television information of the “Wall Street Week” program transmission to decoder, 203, and microcomputer, 205. Automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to cease inputting the decrypted video information of said transmission to signal processor, 200, (at switch, 1), and to commence transferring said video information (which is inputted to matrix switch, 258, from said decryptor, 231) to divider, 4, thereby causing divider, 4, to transfer said decrypted video information to microcomputer, 205, and to decoder, 203. Automatically, controller, 20, causes decoder, 203, to discard any previously received SPAM information and to commence detecting and processing SPAM information in the inputted decrypted video information in the fashion described above. In so doing, controller, 20, causes decoder, 203, to detect and process any embedded SPAM information of the transmission of the program originating station that originates said “Wall Street Week” program and combines the microcomputer, 205, of the station of FIG. 7 to the computer system of the program originating station that originates said “Wall Street Week” program.

(Simultaneously, the SPAM message information embedded and transmitted at said originating station cause microcomputers, 205, at other stations to be combined to said computer system in the same fashion.)

Thereafter, said additional 2nd-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions affect the apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 differently from the station of FIG. 4. At the station of FIG. 4 where the television programming output transmission of the PC MicroKey System of microcomputer, 205, is inputted directly to TV monitor, 202M. By contrast, at the station of FIG. 7, the television programming output transmission of microcomputer, 205, is inputted to matrix switch, 258. Furthermore, the station of FIG. 7 is preprogrammed with the aforementioned station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions.

At the station of FIG. 7, executing said additional 2nd-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions causes controller, 20, thereafter to cause the apparatus of said station to determine that monitor, 202M, is not on and operating. Automatically, controller, 20, causes control processor, 20A, in the fashion described above, to establish a control information communications link, via matrix switch, with a SPAM TV signal decoder, 145, at monitor, 202M, that controls monitor, 202M. Automatically, controller, 20, transmits particular information to said decoder, 145, that causes said decoder, 145, to determine, in a predetermined fashion, that power is not on to monitor, 202M, and to respond by transmitting particular 202M-is-not-on information to controller, 20, via said link.

The fact that monitor, 202M, is not on signifies that the subscriber of the station of FIG. 7 is not viewing television information at monitor, 202M, and suggests that said subscriber may not even be present at said station.

Receiving said 202M-is-not-on information causes controller, 20, under control of said additional 2nd-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions, to cause microcomputer, 205, to input particular preprogrammed instructions to said controller, 20, which instructions reflect the specific fashion in which said subscribe wants any given selected program to be selected and displayed. Automatically, controller, 20, inputs a particular choose-mode-of-selection-and-display instruction and said 202M-is-not-on information to microcomputer, 205, and receiving said instruction and said information causes microcomputer, 205, in a predetermined fashion, to process the aforementioned station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions. Automatically, under control of said instructions, microcomputer, 205, inputs to controller, 20, particular preprogrammed display-at-202M-and-record-at-217 instructions.

Receiving said display-at-202M-and-record-at-217 instructions causes controller, 20, to switch power on to monitor, 202M, and commence transferring the television output transmission of microcomputer, 205, to said monitor, 202M; to switch power on to video recorder/player, 217, (which has capacity to receive and record the information of an audio and a composite video transmission); to commence transferring the television output transmission of microcomputer, 205, to said recorder/player, 217; and to cause said recorder/player, 217, to record said transmission. Automatically, controller, 20, inputs a particular instruction to decoder, 145, via said communications link, that causes decoder, 145, to switch power on to monitor, 202M, and to tune monitor, 202M, in a predetermined fashion. Automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to transfer the decrypted audio information inputted from decryptor, 107, to monitor, 202M, and also to recorder/player, 217. Automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to transfer the video information inputted from microcomputer, 205, to monitor, 202M, and also to recorder/player, 217. Automatically, controller, 20, causes control processor, 20A, to establish a control information communications link, via matrix switch, 259, with a SPAM TV signal decoder, 218, at recorder/player, 217, that controls recorder/player, 217, and transmits particular information to said decoder, 218, that causes said decoder, 218, to switch power on to recorder/player, 217, and to cause recorder/player, 217, to record the inputted audio and video information (including any SPAM message information embedded in said audio and video information). In so doing, controller, 20, causes monitor, 202M, to receive the decrypted video and audio information of the “Wall Street Week” program, to display the video image of said information, and to emit sound in accordance with said audio information and causes recorder/player, 217, to record said information of the “Wall Street Week” program.

(Simultaneously, the SPAM message information embedded and transmitted at said program originating station and the station-specific-television-program-selection-and-display instructions of other stations cause the apparatus of said stations to handle the programming transmitted by said originating station in station specific fashions. Some stations, where monitors, 202M, are determined to be off, may respond by causing receiver apparatus to cease receiving the transmission of said programming, thereby discarding all information of said “Wall Street Week” program. At other stations that lack microcomputers, 205, the controllers, 20, operating under control of said additional 2nd-stage-enable-WSW-program instructions, cause the apparatus of said stations to transfer the decrypted video information outputted by decryptors, 231, directly to monitors, 202M, thereby causing said monitors, 202M, to display the conventional television information of said program [eg. FIG. 1B] without any combined, locally generated information [eg. FIG. 1A].)

In due course, at said 8:30 PM time, said program originating studio commences transmitting the programming information of said “Wall Street Week” program, thereby causing the apparatus of the station of FIG. 7 (and of other correctly regulated and connected stations) to commence functioning in the fashions described above in “One Combined Medium” and in examples #1, #2, #3, and #4.

And in the fashions described above, receiving each SPAM message that causes decrypting causes the station of FIG. 7 (and causes other stations) to retain and process meter information. And receiving at any SPAM decoder of said station any SPAM message that contains meter-monitor information causes the apparatus of said station (and causes apparatus at other stations that are preprogrammed to collect monitor information) to retain and process monitor information.

Controlling Computer-Based Combined Media Operations

So far in this specification has treated the process of controlling combined medium operations as if the process of generating the computer information of any given computer based combining—for example, the FIG. 1A information of the FIG. 1C combining—begins with the embedding, at a program originating studio, and transmitting of instructions that cause subscriber station microcomputers, 205, to generate said computer information. (In the case of said FIG. 1A information, this specification has, so far, treated the process of generating the particular information of said FIG. 1A as if said process begins with the embedding and transmitting of the first message of the “Wall Street Week” example.)

In actuality, the process of controlling computer-based combined media operations is continuous and involves systematic inputting and maintaining of up-to-date user specific data at each subscriber station. (For example, only at subscriber stations where user specific stock data is maintained systematically and up-to-date can the program instruction set of the first message of the “Wall Street Week” example generate FIG. 1A images that actually show the performance of the portfolios of the subscribers of said stations.)

Of course, individual subscribers can, themselves, maintain their data systematically and up-to-date. And at stations where subscribers so do, control computer-based of combined medium operations can, indeed, begin with the embedding, at a program originating studio, and transmitting of instructions that cause subscriber station microcomputers, 205, to generate the computer information of a given computer based combining.

However, the present invention provides means and methods for systematically inputting and maintaining user specific data at subscriber stations.

Microcomputer, 205, has an installed modem; receives information that is transmitted by means of telephone or data communications network, 262; is preprogrammed to answer telephone calls automatically, in a fashion well known in the art; and is preprogrammed to process data received via said network, 262. Each time the stockbroker who represents the subscriber of the station of microcomputer, 205, executes a transaction (that is, buys or sells stocks) for said subscriber's account, a computer at said broker's office station telephones microcomputer, 205; inputs data of the transaction (which data includes, for example, the identity of the company whose shares were traded, the number of shares bought or sold, and whether the transaction was a buy or a sale); and causes microcomputer, 205, to updates its stock portfolio records in a predetermined fashion (for example, by adding to said records data of shares bought and removing data of shares sold). In so doing, said office station computer causes an up-to-date record of the identity of the stocks and number of shares in the subscriber portfolio automatically to exist at microcomputer, 205. (While a time lag may exist between the actual purchase or sale and the updating at microcomputer, 205, said updating always occurs before 4:30 PM on the day of sale or purchase.)

Each weekday after 4:30 PM, a remote stock-price-data-transmission station transmits all closing stock price data applicable that day and causes apparatus at each subscriber station, in a predetermined fashion, to select and record at the microcomputer, 205, of said station the particular closing price datum or data that apply to the particular stock or stocks of the preprogrammed portfolio of said computer. (Said remote station transmits said closing stock price data and causes specific subscriber stations to select and process their specific information of interest in the fashion in which remote news-service-A station transmitted the AT&T news item and caused selected stations to select and process, in their specific fashions, the information of said item.) Alternatively, microcomputer, 205, is caused in a predetermined fashion (for example, by a SPAM message a given transmission monitored by signal processor, 200, in any of the above described fashions) automatically to telephone a remote data service computer, by means of network, 262, in a fashion well known in the art, and to cause said remote computer to select and transmit the particular closing price datum or data of the stock or stocks of the portfolio of said microcomputer, 205, thereby causing said microcomputer, 205, to record said datum or data in a predetermined fashion.

In this fashion, by a particular time (for example, 8:00 PM) on a particular Friday evening, the microcomputer, 205, of the station of FIG. 7 (and microcomputers, 205, similarly at each of a large plurality of other subscriber stations) has been updated and contains all relevant stock information.

Subsequently, but before the aforementioned 8:30 PM time (which is 8:30 PM, Eastern Standard Time on said Friday evening and is the time when so-called “live” transmission of the “Wall Street Week” program commences), the program originating studio that originates transmission of the “Wall Street Week” program transmits the aforementioned Prepare-To-Retransmit-WSW message, 1st-WSW-program-enabling-message (#7), 1st-WSW-decryption-check (#7), eight SPAM messages each of which is called a “2nd-WSW-program-enabling-message (#7)”, and 2nd-WSW-decryption-check (#7). In so doing, said studio causes a plurality of intermediate transmission stations that are preprogrammed and function in the fashion of the station of FIG. 6 and a plurality of subscriber stations that are preprogrammed and function in the fashion of the station of FIGS. 7 (and 7C) to cause apparatus at each of said subscriber stations to interconnect, receive information of said transmission, decrypt said information, and prepare to display (or otherwise output) information of said “Wall Street Week” program in the fashions of example #7 and of the above description called “MORE ON EXAMPLE #7”.

(To accomplish all this has required only that the subscriber of microcomputer, 205, [and other subscribers at other stations] cause the installation and connection of the apparatus shown in the figures of this submission, especially FIGS. 7 (and 7C); caused his microcomputer, 205, to be preprogrammed as described above; and preinformed microcomputer, 205, of his wish to view said “Wall Street Week” program by causing the aforementioned select-WSW information to be recorded at said microcomputer, 205.)

Then the combined medium combining process described above in “One Combined Medium” and in examples #1, #2, #3, #4, etc. commences. And the FIG. 1C combining is displayed.

But the combining of FIG. 1C is just part of a larger process.

When the “Wall Street Week” transmission begins at 8:30 PM on a Friday evening, the program instruction set in the first message of the “Wall Street Week” example instructs microcomputer, 205, to generate not one but a plurality overlays. The combining of FIG. 1C is merely the first.

Computer operations take time and some computers are slower than others. Partly this is a question of hardware; a so-called eight bit microprocessor is generally slower performing a given operation than a sixteen bit processor for reasons that are well known in the art. But even with precisely the same hardware and systems software, two computers can take different times to complete a given operation if only because they contain different data. For example, it takes longer to calculate the value of a portfolio containing one thousand stocks than a portfolio of one. Furthermore, it is undesirable to separate computer operations merely because they result in the generation of separate overlays because such separation may result in unnecessary duplication of calculations. For example, the FIG. 1C display of user specific overall stock portfolio performance could be followed by second and third displays that analyze portions of the subscriber's portfolio—eg., the portion invested in New York Stock Exchange listed stocks in comparison to the so-called “NYSE” index and the portion invested in so-called “over-the-stock” stocks in comparison to the so-called “NASDAQ” index. In order to calculate the value of the overall portfolio, it is necessary to calculate the value of these portions. To require that the values of the portions be recalculated for subsequent overlays would be inefficient.

In computer-based combined medium communications, the amount of information that a given system can convey is dependent on the efficiency of the employment of program instruction sets and combining synch commands.

In the preferred embodiment, unlike conventional television where information is presented strictly in the sequence of its transmission, the transmission and execution of program instruction set information for second (or subsequent) overlays can precede the transmission of the combining synch command of first overlays and the time of first overlay ceasings. To minimize waiting time, the controllers, 39, of decoders, 203, (or analogous controllers, 44 or 47, of analogous radio decoders of FIG. 2C of other decoders of FIG. 2D that execute SPAM message information at a microcomputer, 205) combining synch commands that cause combining or the ceasing of combining (as, for example, the commands of the second and third messages of the “Wall Street Week” example) are processed as interrupts to the CPUs of microcomputers, 205; program instruction sets, once executed, instruct microcomputers, 205, to wait only when further processing, under the control of the instructions of said sets, would entail overwriting RAM information whose overlay time or processing time has not yet ended. And to prevent microcomputers, 205, that fall behind from displaying incomplete overlays, any given SPAM message that causes a combining specifies the identity of the particular overlay information whose combining it causes and causes a combining only at subscriber station where information exists of the completion of the identified overlay. For example, receiving the second message of the “Wall Street Week” program causes the combining of FIG. 1A information and FIG. 1B information only at stations where information at the aforementioned SPAM-first-precondition and SPAM-second-precondition register memories matches selected information of the meter-monitor segment of said message.

Finally, in order to cause microcomputers, 205, that fall behind to catch up, a particular fashion exists in the preferred embodiment for restoring efficient operations. Microcomputers, 205, that fall behind are caused to jump over and avoid executing instructions that control the generating of overlay information (such as FIG. 1A) whose overlay time (that is, combining time) has passed. In a fashion well known in the art, selected so-called “lines of code” of program instruction sets are preprogrammed with label information that identifies each one of said line, and the instructions of said set periodically compare preprogrammed information of said set to information at particular overlay-target RAM memory in order to control efficient operation in a fashion described more fully below. When a combining fails to occur at any given station because information of the completion of an identified overlay does not exist at said station, the controller, 203, of said station automatically causes the microcomputer, 205, to so-called “jump”, in a jump fashion well known in the art, to that selected one of said lines of code where the instructions of said program instruction set commence causing the generation of the information of that particular overlay that is next to be combined. For example, at the start of the “Wall Street Week” example, information of “00000000” exists at the SPAM-second-precondition register memories of the decoders, 203, of every subscriber station. The overlay of FIG. 1A is the first overlay of the “Wall Street Week” program, and the information of the meter-monitor field of the second message of said example identifies said overlay with binary information of “00000001”. The next overlay of said program, which is the second overlay, is identified with information of “00000010”. Receiving said second message causes the decoders, 203, at each subscriber station to compare information at said SPAM-second-precondition register memories to the “00000001” information of the overlay number field of said message. At those stations that have completed generating at RAM the information of said first overlay (eg., FIG. 1A), the instructions of the program instruction set of said example have caused information of “00000001” to be placed at said SPAM-second-precondition memories. At said stations, matches result and cause the combining of locally generated overlay information (eg., FIG. 1A) with the transmitted FIG. 1B information and cause the display of combined medium information (eg., FIG. 1C). At other stations that have not completed generating at RAM the information of said first overlay (eg., FIG. 1A), matches do not result, causing the controllers, 39, of the decoders, 203, of said stations to execute the aforementioned particular second-condition-test-failed instructions of the aforementioned conditional-overlay-at-205 instructions. Executing said second-condition-test-failed instructions causes each of said controllers, 39, to compute a particular overlay-target number; to interrupt the operation of the CPU of the microcomputer, 205, of its station; to cause said CPU to place information of said overlay-target number at particular overlay-target RAM memory; to cause said CPU to execute a so-called “machine language jump” to the particular so-called “offset address” of the information at RAM of said program instruction set that is associated, in the predetermined fashion of the instructions of said set, with said overlay-target number; and to cause said microcomputer, 205, to continue executing the instructions of said set from the instruction at said address. In so doing, said microcomputer, 205, can skip over and avoid executing instructions whose overlay time has passed.

The particular overlay-target number that any given controller, 39, calculates, under control of said second-condition-test-failed instructions, is a function of the overlay number information of the SPAM message that invokes said conditional-overlay-at-205 instructions and is also a function of the history of the efficiency of the operation of the microcomputer, 205, of the subscriber station of said controller, 39, at the time when said instructions are invoked. In the case the second message of the “Wall Street Week” example, the overlay that said message causes to be combined is the first overlay generated under control of the program instruction set that generates said overlay. Accordingly, the information recorded, in a predetermined fashion, at particular history-of-efficiency memory at each controller, 39, of a decoder, 203, of said other stations (that have not completed generating the information of said first overlay at the time of receiving said second message) is “00000000” and indicates that said microcomputer, 205, has not failed to generate any overlay, generated under control of said set, on time. Thus when receiving said second message at said other stations causes the execution of said second-condition-test-failed instructions, said instructions cause said controllers, 39, to increment by one the overlay number information of said message, thereby generating overlay-target information of “00000010”; to cause the microcomputers, 205, of said stations to place information of said “00000010” at said overlay-target RAM memory; to cause said microcomputers, 205, to jump to and continue executing the instructions of said program instruction set at the instruction at the particular preprogrammed “offset address” of the particular line of code of said set that is identified by the particular label associated, in a predetermined fashion, with said “00000010”; and to increment by one the information at said history-of-efficiency memory, thereby generating history-of-efficiency information of “00000001” which indicates that said microcomputer, 205, has failed to generate one overlay, generated under control of said set, on time. Thereafter, whenever receiving a SPAM message of said “Wall Street Week” program causes a controller, 39, of said other stations to execute said second-condition-test-failed instructions, said instructions cause said controller, 39, to compute its overlay-target number by incrementing the overlay number information of said message by more than one and to cause the microcomputer, 205, of its station to restore efficiency by skipping over instructions that cause the generation of more than one overlay (including one or more overlays whose overlay time has not yet come). As said microcomputer, 205, generates the information of the overlay that is identified by said overlay-target number, the instructions of said set cause said microcomputer, 205, in a predetermined fashion that involves comparing preprogrammed particular overlay-being-generated information of said set to information at said overlay-target RAM memory, to identify particular instructions of said set that control just the generation of said one or more overlays whose overlay time has not yet come and to jump over and avoid executing said instructions, thereby executing only those instructions that control generation of information of said identified overlay (or of overlays whose overlay time follows the overlay time of said identified overlay). In so doing, said microcomputer, 205, can skip over and avoid executing selected instructions whose overlay time has not passed in order to catch up and recommence combining at an overlay time that is after the overlay time of the overlay or overlays whose generation is controlled by said selected instructions.

Thus transmitting to a plurality of subscriber stations any given SPAM message that invokes said conditional-overlay-at-205 instructions causes apparatus at selected ones of said stations to combine locally generated overlay information (eg., FIG. 1A) with transmitted information (eg., FIG. 1B) and to cause the display of combined medium information (eg., FIG. 1C) and causes apparatus at selected other stations to generate information of overlays whose combining is not caused by receiving said message (because the overlay times of said overlays is subsequent to the overlay time of said locally generated overlay information [eg., FIG. 1A] whose combining is caused by said message). Furthermore, transmitting said messages causes the apparatus at said selected other stations to generate information of overlays in such a way that each station generates information of an overlay that has a specific overlay time and the specific overlay time of the overlays generated at specific station varies from station to station and is different at different stations.

Transmitting and Receiving Program Instruction Sets

In television, the normal transmission location is in the vertical interval of the television transmission. SPAM signals are not normally transmitted in the visible portion of the television picture because the information of said signals can be seen by viewers (often as so-called “snow”). However, the transmission capacity of the vertical interval is limited.

In computer-based combined medium communications, the amount of locally generated information that any given system can display (or otherwise output) to subscribers is dependent on maximizing the volume of program instruction set instructions that said system can transmit and maximizing the time interval between the transmission (more precisely, the execution) of the instructions of any given program instruction set and the overlay times of the individual locally generated overlays whose generation said instructions cause. The greater the volume of program instruction set information that is transmitted in any given combined medium program, the greater is the amount of overlay information can be generated at subscriber stations. And the earlier said information is transmitted in said program, the greater is the efficiency with which generating is controlled at subscriber stations (because the longest possible time intervals can separate the commencement of the generating of the information of individual overlays and the individual overlay times of said overlays).

In the preferred embodiment, the program instruction set information of any given combined medium program is transmitted as soon as possible after commencement of said program, and the present invention includes means and methods to maximize the transmission of program instruction set information at the start of combined medium programs. (As related above, in the preferred embodiment, all SPAM commands are transmitted in the normal transmission location of any given transmission.)

In the video/computer combined medium, capacity is found by transmitting said sets in portions of the television picture that are covered by locally generated overlays (which in digital television transmissions can include frames of transmitted video that are “frozen” after reception in fashions well known in the art). One controlled function that is preprogrammed at the controllers, 39, of the decoders, 203, of subscriber stations and that is caused to be executed by receiving a SPAM message containing expand-to-full-field-search execution segment information is a function whose instructions cause said controller, 39, to cause the line receivers, 33, of said decoders, 203, to commence detecting digital information in every frame of its received video information from the first detectable portion of line 20 of said frame to the last detectable portion of the last line of said frame. A second controlled function that is preprogrammed at said controllers, 39, and that is caused to be executed by receiving a SPAM message containing resume-normal-location-search execution segment information is a function whose instructions cause said controller, 39, to cause said line receivers, 33, to commence detecting digital information in the normal transmission location of every frame of its received video information.

An example illustrates transmitting program instruction set information in a portion of the television picture that is normally visible but that is temporarily covered by an overlay. In the example, the program originating studio that originates a given program causes each subscriber station to generate information of the so-called “titles” of said program (that is, the textual information listing the title said program, the names of the cast and crew members, etc.), causes said locally generated information to overlay and obscure completely the transmitted video information of said program, and transmits program instruction set information in the full field video of the transmission so obscured (that is, in every frame of the transmitted video information from the first detectable portion of line 20 of said frame to the last detectable portion of the last line of said frame).

The decoder, 203, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7C (and the decoder, 203, of every other subscriber station tuned to said program) is preprogrammed to respond to SPAM messages containing expand-to-full-field-search execution segment information and resume-normal-location-search information and responsively to alter automatically the portions of its received video information that are searched for embedded digital information.

At the start of the conventional television information of said program, said program originating studio embeds a SPAM message that contains the execution segment information that is identical to the execution segment information of the first message of the “Wall Street Week” example and information segment information of a particular set-to-color program instruction set. Receiving said message causes apparatus at each station, in the fashions described above, to execute the information of said set; to clear the video RAM of the microcomputer, 205, of said station; and to set all of said RAM, in a fashion well known in the art, to an opaque background color such as light blue.

Next said program originating studio embeds a SPAM message that contains the execution segment information that is identical to the execution segment information of the second message of the “Wall Street Week” example. Receiving said message causes said apparatus to combine the overlay information of said video RAM and the transmitted video and to continue executing the instructions of said first set. In so doing, said apparatus causes said transmitted video to be covered and obscured completely by said opaque background color.

Then said studio embeds a SPAM message that contains one instance of said expand-to-full-field-search execution segment information. Receiving said message causes apparatus at each station to cause the line receiver, 33, of the decoder, 203, of said station to commence detecting digital information in every frame of its received video information from the first detectable portion of line 20 of said frame to the last detectable portion of the last line of said frame.

Then said studio embeds in the full field video and transmits a SPAM message that contains said execute-at-205 execution segment information and information segment information of a particular titles-of-this-program program instruction set. Receiving said message causes apparatus at each station to execute the information of said set at the microcomputer, 205, of said station. So executing said information causes said microcomputer, 205, to commence generating at said RAM, in a fashion well known in the art, the image information of a so-called “crawl” of said titles. In so doing, said studio causes said microcomputer, 205, to display the information of said titles at the monitor, 202M, of said station. (Simultaneously, a microcomputer, 205, at every other subscriber station executes the same information and displays the same titles, and said studio transmits audio information of appropriate so-called “program theme music,” causing apparatus at each station to emit the sound of said music.)

Then said studio embeds in the full field video and transmits a particular program-instruction-set-of-this-program SPAM message that contains particular record-at-256 execution segment information and information segment information of a particular generate-overlays-of-this-program program instruction set.

Receiving said message causes apparatus at each station to transfer the information of said message to the computer memory unit, 256, of said station (which is shown in FIG. 7 and is, for the purposes of this example, a floppy disk drive of microcomputer, 205, that is labelled drive “C:” by said microcomputer, 205, and that is capable of receiving and recording information independently of said microcomputer, 205), and receiving said message causes said unit, 256, to record said program instruction set. Automatically, the controller, 39, of said decoder, 203, causes the control processor, 20A, of said station to establish a control information communication link, via matrix switch, 259, with the controller, 20, of the signal processor, 200; transmits particular instructions to said controller, 20, that cause said controller, 20, to establish a programming information communication link, via matrix switch, 258, with said computer memory unit, 256; and transmits said message, via said matrix switch, 258, to a SPAM decoder, 256A, at said unit, 256. Automatically, said decoder, 256A, receives said message; invokes particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions; causes said unit, 256, to record inputted information in a particular file, “OVERLAYS.EXE”; and inputs the information of said program instruction set to said unit, 256, in the fashion that decoder, 203, inputs the information of the information segment of the first message of the “Wall Street Week” example to microcomputer, 205, thereby causing said unit, 256, to record the information of said set in said file. (Simultaneously, other computer memory units, 256, that are labelled drive “C:” of the microcomputers, 205, of other stations record the information of said set as “OVERLAYS.EXE”.)

Then said studio embeds a SPAM message that contains one instance of said resume-normal-location-search execution segment information. Receiving said message causes apparatus at each station to cause the line receiver, 33, of the decoder, 203, of said station to commence detecting digital information in just the normal transmission location of every frame of its received video information.

Then said studio commences transmitting conventional television video image information and embeds and transmits a SPAM message that that is identical to the third message of the “Wall Street Week” example. Receiving said message causes apparatus of said station (and similar apparatus at every other station) to cease combining the overlay information of said video RAM and the transmitted video and to cause the display of only the transmitted video information at said monitor, 202M. In so doing, said studio causes each station to cease displaying the locally generated information of said “titles” and to commence displaying the information of said conventional television video image.

Then said studio embeds a SPAM message that contains execution segment information that is identical to the execution segment information of the first message of the “Wall Street Week” example and information segment information of a particular “C:OVERLAYS”. Receiving said message causes apparatus at each station to input the information of said “C:OVERLAYS” to the microcomputer, 205, of said station and execute said information. Executing said information causes said microcomputer, 205, to load from its C: drive (which is said unit, 256) the information of said OVERLAYS.EXE file and execute the information so loaded as a machine language job.

In this fashion, a program originating studio can transmit information of a program instruction set to a multiplicity of subscriber stations in the full field video of its video transmission and execute the information so transmitted at the microcomputer, 205, of each of said stations as a machine language job without having a viewer of any station view any information of said set at a monitor, 202M.

(To minimize the risk that program instruction sets may become separated from their associated television programming, said sets are normally embedded in their associated television transmissions. But it is not an absolute requirement of the preferred embodiment that all program instruction sets be so embedded. If the volume of program instruction set information that a given programming transmission must transmit exceeds the transmission capacity of said transmission [eg., if the audience includes viewers who do not have overlay capacity and would see “snow” were set information transmitted in portions of the transmission obscured by overlays], at the proper time transmission stations can transmit said set information outside the conventional transmission [a program originating studio may transmit said set information, for example, in a satellite side lobe of the transponder transmission transmitting the conventional transmission, and a cable head end intermediate transmission station transmits it in a separate television channel or in a transmission in a multiplexed FM frequency spectrum transmission].)

Audio Overlays and Other Overlays

In the present invention, many combinings are caused and controlled besides combinings of video overlay information (such as FIG. 1A) and transmitted television image information (such as FIG. 1B). SPAM messages cause user specific audio to be combined with transmitted radio or television audio information and emitted as sound at subscriber stations. SPAM messages insert user specific print into broadcast print. And SPAM messages insert user specific data into data communications.

FIG. 7D illustrates a radio/computer combined medium. Radio tuner, 209T, receives a conventional radio broadcast transmission. Divider, 209D, splits the received transmission into two paths and transmits one to microcomputer, 205, and the other to radio decoder, 211, (where the received transmission is inputted to the radio decoder, 42, component). Decoder, 211, detects embedded digital SPAM information; corrects and converts said information; processes said information at the control processor, 44J, of its controller, 44; and inputs selected SPAM information to microcomputer, 205. Microcomputer, 205, has installed capacity to receive an inputted audio transmission; capacity to receive control information and SPAM program instruction set information from said controller, 44; to generate and enter information into audio RAM; to combine audio overlay programming, by means of audio synthesizing techniques and overlay techniques well known in the art, into the received audio transmission; and to transmit the combined audio to speaker system, 263, which has capacity, well known in the art, to convert the received audio into sound.

An example illustrates the operation of the subscriber station of FIGS. 7 and 7D.

A radio station transmits radio programming at 9:00 PM, immediately following the time at which said “Wall Street Week” program ends. At each subscriber station, the stock portfolio and closing price data are recorded precisely as at the start of said “Wall Street Week” program. In the normal transmission location of the radio transmission of said programming, said station embeds and transmits particular SPAM information.

At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7D, the transmission of said station is received at tuner, 209T, and inputted to divider, 209D, which inputs the received radio transmission separately to decoder, 211, and to microcomputer, 205. Receiving said transmission causes decoder, 211, to detect the SPAM information embedded in said transmission and to input information of said SPAM information to microcomputer, 205, which is preprogrammed to process said inputted information. And receiving said transmission causes microcomputer, 205, to input said transmission to speaker system, 263, which is caused thereby to emit sound.

In due course, said radio station embeds a SPAM message that is analogous to the first message of the “Wall Street Week” example. Receiving information of said message causes microcomputer, 205, to record at RAM the digital audio images of three statements made and prerecorded by an announcer—“And the value of your portfolio went up more than the market”, “And your portfolio went up but no faster than the market”, and “But the value of your portfolio went down”—to compute a first value of the subscriber's portfolio as of the close of business of the day before said transmission; to compute a second value of the subscriber's portfolio as of the close of business of the day of said transmission; to determine that said first value is greater than said second value; to clear audio RAM in a clearing fashion well known in the art; to select information of the audio image, “But the value of your portfolio went down”, in a predetermined fashion; and to transfer said selected information to audio RAM. (Receiving said message causes apparatus of other station to function in their own user specific fashions.)

Simultaneously, the audible audio portion of said radio transmission has conveys information of the announcer's voice describing the activity of the stock market and saying, “Stock prices rose today in heavy trading.”

Then said radio station transmits an interval of silent audio and embeds, at the beginning of said interval, a SPAM command that causes microcomputer, 205, to generate the synthesized audio of one instance of the image at said audio RAM, to overlay said audio into the transmitted audio, and to transmit the combined audio to speaker system, 263. In so doing, said station causes system, 263, to emit the sound of the announcer's voice saying, “But the value of your stock portfolio went down.” (Simultaneously, receiving said message causes apparatus every other station receiving said radio transmission its one selected one of said three statements.)

After an interval of transmitting silent audio that is longer than the longest time required to cause any given subscriber station speaker system, 263, to emit the sound of one of said selected audio images completely, said radio station transmits the audio of said announcer's voice saying, “Now let us turn to the bond markets.”

(A broadcast print and computer combined medium subscriber station operates in a similar fashion and is configured similarly to the apparatus of FIG. 7D [except that said station has no divider apparatus analogous to divider, 209D]. Said station has receiver apparatus analogous to radio, 209T; appropriate decoder apparatus that may consist of the digital detector, 46, and controller, 47, of the other decoder of FIG. 2C; a microcomputer, 205; and a printer, 221, instead of speaker system, 263. Said receiver apparatus receives the broadcast print transmission of a broadcast print transmission station and inputs said transmission to said decoder apparatus. Said decoder detects digital information in the inputted transmission; processes SPAM information in the detected digital information; and inputs selected digital information to the CPU of said microcomputer, 205, or transfers other selected digital information to a buffer at microcomputer, 205, that is an input buffer to said printer, 221. In operation, the apparatus of said station receives, transfers to printer, 221, and prints the digital information of a SPAM message information segment [which information conveys stock market information and ends with information that is printed as, “Stock prices rose today in heavy trading,”]. Then the decoder of said station detects a SPAM end of file signal and a subsequent SPAM message. Receiving said subsequent message causes said decoder to input information of said message to said CPU. Receiving said information at said CPU causes microcomputer, 205, to receive digital information of three alternate print messages; to compute a first value of the portfolio of the subscriber of said station as of the close of business of the day before said transmission; to compute a second value of the subscriber's portfolio as of the close of business of the day of said transmission; to determine that said first value is greater than said second value; and to transfer to said printer, 221, selected digital information of the print message, “but the value of your portfolio went down.” In so doing, said microcomputer, 205, causes said printer, 221, to print the information of said selected print message. Then the decoder of said station detects a SPAM end of file signal and a subsequent SPAM message. Receiving said subsequent message causes said decoder to input information of said message to printer, 221, and causes printer, 221, to initiate a new print paragraph and commence printing information of the information segment of said last named message, beginning with, “Now let us turn to the bond markets.” [Simultaneously, the transmission received at said station is also received at other similar stations and causes apparatus at said other stations to print general message information with user specific information. For example:

FIG. 7E shows how the audio system of FIG. 7D is added to the video system of FIG. 1 to achieve the full combined medium of television and computers. To the apparatus of FIG. 1, a divider, 202D, is added in the audio transmission path which splits the transmission into two paths and transmits one to the appropriate audio processing apparatus of TV decoder, 203, and the other to microcomputer, 205, at particular apparatus, well known in the art, that has capacity for combining computer synthesized audio into the transmitted audio and that inputs its received audio information to monitor, 202M. Microcomputer, 205, has audio RAM and audio synthesizing and combining capacities. Using precisely the same methods whereby the apparatus of FIG. 7D is caused to input audio information (including user specific audio information) to speaker system, 263, (causing said system, 263, to emit the sound of the voice of the radio announcer as described above), the apparatus of the station of FIG. 7E can be caused to input audio information (including user specific audio information) to the speaker of monitor, 202M, (causing said speaker to emit the sound of the voice of an announcer making the above audio statements). The only difference between the systems of FIGS. 7D and 7E is that SPAM information of the audio of FIG. 7E is transmitted, in the preferred embodiment, in the normal transmission location of television (which means that said information is embedded in the video rather than the audio).

FIG. 7F illustrates a method for generating and communicating information to selected subscribers through the coordination of computers, television, and broadcast print. FIG. 7F also illustrates use of a local input, 225.

The microcomputer, 205, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, is preprogrammed to receive and process automatically meal recipe instructions and holds records of the size of the family of the subscriber of said station together with the tastes and dietary habits of the members of said family. For example, particular information is recorded in a file named DATA_OF.URS that is on a so-called “floppy disk” that is loaded at the A: disk drive at said microcomputer, 205. Said information specifies that said family prefers particular very hot and spicy foods, prefers to minimize salt consumption, and consists of four adults.

(Simultaneously, a particular second microcomputer, 205, that is at the different station of a second subscriber and is also preprogrammed to receive and process automatically meal recipe instructions, holds information in a file named DATA_OF.URS on a floppy disk that is loaded at its A: disk drive which information specifies that the family of said second subscriber prefers particular mild foods, is indifferent regarding salt consumption, and consists of two adults. And a particular third microcomputer, 205, that is at another different station of a third subscriber and that is also preprogrammed to receive and process automatically meal recipe instructions, holds information in a file named DATA_OF.URS on a floppy disk that is loaded at its A: disk drive which information specifies that the family of said third subscriber prefers particular moderately hot and spicy foods, is indifferent regarding salt consumption, and consists of two adults and three children.)

The program originating studio of a particular network transmits the programming transmission of a particular conventional television program on cooking techniques that is called “Exotic Meals of India.” Said transmission is received at the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 and retransmitted immediately on the cable channel of modulator, 83. (Said transmission is also received at the aforementioned second intermediate transmission station of example #10 and retransmitted immediately.)

At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F (which station is a subscriber station of the intermediate station of FIG. 6), in the fashions described above, apparatus is caused to receive the particular transmission of said program that is retransmitted by the intermediate station of FIG. 6; to interconnect in such a way that the audio information received at a tuner, 215, and the video information received at said tuner, 215, are inputted separately, via matrix switch, 258, to monitor, 202M; to retain and process meter and monitor information of the use and usage of the information of said transmission, and to display the television information of said transmission (that is, information of said audio and video) at monitor, 202M. (In other words, because said “Exotic Meals of India” programming is conventional television programming rather than combined medium programming, no information of said programming is inputted to microcomputer, 205, and no programming outputted by microcomputer, 205, is inputted to monitor, 202M.)

(Simultaneously and in the same fashion, apparatus of the station of said second subscriber [which station is a subscriber station of the intermediate station of FIG. 6] receives, interconnects, meters and monitors, and displays at a monitor, 202M, the information of said transmission. And apparatus of the station of said third subscriber [which station is a subscriber station of said second intermediate station] also receives, interconnects, meters and monitors, and displays at a monitor, 202M, the information of the transmission of said program that is transmitted by said second intermediate station.)

The program is devoted to the subject of cooking a particular fish curry that can be mild or moderately hot and spicy or, as a vindaloo, very hot and spicy.

Halfway through the program the host says, “If you are interested in cooking what we are preparing here and want a your own printed copy of the recipe tailored to your own tastes and your own shopping list for a charge of only 10 cents, enter on your Widget Signal Generator and Local Input the information that you see on your screen.” The information that appears on the screen of each subscriber is “TV567#”.

Each subscriber—in particular, the subscriber of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, said second subscriber, and said third subscriber—enters TV567#, in a fashion well known in the art, at the keyboard of the specific local input, 225, of his own station which causes said input, 225, to transmit a particular preprogrammed process-local-input instruction and said TV567# information to the controller, 20, of the signal processor, 200, of said station.

Receiving said instruction and information causes the controller, 20, at each station where TV567# is entered, in a predetermined fashion, to retain said TV567# information at particular last-local-input-# memory.

Five minutes later, said program originating studio embeds in the transmission of the “Exotic Meals of India” programming and transmits a particular first SPAM message that consists of an “01” header, particular execution segment information that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, appropriate meter-monitor information, padding bits as required, an information segment of particular check-for-entered-information-and-process instructions, and an end of file signal.

At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, said message is detected at TV signal decoder, 145, and said execution segment information invokes particular controlled function instructions that cause said message to be transferred to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200. Automatically, the controller, 39, of decoder, 145, transmits particular switching request information to the control processor, 20A, of signal processor, 200, via the aforementioned control information bus means. Receiving said information causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to establish a communications link between said controller, 39, and said controller, 20. Automatically, said controller, 39, transfers said message to said controller, 20.

Receiving said message causes controller, 20, to load and execute said check-for-entered-information-and-process instructions, and executing said instructions causes controller, 20, to determine that TV567# information exists at said last-local-input-# memory and to cause an instance of particular covert control information (which is preprogrammed in said instructions) to be placed at particular control-function-invoking information memory of the controller, 39, of decoder, 145, and also at particular control-function-invoking information memory of the controller, 39, of decoder, 203. Executing said instructions also causes controller, 20, to initiate a particular signal record of meter information at the buffer, 14, of signal processor, 200, which record contains particular program unit information and TV567# information. (At stations where TV567# information does not exist at last-local-input-# memory of the controllers, 20, said instructions cause said controllers, 20, to cease executing and delete all information of said instructions without placing any information at the decoders, 145 and 203, or initiating any meter information.)

(Receiving said first message at the stations of said second and said third subscribers causes apparatus of said station to function in the fashion of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F.)

One minute later, said program originating studio embeds in the transmission of said “Exotic Meals of India” programming and transmits a particular second SPAM message that consists of an “01” header, particular execution segment information that is identical to said covert control information, appropriate meter-monitor information including unit code identification information that identifies the programming of the information segment of said message, padding bits as required, information segment of particular generate-recipe-and-shopping-list instructions, and an end of file signal.

At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, said message is detected at TV signal decoder, 145, and said execution segment information invokes particular controlled function instructions that cause said message to be transferred to the controller, 39, of decoder, 203. Automatically, the controller, 39, of decoder, 145, transmits particular switching request information to the control processor, 20A, of signal processor, 200, via the aforementioned control information bus means. Receiving said information causes control processor, 20A, to cause matrix switch, 259, to establish a communications link between the controller, 39, of decoder, 145, and the controller, 39, of decoder, 203. Automatically, said controller, 39, of decoder, 145, transfers said message to the controller, 39, of decoder, 203.

Receiving said message causes the controller, 39, of decoder, 203, to load and execute said generate-recipe-and-shopping-list instructions at microcomputer, 205, and to transfer particular meter-monitor information to the buffer/comparator, 14, of signal processor, 200, causing said buffer/comparator, 14, to increment the information of said signal record of meter information in the fashion described above.

Executing said generate-recipe-and-shopping-list instructions causes microcomputer, 205, to generate information of the specific fish curry recipe and fish curry shopping list of the family of the subscriber of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F; to cause said recipe and shopping list to be printed at printer, 221; and to retain information of said shopping list at particular memory. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, accesses its A:DATA_OF.URS file, in a fashion well known in the art, and selects the aforementioned information that specifies the size of the family of the subscriber of said station together with the tastes and dietary habits of the members of said family; determines that one ingredient of the recipe of said family is “Patak's low-salt Vindaloo Curry Paste” (because said family prefers particular very hot and spicy foods and prefers to minimize salt consumption); computes that, at one-half pound of halibut fish and one teaspoonful of said Vindaloo Paste per adult, the recipe of said family (which is of four adults) calls for two pounds of halibut and four teaspoonfuls of said Paste and that the shopping list of said family lists two pounds of halibut and one jar of “Patak's low-salt Vindaloo Curry Paste”; incorporates information of said two pounds and four teaspoonfuls of “Patak's low-salt Vindaloo Curry Paste” into generally applicable information of the recipe of said “Exotic Meals of India” programming and information of said two pounds and one jar of “Patak's low-salt Vindaloo Curry Paste” into generally applicable information of the shopping list of said programming, thereby generating (through the processes of so determining, computing, and incorporating) output information of the specific recipe and shopping list of said family; records one instance of the output of said shopping list at particular shopping-list memory; and outputs output information of said specific recipe and list to printer, 221.

Receiving said output information causes printer, 221, to print the information of said specific recipe and list.

(Receiving said second message at the stations of said second and said third subscribers causes apparatus of said station to function in the fashion of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F except that the specific recipe and list information processed, recorded, outputted, and printed at said stations are the specific recipes and lists of the families of said subscribers. The microcomputer, 205, of the station of said second subscriber determines that one ingredient of the recipe of said family is “Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Mild)” (because said family prefers particular mild foods and is indifferent regarding salt consumption); computes that the recipe of said family (which is of two adults) calls for one pound of halibut and two teaspoonfuls of said Paste and that the shopping list of said family lists one pound of halibut and one jar of “Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Mild)”; completes generating; records selectively at particular shopping-list memory; outputs; and causes to be printed output information of the specific recipe and shopping list of said family that reflects the one pound, two teaspoonfuls, and one jar of “Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Mild)” information so determined and computed. The microcomputer, 205, of the station of said third subscriber determines that one ingredient of the recipe of said family is “Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Hot)” (because said family prefers particular moderately hot and spicy foods and is indifferent regarding salt consumption); computes that, at one-half pound of halibut fish and one teaspoonful of said Paste per adult and at one-quarter pound of halibut fish and one-half teaspoonful of said Paste per child, the recipe of said family (which is of two adults and three children) calls for one and three-quarters pounds of halibut and three and one-half teaspoonfuls of said Paste and that the shopping list of said family lists one and three-quarters pounds of halibut and one jar of “Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Hot)”; completes generating; records selectively at particular shopping-list memory; outputs; and causes to be printed output information of the specific recipe and shopping list of said family that reflects the one and three-quarters pounds, three and one-half teaspoonfuls, and one jar of “Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Hot)” information so determined and computed.)

(At stations where TV567# information was not entered at a local input, 225, the decoders, 145, discard all information of said second message because the executions segment information of said message fails to match any controlled-function-invoking information, and receiving said message causes no further processing.)

One benefit of this method of transmitting the information of said generate-recipe-and-shopping-list instructions is that by causing said instructions to be embedded in the transmission of said “Exotic Meals of India” programming this method enables any subscriber who records the transmission of said programming at a recorder/player, 217, to access the embedded information of said instructions automatically in this fashion whenever the recorded transmission of said programming is played back—and in so doing, to cause the signal processor, 200, of his station to process meter-monitor information of said embedded first and second messages anew whenever TV567# is entered at a local input, 225, in the course of the play back of said transmission. However, this method has the drawback of making the information of said instructions relatively vulnerable to programming pirates (who may be able to manipulate and extract said information relatively easily without causing meter information to be transmitted to remote metering stations) because the embedded location of said instructions is relatively easy to find.

(An alternate method for inputting said second message to the microcomputers, 205, at stations where TV567# is entered at a local input, 225, is to embed said message in a particular second transmission that is different from the transmission of said “Exotic Meals of India” programming and to cause a selected All signal decoder, 290, at each one of said stations to receive said second transmission, thereby causing said decoder, 290, to detect and transfer the information of said second message to the microcomputer, 205, of said station. In this alternate method, executing said check-for-entered-information-and-process instructions of said first SPAM message causes controller, 20, of signal processor, 200, of each one of said stations to cause the tuner, 223, of a selected converter box, 222, to tune said box, 222, to receive said second transmission; to cause the matrix switch, 258, to establish a programming communication link between said selected converter box, 222, and said decoder, 290; to cause the appropriate receiver apparatus of said decoder, 290, to receive said transmission and the appropriate detector and EOFS valve, 39F, to commence detecting an end of file signal; and to cause an instance of particular covert control information that is in said instruction to be placed at particular control-function-invoking information memory of the controller, 39, of said decoder, 290. In due course, said programming originating studio causes the intermediate transmission station to embed an end of file signal then said second message in said second transmission. Transmitting said end of file signal then said second message causes the apparatus of said decoder, 290, to detect and process properly the information of said second message. This method has the advantage of making the information of said instructions relatively invulnerable to programming pirates because the location of said instructions [more precisely, the particular transmission in which said instructions are embedded] is harder to identify without causing meter information [if only of said first message] to be transmitted to remote metering stations.)

(Whichever transmission method is employed the information of said second message can be encrypted and caused to be decrypted in any of the methods described above for example, in the method of the first message of example #4.)

Toward the end of the transmission of said “Exotic Meals of India” programming and after each microcomputer, 205, that processes the information of said second message records one instance of specific shopping list output information at particular shopping-list memory, said programming origination studio commences the example #10 transmission of the programming of the supermarket chain commercial of Q. While still transmitting said “Exotic Meals of India” programming, said studio embeds and transmits said load-set-information message (#10) in the transmission of said programming.

As described above, receiving said message causes intermediate transmission stations, including the station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate transmission station, each to load the information of particular files, PROGRAM.EXE and DATA_OF.ITS, at particular program-set-to-transmit and data-set-to-transmit RAM memories of a computer, 73.

Then said studio ceases transmitting “Exotic Meals of India” programming for a so-called “commercial break” and commences transmitting the conventional television video and audio information of program unit Q.

Immediately after commencing to transmit said video and audio of Q, said studio transmits said align-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10), embedded in the programming transmission of Q. Said message consists of a “10” header, and information of a particular SPAM align-subscriber-station-microcomputers-to-receive-combined-medium-computer-programming execution segment that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, and any required padding bits.

Receiving said message at the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F causes TV signal decoder, 282, to detect said message and execute particular preprogrammed controlled function instructions that cause said decoder, 282, to cause a communications link to be established that links said decoder, 282, via matrix switch, 259, with the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200; to transfer said message to controller, 20; and to transfer particular preprogrammed source mark information that identifies said decoder, 282, as the local source inputting said message to controller, 20. (Decoder, 145, is not preprogrammed with controlled-function-invoking information that matches the execution segment information of said message, and decoder, 145, discards all information of said message.)

Receiving said message causes controller, 20, to combine microcomputer, 205, to the computer system of said program originating studio and to cause the video and audio output transmissions of microcomputer, 205, to be inputted to monitor, 202M. Automatically, controller, 20, determines, in a predetermined fashion, that the television information received at tuner, 215, is displayed at monitor, 202M; that the audio emitted at monitor, 202M, is inputted to said monitor, 202M, via matrix switch, 258, from said tuner, 215; and that the video displayed at monitor, 202M, is also inputted to said monitor, 202M, via matrix switch, 258, from said tuner, 215. Automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to configure its switches so as to transfer the video information that is inputted to monitor, 202M, also to divider, 4, and to configure its switches so as to transfer the audio information that is inputted to monitor, 202M, also to divider, 202D. In so doing, receiving said message causes the apparatus of said station to combine to the computer system of said program originating studio. Automatically, controller, 20, causes a control information communication link to be established that links controller, 20, and the controller, 39, of decoder, 203, then inputs an interrupt signal of new-channel-input information to said controller, 39. In so doing, receiving said message causes the decoder, 203, of said station to delete all previously received SPAM information and commence discarding all received SPAM information until an end of file signal is detected. Automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to configure its switches so as to cease transferring audio information inputted from said tuner, 215, to monitor, 202M, and video information inputted from said tuner, 215, to monitor, 202M. Automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to configure its switches so as to commence transferring audio information inputted from said microcomputer, 205, to monitor, 202M, and video information inputted from said microcomputer, 205, to monitor, 202M. In so doing, receiving said message causes matrix switch, 258, to interconnect the apparatus of said station in the fashion of FIG. 7E.

(Receiving said align-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10) at the stations of said second subscriber and of said third subscriber causes apparatus at said stations to function in the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, apparatus of said stations to combine to the computer system of said program originating studio, to discard received SPAM information, and to interconnect at each of said stations in the fashion of FIG. 7E.)

After an interval that is sufficient to allow apparatus at each subscriber station so to combine and interconnect, said studio transmits said synch-SPAM-reception message (#10), embedded in the transmission of said programming. Said message consists of a “01” header, information of the aforementioned pseudo-command execution segment, appropriate meter-monitor information that includes the “program unit identification code” information of said programming of Q, any required padding bits, an information segment that contains no binary information, and information of a SPAM end of file signal.

Receiving said message at the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F causes decoder, 203, to detect the end of file signal of said message and to process the next received SPAM information as information of the header of a SPAM message, thereby causing said decoder, 203, to commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages of the SPAM information subsequently embedded in the transmission of the programming of Q. In so doing, receiving said message causes decoder apparatus of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F to commence executing controlled functions in response to SPAM messages transmitted by said program originating studio. (In the fashions described above, receiving said message at decoders, 145 and 282, causes said decoders, 145 and 282, to process the meter-monitor information of said message and to transmit meter-monitor information to the onboard controller, 14A, of signal processor, 200, and causes said onboard controller, 14A, to initiate signal record information of said programming of Q and process in the fashions described above that include transferring recorded signal record information to one or more remote auditing stations.)

Then immediately, said studio transmits said control-invoking message (#10), embedded in the transmission of said programming. Said message consists of a “00” header, information of a particular control-invoking execution segment that is addressed to URS decoders, 203, appropriate meter-monitor information that includes the “program unit identification code” information of said programming of Q, any required padding bits.

Receiving said message at the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F causes decoder, 203, to input the aforementioned control invoking instructions to its microcomputer, 205, thereby causing microcomputer, 205, to come under control of the computer system of the transmission of said studio. (Decoder, 203, has capacity to turn power on to microcomputer, 205, and receiving said message may cause decoder, 203, first to turn power on to microcomputer, 205, before inputting control invoking instructions.) Automatically, decoder, 203, also transfers meter-monitor information, causing to said onboard controller, 14A, to increment its signal record information of Q in the fashion described above.

(Receiving said synch-SPAM-reception message (#10) and said control-invoking message (#10) at the stations of said second subscriber and of said third subscriber causes apparatus at said stations, in the same fashion, to come under control of the computer system of said program originating studio.)

(At other stations that lack microcomputer, 205, capacity, that display only the conventional programming of the transmission of Q at a monitor, 202M, and that are preprogrammed to collect monitor information, receiving said messages at decoders, 145 and 282, causes decoders, 145 and 282, and onboard controllers, 14A, of signal processors, 200, to process the meter-monitor information of said message, to initiate signal record information of said programming of Q, and at selected ones of said stations where recorders, 16, record signal record information and equal or exceed predetermined capacity, to transfer recorded signal record information to one or more remote auditing stations.)

Then said studio transmits said transmit-data-module-set message (#10), causing each intermediate transmission station, including the station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate transmission station, to transmit its specific data-module-set message (#10), as described above.

Receiving the specific data-module-set message (#10) of its intermediate transmission station causes each ultimate receiver station to record one instance of the DATA_OF.ITS information in said message in a particular file, named “DATA_OF.ITS” at so-called “RAM disk” memory of the microcomputer, 205, of said station. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, receiving the data-module-set message (#10) transmitted by the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 causes said message to be detected at decoder, 203, and causes decoder, 203, to load and execute at microcomputer, 205, the information segment of said message (which includes complete information of the aforementioned data file, DATA_OF.ITS, of said station). Executing said information causes microcomputer, 205, to place said complete information at a so-called “D:” RAM disk at the RAM of said microcomputer, 205, in a file entitled, at the directory of said disk, “DATA_OF.ITS”. (Simultaneously, the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said second subscriber [which station is a also subscriber station of the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6] receives the same data-module-set message (#10) and is caused, in the same fashion, to place complete information said aforementioned data file, DATA_OF.ITS, at the “D:” RAM disk at said microcomputer, 205, in a file entitled “DATA_OF.ITS”. And the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said third subscriber [which station is a subscriber station of said second intermediate transmission station] receives the data-module-set message (#10) of said second intermediate station and is caused, in the same fashion, to place complete information the data file, DATA_OF.ITS, of said second intermediate station at the “D:” RAM disk at said microcomputer, 205, in a file also entitled “DATA_OF.ITS”.) (Alternately, receiving the specific data-module-set message (#10) of its intermediate transmission station may cause each ultimate receiver station to record one instance of the DATA_OF.ITS information in said message in a particular file, named “DATA_OF.ITS”, on appropriate recording medium of a peripheral disk drive, designated drive D:, of the microcomputer, 205, of said station.)

Then said studio transmits said transmit-and-execute-program-instruction-set message (#10), causing each intermediate transmission station, including the station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate transmission station, to transmit its specific program-instruction-set message (#10), as described above.

Receiving the specific program-instruction-set message (#10) of its intermediate transmission station causes each ultimate receiver station to record one instance of the PROGRAM.EXE information in said message at particular RAM and execute the information so loaded as a machine language job. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, receiving the program-instruction-set message (#10) transmitted by the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 causes said message to be detected at decoder, 203, and causes decoder, 203, to load and execute at microcomputer, 205, the information segment of said message (which is the program instruction set of Q.1 and is the output file, PROGRAM.EXE, of said station). As described above, the information of said segment includes formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information of the higher language line of program code:
Y=1000.00+62.21875+(2.117*X)
compiled and linked to other compiled information. (Simultaneously, the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said second subscriber receives the same program-instruction-set message (#10) and is caused, in the same fashion, to load and execute said program instruction set of Q.1 that is the information of the information segment of said message. And the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said third subscriber receives the program-instruction-set message (#10) of said second intermediate station and is caused, in the same fashion, to load and execute the complete instructions of the output file, PROGRAM.EXE, of said second intermediate station which is the information of the information segment of said last named message and is the program instruction set of Q.2. Said instructions so executed include formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information of the higher language line of program code:
Y=1000.00+132.2362+(2.0882*X)
compiled and linked to other compiled information.)

Executing the specific program instruction set instructions received at each subscriber station causes the microcomputer, 205, of said station to generate its own specific information of a series of outputs.

Under control of the instructions of said program instruction set of Q.1, the microcomputer, 205, of FIGS. 7 and 7F generates image information of a first video overlay and generates selected information of subsequent overlays in the following fashion. Automatically, in a fashion well known in the art, microcomputer, 205, accesses its file A:DATA_OF.URS and locates the aforementioned information of the particular address of the subscriber station of FIGS. 7 and 7F the accesses its file D:DATA_OF.ITS and locates the aforementioned information of the particular street addresses of each of the markets of said supermarket chain that is in the locality of the intermediate station of FIG. 6. Then automatically, microcomputer, 205, accesses the aforementioned distance-and-relative-location module that, when accessed, computes the shortest vehicle driving distance between any two locations in the local vicinity of the station of FIG. 6 when passed two street addresses of said vicinity and passes to said module and passes to said module the address of said subscriber station and, one at a time, the address of each of said markets. Automatically, under control of the instructions of said module, microcomputer, 205, computes the shortest vehicle distance and the relative direction between said subscriber station and each of said markets. Then automatically, by comparing distance information, microcomputer, determines which market is closest to said subscriber station, that the distance between said subscriber station and said market is 4.3 miles, and that said subscriber station is southwest of said market. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, stores particular southwest-quadrant information at particular 1st working memory of said microcomputer, 205. Then automatically, on a machine language basis and in a fashion well known in the art, said microcomputer, 205, substitutes the value 4.3 for the variable X in the equation:
Y=1000.00+62.21875+(2.117*X)
computes the value of Y that is specific the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F to be: 1071.32 (rounded in a fashion well known in the art); and stores 1071.32 information at particular 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, clears video RAM; causes the background color of video RAM to be a color such as black that is transparent when combined with transmitted video by the PC-MicroKey System; causes binary image information of “$1,071.32” to be placed at bit locations of video RAM that produce video image information in the upper left hand of a video screen when video RAM information is transmitted to said screen. (Simultaneously, under control of the instructions of said program instruction set of Q.1, the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said second subscriber computes and determines that the distance between said last named station and the market closest to said station is 8.7 miles and that said station is northwest of said market; stores particular northwest-quadrant information at particular 1st working memory of said microcomputer, 205; substitutes the value 8.7 for the variable X in its received information of said last named equation and computes the value of Y that is specific the station of said second subscriber to be 1080.64 (rounded); stores 1080.64 information at particular 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205; clears and sets video RAM to said transparent background color; and causes binary image information of “$1,080.64” to be placed at particular upper left hand video screen bit locations of video RAM. And under control of the instructions of said program instruction set of Q.2, the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said third subscriber computes and determines that the distance between said last named station and the closest selected market in the vicinity of said second intermediate transmission station is 3.2 miles and that said subscriber station is southeast of said market; stores particular southeast-quadrant information at particular 1st working memory of said microcomputer, 205; substitutes the value 3.2 for the variable X in its received information of the equation:
Y=1000.00+132.2362+(2.0882*X)
and computes the value of Y that is specific to the station of said third subscriber to be 1138.92 (rounded); stores 1138.92 information at particular 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205; clears and sets video RAM to said transparent background color; and causes binary image information of “$1,138.92” to be placed at particular upper left hand video screen bit locations of video RAM.)

Then, under control of said instructions that constitute the specific program instruction set of the microcomputer, 205, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, said microcomputer, 205, generates and stores additional information of subsequent outputs, selects sound image information of a first audio overlay, and places said selected information at audio RAM. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, microcomputer, 205, computes the amount that the subscriber of said station will save by buying an untrimmed pork belly unit as compared with buying a trimmed pork belly unit at the aforementioned local market selected at said station. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, locates the aforementioned cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information in its file, D:DATA_OF.ITS. Then, by subtracting the information stored at said 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205, (which is 1071.32) from said cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information (which is 1987.25), microcomputer, 205, automatically computes said amount to be 915.93 and saves information of 915.93 at particular 3rd working memory of said microcomputer, 205. Then microcomputer, 205, selects audio information that represents the percentage saving that said subscriber can save by buying an untrimmed pork belly unit in comparison to a trimmed pork belly unit at said market. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, clears its audio RAM. Then automatically, by dividing the information at said 3rd working memory (which is 915.93) by said cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information (which is 1987.25), microcomputer, 205, computes information of 0.4609 (rounded), which is the decimal equivalent of the percentage saving; determines that said information is greater than 0.4600 and less than 0.4700; and selects the audio information of an announcer's voice saying “forty-six” from among the information of said file, D:DATA_OF.ITS; and places said information at audio RAM. (In similar fashion, the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said second subscriber computes information of the amount that the subscriber of said station will save by buying an untrimmed pork belly unit by subtracting the information stored at the aforementioned 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205, [which information is 1080.64] from the cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information of the program instruction set instructions received by said microcomputer, 205, [which information is 1987.25]; stores the difference information so computed [which is 896.61] at particular 3rd working memory of said microcomputer, 205; clears the audio RAM of said microcomputer, 205; by dividing the information at said 3rd working memory [which is 896.61] by the cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information [which is 1987.25] at its file, D:DATA_OF.ITS, computes information of 0.4562 [rounded], which is the decimal equivalent of the percentage saving of said second subscriber; determines that said information of 0.4562 is greater than 0.4500 and less than 0.4600; selects the aforementioned audio information of an announcer's voice saying “forty-five” from its file, D:DATA_OF.ITS; and places said information at said audio RAM. And the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said third subscriber computes information of the amount that said subscriber will save by buying an untrimmed pork belly unit by subtracting the information stored at the 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205, [which is 1138.92] from the cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information of its file, D:DATA_OF.ITS, [which information is 2021.42]; stores the difference information so computed [which is 882.50] at particular 3rd working memory of said microcomputer, 205; clears the audio RAM of said microcomputer, 205; computes information of 0.4366 [rounded], which is the decimal equivalent of the percentage saving of said second subscriber by dividing the information at said 3rd working memory [which is 882.50] by said cost-of-a-trimmed-pork-belly-unit information [which is 2021.42]; determines that said information of 0.4366 is greater than 0.4300 and less than 0.4400; selects the audio information of an announcer's voice saying “forty-three” from its file, D:DATA_OF.ITS; and places said information at said audio RAM.)

As each subscriber station microcomputer, 205, completes placing selected information of an announcer's voice at audio RAM, the program instruction set instructions received by said microcomputer, 205, cause said microcomputer, 205, to pause, in a fashion well known in the art, and wait for an input instruction.

Meanwhile, in the conventional television programming transmission of Q, the video conveys television picture information of a large outdoor barbecue party, and the audio transmits information of an announcer saying:

“Think how much your friends enjoy outdoor barbecues.”

Said studio transmits television picture information of the upper torso of a person and audio information of an announcer saying,

Said studio transmits television picture information of the right hand and arm of said person pointing moving to point at the upper left hand corner of the television screen.

At this moment, said studio embeds and transmits said 1st commence-outputting message (#10). Said message consists of a “00” header; execution segment information that is identical to the execution segment of the second message of the “Wall Street Week” example, appropriate meter-monitor information including “program unit identification code” information and overlay number field information, and any required padding bits. And each intermediate transmission station (including the intermediate station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate station) receives and retransmits said message.

Receiving said message causes each subscriber station that has completed the generation of first overlay image information at video RAM to combine its specific image information with the conventional video information transmitted by said studio and cause its specific monitor, 202M, to display the combined specific image information and transmitted video information. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, decoder, 203, detects the information of said message, and receiving said 1st commence-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, to execute “GRAPHICS ON” at the PC-MicroKey system of microcomputer, 205. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, combines its specific video RAM binary image information of “$1,071.32” with its received conventional video information. And automatically $1,071.32 is displayed at the upper left hand corner of the picture screen of monitor, 202M, which is the corner to which the image of the person shown at said screen is pointing. (Simultaneously and in the same fashion, apparatus at the station of said second subscriber causes the specific video RAM image information of said station, which is “$1,080.64”, to be displayed at the upper left hand corner of the picture screen of the monitor, 202M, of said station and said subscriber can see the image said person pointing at $1,080.64. And at the station of said third subscriber, in the same fashion, apparatus causes the specific video RAM image information of said station, which is “$1,138.92”, to be displayed at the upper left hand corner of the picture screen of the monitor, 202M, of said station and said third subscriber can see the image said person pointing at $1,138.92.)

Said studio then transmits audio information of the announcer saying:

Then said program originating studio embeds and transmits said 2nd commence-outputting message (#10). Said message consists of a “00” header; particular audio-overlay execution segment information that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, appropriate meter-monitor information including “program unit identification code” information and overlay number field information, and any required padding bits. And each intermediate transmission station (including the intermediate station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate station) receives and retransmits said message.

Receiving said 2nd commence-outputting message (#10) causes each subscriber station that has completed the generation of first audio image information at audio RAM to combine its specific image information to the conventional audio information transmitted by said studio and to emit sound of its combined specific audio information and its received conventional audio information at its specific monitor, 202M. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, decoder, 203, detects the information of said message, and receiving said 2nd commence-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, to execute “SOUND ON” at the microcomputer, 205 of said station. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, transmits to monitor, 202M, via audio information transmission means, one instance of the information at the audio RAM of said microcomputer, 205, causing the emission of sound of said audio information, and the subscriber of said station can hear said announcer's voice saying:

“forty-six”.

(Simultaneously, the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said second subscriber transmits to the monitor, 202M, of said station, via audio information transmission means, one instance of the information at the audio RAM of said microcomputer, 205, causing emission of sound of said audio information, and said second subscriber can hear said announcer's voice saying:

“forty-five”.

And the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said third subscriber transmits to the monitor, 202M, of said station, one instance of the information at the audio RAM of said microcomputer, 205, causing emission of sound of said audio information, and the sound of said announcer's voice saying:

“forty-three”

is what said third subscriber can hear.)

Then after an interval that is long enough for each subscriber station to emit sound of its specific audio RAM information, said studio transmits audio information of the announcer saying:

“percent.”

Receiving said 2nd commence-outputting message (#10) causes each subscriber station that outputs audio information in this fashion, immediately after so transmitting one instance of its specific information at audio RAM, to continue executing instructions of its specific program instruction set at the next instruction following the aforementioned pause. Automatically, after outputting one instance of audio RAM information, each subscriber station clears its audio RAM, selects sound image information of a second audio overlay, and places said selected information at audio RAM. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, microcomputer, 205, clears its audio RAM then determines, in the predetermined fashion of said program instruction set of Q.1, that the shopping list information at particular shopping-list memory at said station includes information of Patak's low-salt Vindaloo Curry Paste. So determining causes said microcomputer, 205, in said predetermined fashion, to select particular sound image information of an announcer's voice saying “low-salt Vindaloo” from among the information of its D:DATA_OF.ITS file and to place said selected information at said audio RAM. (In similar fashion, at the station of said second subscriber, the microcomputer, 205, clears its audio RAM; determines that the shopping list information at the shopping-list memory at said station includes information of Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Mild); selects particular sound image information of an announcer's voice saying “Mild version Quick” from its D:DATA_OF.ITS file; and places said selected information at said audio RAM. And at the station of said third subscriber, the microcomputer, 205, clears its audio RAM; determines that the information at its shopping-list memory includes information of Patak's Quick Curry Paste (Hot); selects particular sound image information of “Hot version Quick” from its D:DATA_OF.ITS file; and places said selected information at said audio RAM.)

As each subscriber station microcomputer, 205, completes placing selected information of an announcer's voice at audio RAM, the program instruction set instructions received by said microcomputer, 205, cause said microcomputer, 205, to pause a second time and wait for an input instruction.

Meanwhile, as said studio continues to transmit television picture information of the person pointing to the upper left hand corner of the television screen, said studio transmits audio information of an announcer saying,

Then said program originating studio embeds and transmits said 3rd commence-outputting message (#10). Said message consists of a “00” header; particular print-output execution segment information that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205; appropriate meter-monitor information including “program unit identification code” information and overlay number field information; and any required padding bits. And each intermediate transmission station (including the intermediate station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate station) receives and retransmits said message.

Receiving said 3rd commence-outputting message (#10) causes each subscriber station to commence printing specific offer and coupon information at its printer, 221. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, decoder, 203, detects the information of said message, and receiving said 3rd commence-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, to execute “PRINT OUT” at the microcomputer, 205 of said station. Under control of said program instruction set instructions received by said microcomputer, 205, microcomputer, 205, commences to generate print output information and to transmit said information to printer, 221. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, transmits to printer, 221, particular print information (that is transmitted to intermediate stations in the generate-set-information message (#10) as generally applicable information of the intermediate generation set of Q and is complied and/or linked to become part of said program instruction sets of Q.1 and Q.2) of “Super Discount Supermarkets offers to deliver at cost one unit of untrimmed pork belly product, suitable for a large outdoor barbecue party, to:”. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, accesses the file A:DATA_OF.URS, selects information of the aforementioned particular address of the subscriber station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, and causes said information to be printed at printer, 221. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, transmits additional print information of said program instruction set of Q.1 to printer, 221, causing printer, 221, to print: “in exchange for this coupon and the sum of” and “$”. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, selects information of the aforementioned 1071.32 at said 2nd working memory and transmits said information to printer, 221, causing printer, 221, to print: “1,071.32”. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, transmits additional print information of said program instruction set of Q.1 including information of “15 cents off” and of “Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast” (incorporated into said generally applicable information at the station of FIG. 6).

At printer, 221, the printed so-called “hard copy” of said offer and coupon information emerges as:

Super Discount Supermarkets offers to deliver at
cost one unit of untrimmed pork belly product,
suitable for a large outdoor barbecue party, to:
111 First St.
Anytown, Massachusetts
in exchange for this coupon and the sum of:
$1,071.32
15 cents off 15 cents off
Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast

(Simultaneously, at the station of said second subscriber, the decoder, 203, executes “PRINT OUT” at the microcomputer, 205; said microcomputer, 205, transmits to the printer, 221, of said station the same print information of program instruction set of Q.1 together with selected information of the particular address of said second station and of the aforementioned 1080.64 at said 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205; and printed hard copy offer and coupon information emerges at said printer, 221, as:

Super Discount Supermarkets offers to deliver at
cost one unit of untrimmed pork belly product,
suitable for a large outdoor barbecue party, to:
222 Second St.
Anytown, Massachusetts
in exchange for this coupon and the sum of:
$1,080.64
15 cents off 15 cents off
Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast

And at the station of said third subscriber, the decoder, 203, executes “PRINT OUT” at the microcomputer, 205; said microcomputer, 205, transmits to the printer, 221, of said station its received program instruction set print information [including information of “Cheerios Toasted Oat Cereal” that was incorporated at said second intermediate station into the generally applicable of the said intermediate generation set of Q instead of “Nabisco Zweiback Teething Toast”] together with selected information of the particular address of said second station and of the aforementioned 1138.92 at said 2nd working memory of said microcomputer, 205; and:

Super Discount Supermarkets offers to deliver at
cost one unit of untrimmed pork belly product,
suitable for a large outdoor barbecue party, to:
333 Third St.
Anothertown, Florida
in exchange for this coupon and the sum of:
$1,138.92
15 cents off 15 cents off
Cheerios Toasted Oat Cereal

is the printed hard copy offer and coupon information that emerges at said printer, 221, at the station of said third subscriber.)

Then, having transmitted audio of an announcer saying, “To confirm this very special limited offer to you in writing, we are now printing, at your printer . . . ” (whereupon said 3rd commence-outputting message (#10) was transmitted and offer and coupon printing commenced), said studio then transmits audio of said announcer saying,

Then said program originating studio embeds and transmits said 1st cease-outputting message (#10). Said message is identical to the aforementioned third message of the “Wall Street Week” example.

Receiving said 1st cease-outputting message (#10) causes each subscriber station to cease combining and to display only the transmitted video information at its monitor, 202M. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, decoder, 203, detects the information of said message, and receiving said 1st cease-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, to execute “GRAPHICS OFF” at the PC-MicroKey System of microcomputer, 205. In so doing, decoder, 203, causes said PC-MicroKey to cease combining its specific image information with the conventional video information transmitted by said studio, to commence transmitting only the transmitted video information to monitor, 202M.

Receiving said message causes each subscriber station then temporarily to stop generating and outputting said print output information, to prepare to combine a second specific video overlay image, then to resume generating and outputting said print output information. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, receiving said 1st cease-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, after so executing “GRAPHICS OFF”, to input the aforementioned clear-and-continue instruction to the CPU of microcomputer, 205. In the preferred embodiment, said instruction is inputted to said CPU as an interrupt signal. Receiving said clear-and-continue instruction as an interrupt signal causes microcomputer, 205, in a fashion well known in the art, to cease its current function, to store particular information at particular instruction-at-which-to-resume memory that identifies the location of the particular instruction at which to resume said function, and to execute a particular when-interrupted portion of said program instruction set of Q.1. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, ceases generating and transmitting said print output information, having just outputted information of “in exchange for this coupon and the sum of:” which causes printer, 221, to stop printing after printing “of:”. (Simultaneously, receiving the interrupt signal of its station's clear-and-continue instruction at the microcomputer, 205, of the station of said second subscriber causes said microcomputer, 205, to cease generating and outputting its specific print output information, having just outputted information of “222 Second St.” which causes the printer, 221, of said station to stop printing after printing “St.”. And receiving its station's clear-and-continue instruction at the microcomputer, 205, of the station of said third subscriber causes said microcomputer, 205, to cease generating and outputting its specific print output information, having just outputted information of “$1,138.92” which causes the printer, 221, of said station to stop printing after printing “0.92”.) Then, under control of the instructions of said when-interrupted portion, microcomputer, 205, determines that said clear-and-continue instruction is the first instance of a clear-and-continue instruction that microcomputer, 205, has received while under control of said program instruction set of Q.1. So determining causes microcomputer, 205, to place “0” at particular Flag-interrupt register memory of said CPU that is normally “1” then to jump to a particular first-clear-and-continue address of the instructions of said program instruction set of Q.1 and to commence executing first-clear-and-continue instructions at said address. Automatically, under control of said instructions, microcomputer, 205, clears video RAM; sets the background color of video RAM to a transparent overlay black; determines that the aforementioned 1st working memory of said microcomputer, 205, holds southwest-quadrant information; selects from said D:DATA_OF.ITS file information of the aforementioned southwest delivery route telephone number, “456-1414”, and causes binary image information of said number to be placed at bit locations that produce video image information in the lower middle portion of a video screen. (Under control of the first-clear-and-continue instructions of its station's program instruction set of Q.1, the microcomputer, 205, of the station of said second subscriber clears video RAM; sets background to transparent black; determines that the 1st working memory of said microcomputer, 205, holds northwest-quadrant information; and causes binary information of the selected northwest delivery route telephone number, “224-3121”, to be placed at particular lower middle video screen bit locations. And under control of the first-clear-and-continue instructions of its station's program instruction set of Q.2, the microcomputer, 205, of the station of said third subscriber clears video RAM; sets background to transparent black; determines that the 1st working memory of said microcomputer, 205, holds southeast-quadrant information; and causes binary information of the selected southeast delivery route telephone number, “623-3000”, to be placed at particular lower middle video screen bit locations.) Then said first-clear-and-continue instructions cause microcomputer, 205 to determine that the information at said Flag-interrupt register memory is “0”, to place “1” at said Flag-interrupt register memory, and to resume generating and transmitting said print output information by executing the instruction located at the location identified by the information at said instruction-at-which-to-resume memory. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, commences generating and transmitting its specific output information, starting immediately after the aforementioned “of:”, thereby causing printer, 221, to print:

.
. .
. $1,071.32 . ”,

and the information that follows. (At the station of said second subscriber, the microcomputer, 205, resumes generating and transmitting its specific print output information, executing the instruction whose location is identified by the information at the instruction-at-which-to-resume memory of said microcomputer, 205, thereby causing the printer, 221, of said station to print:

.
. Anytown, Massachusetts .
. .”,

and the information that follows. And at the station of said third subscriber, the microcomputer, 205, resumes generating and transmitting its specific print output information, executing the instruction identified by the information at its instruction-at-which-to-resume memory, thereby its

printer, 221, to print:       “ .
 . .
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 . .”,

and the information that follows.)

(In example #10, receiving said 1st cease-outputting message (#10) causes each subscriber station to cease combining and to display only the transmitted video information at its monitor, 202M; to stop generating and outputting particular output information; to generate second video overlay image information; then to resume generating and outputting said particular output information. The fact that the particular output information generated and outputted is print information that is outputted to a printer is only incidental to the present invention. Receiving said 1st cease-outputting message (#10) could as easily cause each subscriber station to stop generating and outputting then to resume generating and outputting any form of computer output information, outputted to any appropriate computer peripheral device. Said output could be data and/or computer program instructions outputted to a disk drive and caused to be recorded or outputted to a modem and caused to be transmitted. Said output could be audio and/or video information outputted to a monitor, 202M, and caused to be emitted as sound and/or displayed as picture information.)

Then, having caused locally generated video images to cease appearing in the upper left hand corner of subscriber station television screens (including “$1,071.32” at the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, “$1,080.64” at the station of said second subscriber, and “$1,138.92” at the station of said third subscriber), immediately said studio ceases transmitting a video image of said person pointing to the upper left hand corner of the television screen.

Promptly said program originating studio commences transmitting the video image of the so-called “talking head” of said person standing in front of a background image of the logo of said program, “Exotic Meals of India,” and transmits audio information of said announcer saying:

Then said program originating studio embeds and transmits said 4th commence-outputting message (#10). Said message consists of a “00” header; said audio-overlay execution segment information that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205; appropriate meter-monitor information including “program unit identification code” information and overlay number field information; and any required padding bits. And each intermediate transmission station (including the intermediate station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate station) receives and retransmits said message.

Receiving said 4th commence-outputting message (#10) causes apparatus at each subscriber station that has completed the generation of second audio image information at audio RAM to combine its specific audio information to the transmitted audio and to emit sound of its combined audio. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, decoder, 203, receiving said 4th commence-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, to execute “SOUND ON” at the microcomputer, 205 of said station. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, transmits to monitor, 202M, via audio information transmission means, one instance of the information at the audio RAM of said microcomputer, 205, causing the emission of sound of said audio information, and the subscriber of said station can hear said announcer's voice saying:

“low-salt Vindaloo”.

(Simultaneously, the microcomputer, 205, at the station of said second subscriber transmits to the monitor, 202M, of said station, via audio transmission means, one instance of its information at audio RAM, and said second subscriber can hear said announcer's voice saying

“Mild version Quick”.

And at the station of said third subscriber, emission at the monitor, 202M, of sound of said announcer's voice saying

“Hot version Quick”

is caused by the microcomputer, 205.)

(The instructions of the program instruction sets of Q.1 and Q.2 do not cause subscriber stations to clear audio

RAM after the audio combining caused by receiving said 4th commence-outputting message (#10).)

Then after an interval that is long enough for each subscriber station to emit sound of its specific audio RAM information, said studio transmits audio information of the announcer saying:

At this moment, said program originating studio embeds and transmits said 5th commence-outputting message (#10). Said message consists of a “00” header; execution segment information that is identical to the execution segment of the second message of the “Wall Street Week” example, appropriate meter-monitor information including “program unit identification code” information and overlay number field information, and any required padding bits. And each intermediate transmission station (including the intermediate station of FIG. 6 and said second intermediate station) receives and retransmits said message.

Receiving said message causes each subscriber station that has completed the generation of second overlay image information at video RAM to combine its specific image information with the conventional video information transmitted by said studio and cause its specific monitor, 202M, to display the combined video information. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, receiving said 5th commence-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, to execute “GRAPHICS ON” at the PC-MicroKey system of microcomputer, 205. Automatically, microcomputer, 205, combines its specific video RAM binary image information of “456-1414” with its received conventional video information. And automatically 456-1414 is displayed in the lower middle portion of the picture screen of monitor, 202M. (Simultaneously and in the same fashion, apparatus at the station of said second subscriber causes the specific video RAM image information of said station, which is “224-3121”, to be displayed in the lower middle portion of the picture screen of the monitor, 202M, of said station. And at the station of said third subscriber, in the same fashion, apparatus causes the specific video RAM image information of said station, which is “623-3000”, to be displayed in the lower middle portion of the picture screen of the monitor, 202M, of said station.)

Said studio then transmits audio information of the announcer saying,

Said studio transmits video information of said person pointing to the upper left hand corner of the video screen, and the image of “TV568*” appears in said corner. Thus each viewer—including the subscriber of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, said second subscriber, and said third subscriber can see TV568* in the upper left hand corner of the picture on the monitor, 202M, of his station.

Said studio then transmits audio information of the announcer saying,

Then said program originating studio embeds and transmits said 6th commence-outputting message (#10). Said message is identical to the 4th commence-outputting message (#10) except for different overlay number field information.

In the same fashion that applied to receiving the 4th commence-outputting message (#10), receiving the 6th commence-outputting message (#10) causes apparatus at each subscriber station that has completed the generation of second audio image information to combine its specific audio information to the transmitted audio and to emit sound of its combined audio. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, decoder, the monitor, 202M, emits sound of said announcer's voice saying:

“low-salt Vindaloo”.

(Simultaneously, the monitor, 202M, of the station of said second subscriber emits sound of said announcer's voice saying:

“Mild version Quick”.

And at the station of said third subscriber, sound of said announcer's voice saying:

“Hot version Quick”

is emitted at the monitor, 202M.) After causing emission of audio information of the information at audio RAM once, the instructions of said program instruction sets of Q.1 and Q.2 cause a microcomputer, 205, to clear audio RAM then pause.

Then after an interval that is long enough for each subscriber station to emit sound of its specific audio RAM information, said studio transmits audio information of the announcer saying:

At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, the subscriber enters TV568* at the keyboard of local input, 225, which causes said input, 225, to transmit the aforementioned process-local-input instruction and said TV568* information to the controller, 20, of the signal processor, 200, of said station. (And at the station of said third subscriber, said third subscriber enters TV568* at the keyboard of his local input, 225.)

Receiving said instruction and information causes the controller, 20, at each station where TV568* is entered, in a predetermined fashion, to retain said TV568* information at particular last-local-input-* memory.

Coincidentally, said program originating studio embeds and transmits said 2nd cease-outputting message (#10). Said message is identical to the aforementioned third message of the “Wall Street Week” example.

Receiving said 2nd cease-outputting message (#10) causes each subscriber station to cease combining and to display only the transmitted video information at its monitor, 202M. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, receiving said 2nd cease-outputting message (#10) causes decoder, 203, to execute “GRAPHICS OFF” at the PC-MicroKey System of microcomputer, 205. Automatically, said PC-MicroKey ceases combining its specific image information with the conventional video information transmitted by said studio, and the image of 456-1414 disappears from the lower middle portion of the picture screen of monitor, 202M. (Simultaneously and in the same fashion, at the station of said second subscriber, the image of 224-3121 disappears from the lower middle portion of the picture screen of the monitor, 202M, and at the station of said third subscriber, the image of 623-3000 disappears from the lower middle portion of the picture screen of the monitor, 202M.)

Receiving said 2nd cease-outputting message (#10) causes each subscriber station then to clear video RAM and continue executing instructions of its specific program instruction set of Q.1 or Q.2.

In due course, said studio ceases transmitting programming of said program unit of Q and recommences transmitting programming of said “Exotic Meals of India” program.

Subsequently, so continuing executing instructions of its specific program instruction set of Q.1 or Q.2 causes apparatus at each subscriber station where TV568* has been inputted to a local input, 225, automatically to telephone a shopping list order. At the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F, under control of said program instruction set of Q.1, microcomputer, 205, measures elapsed time, in a fashion well known in the art, and determining that ninety seconds have passed from receiving said 2nd cease-outputting message (#10) causes microcomputer, 205, to input particular check-for-entered-TV568*-and-respond instructions to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200. Receiving said instructions causes controller, 20, to determine that TV567* information exists at said last-local-input-* memory and to transmit particular TV567*-entered information to microcomputer, 205. Receiving said information causes microcomputer, 205, under control of said program instruction set of Q.1, to access said D:DATA_OF.ITS file; to select information from said file of the aforementioned local-automatic-order-taking telephone number of the supermarket chain applicable in the vicinity of the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 which is 1-(800) 247-8700; to transmit to controller, 20, particular call-this-number-and-respond-with-“A:SHOPPING.EXE” instructions and information of 1-(800) 247-8700; and to record particular instructions at the recording medium of the disk at the A: disk drive of microcomputer, 205, in a file named “SHOPPING.EXE”. Receiving said call-this-number-and-respond-with-“A:SHOPPING.EXE” instructions and information of 1-(800) 247-8700 causes controller, 20, in the fashion described above, to cause auto dialer, 24, to dial the telephone number, 1-(800) 247-8700. Automatically, in the fashion described above, controller, 20, establishes telephone communications with a computer of said super market chain at a remote station. Then said call-this-number-and-respond-with-“A:SHOPPING. EXE” instructions cause controller, 20, to cause the instruction “A:SHOPPING.EXE” to be entered to microcomputer, 205. Entering said instruction causes microcomputer, 205, to execute the instructions of said file, “SHOPPING.EXE” as a machine language job. Under control of said instructions, microcomputer, 205, transmits via controller, 20, to said computer at a remote station information of the street address of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F (selected from the file, A:DATA_OF.URS) and complete information of the aforementioned file, A:SHOPPING.LST, which is the shopping list of the subscriber of said station. (At the station of said second subscriber where TV567* has not been entered at the local input, 225, the controller, 20, does not transmit TV567*-entered information to the microcomputer, 205, and all apparatus cease functioning under control of program instruction set of Q.1 instructions. And at the station of said third subscriber where TV567* has been entered at the local input, 225, in similar fashion, the instructions of the program instruction set of Q.2 cause apparatus to telephone the aforementioned local-automatic-order-taking telephone number of the vicinity of said second intermediate station which is 1-(800) 371-2100 and to transmit information of the street address and shopping list of said third subscriber.)

In due course, after sufficient time has elapsed for each subscriber station where TV567* has been entered at a local input, 225, to record information of a file named “SHOPPING.EXE” at a disk drive, said program originating studio embeds and transmits the aforementioned disband-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10). Said message consists of a “10” header, information of a particular SPAM separate-subscriber-station-microcomputers-from-programming-transmission execution segment that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, and any required padding bits.

Receiving said message at the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F causes TV signal decoder, 203, to detect said message and input said message to the controller, 20, of signal processor, 200.

Receiving said message causes controller, 20, to separate microcomputer, 205, from the computer system of said program originating studio and to cause the video and audio output transmissions of tuner, 215, to be inputted to monitor, 202M. Automatically, controller, 20, executes particular controlled functions and determines, in a predetermined fashion, that microcomputer, 205, is outputting television audio and video to monitor, 202M, that microcomputer, 205, receives from tuner, 215. Automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to configure its switches so as to cease transferring audio information and video information inputted from said microcomputer, 205, to monitor, 202M, then to commence transferring audio information and video information inputted from said tuner, 215, to monitor, 202M. Then automatically, controller, 20, causes matrix switch, 258, to cease transferring audio information and video information inputted from tuner, 215, to dividers, 202D and 4, respectively. Automatically, decoder, 203, ceases receiving SPAM information.

Receiving said disband-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10) may also cause controller, 20, (under control of information and instructions preprogrammed at controller, 20) to cause the microcomputer, 205, of the station of FIGS. 7 and 7F to combine to and commence processing the SPAM information of the computer system of a second program originating studio that is different from said studio that originates the transmission of program unit Q (or in the case of example #9, that is different from the recorder, 76, that transmits the prerecorded programming of Q). In this case, controller, 20, causes appropriate receiver apparatus to receive the transmission of said second studio; causes matrix switch, 258, to input audio and video information of the transmission of said programming to dividers, 202D and 4, respectively; and inputs an interrupt signal of new-channel-input information to the controller, 39, of decoder, 203.

Alternatively, receiving said disband-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10) may also cause controller, 20, (under control of information and instructions preprogrammed at controller, 20) to cause the microcomputer, 205, revert from broadcast control to local control. In this case, in a predetermined fashion that is functionally the reverse of invoking broadcast control, controller, 20, causes microcomputer, 205, to clear all RAM (except for that portion of RAM containing operating system information) and all CPU registers and any other designated processors; then to load at RAM the information of a particular file such as “INTERUPT.BAK” that exists at a designated place on a particular disk at a particular disk drive; then to record at particular CPU registers selected information at designated locations at RAM; then to cause said CPU to resume processing in the fashion of a resumption that follows an interrupt and that is well known in the art. In so doing, controller, 20, causes microcomputer, 205, to revert from broadcast control to local control; to commence processing the particular job that was interrupted when broadcast control was invoked; and to commence so processing said job at the particular instruction at which invoking broadcast control interrupted the processing of said job. (Hereinafter, the steps associated with returning a microcomputer, 205, from broadcast control to local control are called “revoking broadcast control.”)

(Receiving said disband-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#10) at the stations of said second subscriber and of said third subscriber causes apparatus at said stations to separate the microcomputers, 205, of said stations from the transmission of said studio that originates the transmission of program unit Q [or in the case of example #9, from the transmission of said recorder, 76] and may cause apparatus at either station, in the preprogrammed fashion of said apparatus, to cause a microcomputer, 205, to combine to and commence processing the SPAM information of the computer system of a program originating studio that is different from said studio [or in the case of example #9, that is different from said recorder, 76] or may cause said apparatus to revoke broadcast control [thereby causing said apparatus to resume processing a station specific local job].)

(NOTE: Except for the content of their meter-monitor information, the messages transmitted in example #9 by the intermediate transmission station of FIG. 6 to the subscriber stations of its field distribution system, 93, are identical to the messages transmitted to the same field distribution system, 93, in example #10 and cause the same functioning. More precisely, except for their meter-monitor information content, said align-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#9), synch-SPAM-reception message (#9), data-module-set message (#9), program-instruction-set message (#9), 1st commence-outputting message (#9), 2nd commence-outputting message (#9), 3rd commence-outputting message (#9), 1st cease-outputting message (#9), 4th commence-outputting message (#9), 5th commence-outputting message (#9), 6th commence-outputting message (#9), 2nd cease-outputting message (#9), and disband-URS-microcomputers-205 message (#9) are all identical to the messages of like name of example #10. Furthermore, said program instruction set of Q of example #9 is identical to said program instruction set of Q.1 of example #10. Thus except as regards the collection of meter-monitor record information, transmitting the messages of example #9 causes precisely the same functioning at the stations of FIGS. 7 and 7F and of said second subscriber as is caused by transmitting the messages of example #10.)

(In addition to the above described functioning, transmitting said messages in examples #9 and #10 causes apparatus at subscriber stations of particularly slow microcomputers, 205, said field distribution system, 93, to function in the restoring efficiency fashion described above. Receiving each of said commence-outputting messages causes a decoder, 203, of at least one of said stations to input particular second-condition-test-failed instructions to its associated microcomputer, 205, causing said microcomputer, 205, to jump to and commence processing additional instructions of its received program instruction set of Q.1 rather than to commence outputting locally generated combined medium programming. For example, receiving said 1st commence-outputting message (#10) (or (#9)) causes at least one decoder, 203, of at least one station to input the aforementioned second-condition-test-failed instructions to a microcomputer, 205, causing at least one microcomputer, 205, to jump to and execute the instructions caused to be executed by the aforementioned clear-and-continue instructions described above. Automatically, said microcomputer, 205, ceases its current function; stores particular information at particular instruction-at-which-to-resume memory that identifies the location of the particular instruction at which to resume said function; executes the aforementioned when-interrupted portion of said program instruction set of Q.1 [or of Q in the case of example #9]; and determines, under control of the instructions of said portion, that said second-condition-test-failed instructions constitute the first instance of video overlay second-condition-test-failed instructions that microcomputer, 205, has received while under control of said program instruction set of Q.1 [or of Q]. So determining causes said microcomputer, 205, to jump to the aforementioned first-clear-and-continue address of the instructions of said program instruction set of Q.1 [or of Q] and to commence executing first-clear-and-continue instructions at said address. Automatically, said microcomputer, 205, clears video RAM; sets the background color of video RAM to transparent black; determines that 1st working memory of said microcomputer, 205, holds particular quadrant information; and causes selected binary image information of said number a telephone number to be placed at bit locations that produce video image information in the lower middle portion of a video screen. Automatically, said microcomputer, 205, places information at particular Flag-interrupt register memory which information causes said microcomputer, 205, subsequently to jump over and not reexecute said first-clear-and-continue instructions. Then automatically, said microcomputer, 205, resumes executing instructions of said program instruction set of Q.1 [or of Q] at the location identified by the information at said instruction-at-which-to-resume memory.)

Preprogramming Receiver Station Operating Systems

So-called “operating systems” are well known in the art and generally comprise the most basic form of processor control instructions. In order to control fundamental aspects of the processing of any given data file, such as a DATA_OF.ITS or DATA_OF.URS file, under control of any given computer program, such as a PROGRAM.EXE program, a computer is usually preprogrammed with an operating system that controls such fundamental aspects as, for example, so-called “input/output” functions. One such system that is commonly known as “PC-DOS” or “MS-DOS” is an operating system of the IBM personal computer, commonly known as the “IBM PC.” (PC-DOS or MS-DOS is described in Disk Operating System of the IBM Personal Computer Computer Language Series.)

Many computers are designed to hold operating system instructions at RAM. The IBM PC is one such computer. When power is turned on to an IBM PC, under control of particular instructions that are permanently recorded at ROM and are commonly known as “ROM BIOS”, said PC accesses a disk at a particular disk drive and loads the instructions of a particular prerecorded file from said disk to particular locations of RAM in a fashion well known in the art that is commonly known as “booting.”

One advantage of recording operating system instructions at memory such as RAM that can be conveniently overwritten relates to expanding system functions. New so-called “routines” can easily be entered into a given system to control existing apparatus of said system in new functions, and the operating system of a given system can be expanded easily to control newly installed apparatus. Thus many versions usually exist of any given operating system which versions have greater or lesser capacities. For example, versions 1.00, 1.10, 2.00, etc. exist of PC-DOS and MS-DOS. Each version has capacity for controlling the operation of an IBM PC, and later versions generally have expanded capacities in comparison to earlier versions.

Efficient operation of any given computer system of the present invention requires capacity to control the preprogramming of the operating system software of receiver station apparatus.

Receiver station apparatus of the present invention is extensive and can vary greatly from station to station. For example, apparatus that requires preprogramming at the station of FIG. 7, includes microcomputer, 205; controllers, 12 and 20, of signal processor, 200; the RAMs associated with the processors, 39B and 39D, and with the control processor, 39J, of decoder, 30, of signal processor, 200; and the RAMs associated with the processors, 39B and 39D, and with the control processor, 39J, of other decoders of said station such as decoders, 203 and 282. Other ultimate receiver stations can include less apparatus, more apparatus, or simply different apparatus. (For example, one receiver station may have the decoder, 203/SPAM controller, 205C, apparatus of example #1 while another station has the preferred decoder, 203, apparatus of example #3.) Furthermore, the complete computer system of a remote network origination and control station such as the program originating studio that transmits the program unit of Q in example #10 involves apparatus not only at ultimate receiver stations but also at intermediate transmission stations.

One objective of the unified system of programming communication of the present invention is standardization of receiver station operating systems. With standardization, any given transmission station such as the program originating studio of example #10 can assemble and take control of a computer system of the computers of selected subscriber stations in the fashion described above in example #7 without any need to preprogram system software at any apparatus of said selected subscriber stations.

Another objective of the present invention is flexibility and convenience in reprogramming operating systems in order to expand system functions.

The present invention provides means and methods whereby one remote system master control station can preprogram all intermediate transmission stations and ultimate receiver station in a given geographical area (such as, for example, the continental United States of America) by transmitting a given sequence of SPAM messages that contain operating system instructions which sequence is received at and processed by all receiver stations and from which selected stations select selected messages that contain instructions of specific relevance. Each message is addressed to specific station SPAM control apparatus such as ITS computers, 73, in the case of intermediate transmission stations and URS signal processors, 200, in the case of ultimate receiver stations. Each message consists of a “01” header; execution segment information addressed to the appropriate station SPAM control apparatus; meter-monitor information that identifies not only a specific preprogrammable apparatus such as URS decoders, 203, but also the particular version of 55 said apparatus (for example, URS decoders, 203, of the version illustrated above in example #1 rather than example #3); padding bits as required; an information segment that consists, itself, of a particular SPAM message without an end of file signal; and an end of file signal. The information of each information segment consist of a “01” header; execution segment information addressed to said specific preprogrammable apparatus version which segment information causes said apparatus version to invoke its ROM preprogramming instructions; appropriate meter-monitor information that may include particular meter instructions; padding bits as required; and an information segment that contains the operating system instructions of said specific apparatus version.

Each appropriate receiver station apparatus that receives and processes a SPAM message of said sequence is preprogrammed with the necessary controlled-function-invoking information and controlled function instructions invoked by said message, and the information and instructions so invoked are preprogrammed at ROM.

Likewise, each specific receiver station SPAM control apparatus has access to specific information that is preprogrammed at non-volatile memory that identifies not only the specific preprogrammable apparatus (such as URS decoders, 203) of said station but also the particular version of said apparatus (for example, URS decoders, 203, of the version illustrated above in example #3).

FIG. 8 illustrates the installation of the station specific non-volatile memory apparatus that identifies specific preprogrammable apparatus of the station of FIG. 7. Said specific non-volatile memory apparatus is station specific EPROM, 20B. Station specific EPROM, 20B, is reprogrammed whenever apparatus is installed at or removed from the station of FIGS. 7 and 8 and contains not only information that identifies specific preprogrammable apparatus of said station but also switch control instructions that identify which particular apparatus input to the specific inputs of matrix switch, 259; that identify which particular outputs of said matrix switch, 259, output to which particular station apparatus; and that control switch controller, 20A, in causing matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches to transfer information from one given station apparatus to another. Station specific EPROM, 20B, is mounted in a cartridge and inserted manually into switch controller, 20A, in a fashion well known in the art, at a port in the equipment case of signal processor, 200. Station specific EPROM, 20B, is also preprogrammed with information of a specific operating system master control frequency of the station of FIG. 7. (FIG. 8 also illustrates other selected apparatus and programming and control information transmission means that process SPAM information in the course of the preprogramming of operating system instructions at selected apparatus of the station of FIG. 7.)

At other ultimate receiver stations, other station specific EPROMs, 20B, are installed in the same fashion with each station specific EPROM, 20B, containing programmed information of the specific apparatus and apparatus versions of its specific station and a specific operating system master control frequency. (Similar station specific non-volatile memory apparatus is installed at each computers, 73, of an intermediate station such as the station of FIG. 6 which non-volatile memory apparatus identifies the specific preprogrammable apparatus of said station.)

An example that focuses, in particular, on preprogramming operating system instructions at the station of FIGS. 7 and 8 illustrates preprogramming receiver station operating systems.

At a particular time such as, for example, 4:00 AM Eastern Standard Time on Jan. 3, 1989, the controller, 20, of the signal processor, 200, of said station causes the oscillator, 6, switch, 1, and mixer, 3, of the signal processor, 200, of the station of FIG. 7 to input a selected frequency to the decoder, 30, and causes said decoder, 30, to commence processing the information of said frequency. Said selected frequency is the specific operating system master control frequency of the information preprogrammed at station specific EPROM, 20B. (Said controller, 20, may be caused so to function in any of the fashions described above that cause a controller, 20, to function. For example, said remote system master control station may transmit particular SPAM message information that causes apparatus at each receiver station, in the fashion of the news items of “AUTOMATING U. R. STATIONS . . . RECEIVING SELECTED PROGRAMMING” above, to tune to and commence processing SPAM information embedded in its preprogrammed specific operating system master control frequency at a selected decoder which decoder is said decoder, 30. Controller, 20, may also cause selected station apparatus such as earth station, 250, and satellite receiver circuitry, 251, to receive the transmission of said frequency and cause selected station apparatus such as matrix switch, 258, to input said transmission to a selected contact of said switch, 1.)

At 4:01 AM, said remote system master control station transmits a SPAM end of file signal causing each receiver station, including the station of FIGS. 7 and 8, to commence identifying and processing the individual SPAM messages embedded in said transmission.

Then said remote master control station commences transmitting said sequence of SPAM messages that contain operating system instructions causing each receiver station to select those specific SPAM messages that contain information applicable to specific preprogrammable apparatus and to program said apparatus.

Said remote station transmits a first SPAM message that contains meter-monitor information of an APPLE II microcomputer, 205, apparatus version and an information segment that contains SPAM message information of APPLE II microcomputer operating system instructions. (APPLE II microcomputers are well known in the art.)

Receiving said message causes the apparatus of the station of FIGS. 7 and 8 to determine that the microcomputer, 205, of said station is not an APPLE II microcomputer and to discard all information of said message. Automatically, decoder, 30, detects said message and executes particular controlled function instructions that cause decoder, 30, to transfer all information of said message, via buffer/comparator, 8, to controller, 12. Automatically, controller, 12, loads the command information (and associated padding bits) of said message at its SPAM-input-signal register memory, executes particular controlled functions, selects the particular meter-monitor information that identifies a specific preprogrammable apparatus version, and inputs to controller, 20, a particular preprogrammed operating-instructions-received-for-specific-apparatus instruction as an interrupt signal together with said information that identifies a specific apparatus version. Receiving said instruction and information causes controller, 20, to transfer said instruction and information to switch controller, 20A, causing switch controller, 20A, to determine, in a predetermined fashion, that no information of an APPLE II microcomputer, 205, exists at station specific EPROM, 20B. So determining causes switch controller, 20A, to transmit a particular preprogrammed discard-operating-system-message instruction to controller, 20, causing controller, 20, to transmit said instruction to controller, 12. Receiving said instruction causes controller, 12, to discard all information of said first SPAM message. (Simultaneously, at stations where the microcomputers, 205, are APPLE II microcomputers, receiving said first message causes apparatus, in a fashion described more fully below, to cause the operating system instructions of said message to be recorded at disk drives of said APPLE II microcomputers, 205, and so-called “booted” at said APPLE II microcomputers, 205.)

Then said remote station transmits a second SPAM message that contains meter-monitor information of an IBM PC microcomputer, 205, apparatus version and an information segment that contains SPAM message information of IBM PC microcomputer operating system instructions.

Receiving said message causes apparatus of the station of FIGS. 7 and 8 to determine that the microcomputer, 205, of said station is an IBM PC microcomputer and to input the contained SPAM message information of said second SPAM message to decoder, 203. Automatically, decoder, 30, detects said message and transfers all information of said message to controller, 12. Automatically, controller, 12, loads at its SPAM-input-signal memory the command information of said message and any padding bits immediately following said command information, selects the meter-monitor information that identifies a specific preprogrammable apparatus version—that is, an IBM PC—and inputs to controller, 20, said operating-instructions-received-for-specific-apparatus instruction together with said information that identifies an apparatus version. Receiving said instruction and information causes controller, 20, to transfer said instruction and information to switch controller, 20A, causing switch controller, 20A, to determine, in a predetermined fashion, that said meter-monitor information that identifies a specific preprogrammable apparatus version matches information that is preprogrammed at station specific EPROM, 20B, and that identifies specific preprogrammable apparatus of the station of FIGS. 7 and 8—in other words, to determine that an IBM PC is the microcomputer, 205, of said station. So determining causes switch controller, 20A, in a predetermined fashion, to cause matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches so as to transfer information inputted from controller, 12, to decoder, 203, then causes switch controller, 20A, to transmit a particular preprogrammed transfer-operating-system-message instruction to controller, 20, causing controller, 20, to transmit said instruction to controller, 12. Receiving said instruction causes controller, 12, to transmit to matrix switch, 259, all information of said second SPAM message after said command and padding bit information recorded at said SPAM-input-signal register memory. In so doing, controller, 12, transfers the information segment and end of file signal of said second message to matrix switch, 259, and causes said switch, 259, to input said information to decoder, 203. (Simultaneously, at stations where the microcomputers, 205, are APPLE II microcomputers, receiving said second message causes the controllers, 12, [functioning with controllers, 20 and 20A, and with EPROMs, 20A] to cause all information of said message to be discarded.)

Said information that is inputted to decoder, 203, is the contained SPAM message of said second SPAM message, and having been separated from the command information and immediately following padding bits of said second SPAM message, said contained SPAM message is a SPAM message in its own right. Said contained message consists of a “01” header; execution segment information that is addressed to URS decoders, 203, of IBM PCs and that causes said decoders, 203, each to invoke its ROM instructions for entering operating system instructions into its microcomputer, 205; appropriate meter-monitor information that may include particular meter instructions; padding bits as required; and an information segment that contains the SPAM operating system instructions of an IBM PC microcomputer. Immediately following the last bit of said information segment is the end of file signal of said second SPAM message which is also the end of file signal of said contained SPAM message. (Another benefit of the message composition fashion of the present invention, which places distinctive signals at the end of messages rather than the beginning, is capacity to transmit any number of contained SPAM messages within the information segment of any given SPAM message that has an information segment and thus that ends with an end of file signal. Said contained messages may be sequential messages or may be nested in the sense of each being contained in the information segment of its preceding message.)

Receiving said contained SPAM message causes decoder, 203, to cause the operating system instructions of said message to be recorded on the recording medium of a disk at a particular disk drive of microcomputer, 205, and to cause microcomputer, 205, to boot the operating system so recorded. Automatically, decoder, 203, executes the controlled functions of its ROM instructions for entering operating system instructions into microcomputer, 205. Automatically, decoder, 205, interrupts the operation of the CPU of microcomputer, 205, and inputs particular instructions to said CPU that cause microcomputer, 205, to load received information in a file at RAM. Automatically, decoder, 203, commences inputting the information segment information of said contained message to microcomputer, 205, and microcomputer, 205, records said inputted information in said file at RAM. Then receiving said end of file signal causes decoder, 203, to cease inputting information segment information to microcomputer, 205, and to cause microcomputer, 205, to record the information of said file in a designated file such as “COMMAND.COM” on a disk at a designated disk drive such as drive A: In so doing, receiving said message causes the operating system instructions in said message to be recorded at the particular disk drive and in the particular file from which the ROM BIOS of said microcomputer, 205, is preprogrammed to load the operating system of said microcomputer, 205, at boot time. When microcomputer, 205, completes recording the information of said file at said disk drive, microcomputer, 205, inputs particular preprogrammed file-recorded information to decoder, 203. Receiving said file-recorded information causes decoder, 203, under control of said ROM instructions for entering operating system instructions, to turn power to said microcomputer, 205, off then on (which decoder, 205, has capacity to do). Automatically, microcomputer, 205, under control of the instructions of said ROM BIOS, boots the instructions of the disk drive file A:COMMAND.COM in a fashion well known in the art, loads the operating system instructions of said file (which are the operating system instructions of said contained SPAM message) at operating system memory, and commences to function at so-called “operating system level” under control of said instructions. (Simultaneously, at other stations where the microcomputers, 205, are IBM PC microcomputers, receiving said contained SPAM message of said second SPAM message causes other decoders, 203, and microcomputers, 205, to cause the operating system instructions of said contained message to be recorded and booted in the same fashion.)

Then said remote station transmits a third SPAM message that contains meter-monitor information of a decoder, 203, apparatus of the example #3 version and an information segment that contains SPAM message information of decoder, 203, of example #3 operating system instructions. (The operating system of a SPAM apparatus such as a decoder, 203, contains all instructions required at said apparatus to control the operation of said apparatus. SPAM apparatus operating system instructions include, in particular, the controlled function instructions and controlled-function-invoking information of said apparatus. Permanent operation system instructions of any given SPAM apparatus are recorded at the ROM of said apparatus.)

Receiving said third message causes apparatus of the station of FIGS. 7 and 8 to determine that a decoder, 203, apparatus of the example #3 version exists at said station and to input the contained SPAM message information of said third SPAM message to decoder, 203. Automatically, decoder, 30, detects said message and transfers all information of said message to controller, 12. Automatically, controller, 12, selects the meter-monitor information that identifies a specific preprogrammable apparatus version—that is, an example #3 version of a decoder, 203—and inputs to controller, 20, said operating-instructions-received-for-specific-apparatus instruction together with said information that identifies an apparatus version. Automatically, controller, 20, transfers said instruction and information to switch controller, 20A, causing switch controller, 20A, to determine, in a predetermined fashion, that said information that identifies an apparatus version matches information that is preprogrammed at EPROM, 20B, and that identifies the decoder, 203, of said station. Automatically, switch controller, 20A, causes matrix switch, 259, to configure its switches so as to transfer information inputted from controller, 12, to decoder, 203, then transmits said transfer-operating-system-message instruction to controller, 20, causing controller, 20, to transmit said instruction to controller, 12, and causing controller, 12, to transmit to matrix switch, 259, all information of the information segment and end of file signal of said third SPAM message. In so doing, controller, 12, inputs said information segment and end of file signal to decoder, 203. (Simultaneously, at stations where the decoders, 203, are of the version of example #1, receiving said third message causes controllers, 12, [functioning with controllers, 20 and 20A, and with EPROMs, 20A] to discard all information of said message.)

Said information that is inputted to decoder, 203, is the contained SPAM message of said third SPAM message and is a complete SPAM message in its own right. Said contained message consists of a “01” header; execution segment information that is addressed to URS decoders, 203, of the example #3 version and that causes said decoders, 203, each to invoke its ROM instructions for entering operating system instructions into its RAM; appropriate meter-monitor information that may include particular meter instructions; padding bits as required; and an information segment that contains the SPAM operating system instructions of an example #3 version decoder, 203. Immediately following the last bit of said information segment is the end of file signal of said third SPAM message which is also the end of file signal of said contained SPAM message.

Receiving said contained SPAM message causes decoder, 203, to record the operating system instructions of said message at particular operating system locations at the RAMs of decoder, 203, and to commence operating under control of said instructions. Automatically, control processor, 39J, compares the execution segment information of said message to controlled-function-invoking information and determines that said execution segment information matched particular load-operating-system-of-203 information that is preprogrammed at the ROM associated with control processor, 39J, and that invokes particular load-operating-system-of-203 instructions that are preprogrammed at the ROM associated with control processor, 39J. Automatically, control processor, 39J, executes said instructions and, under control of said instructions, causes processor, 39B, to cease receiving information from buffer, 39A, then loads all information of the information segment of said message sequentially at the RAM associated with control processor, 39J, (which has capacity to contain all information of an operating system of an example #3 version decoder, 203) starting at the first bit location of said RAM and overwriting, if necessary, the information of all bit locations of said RAM. Then, receiving interrupt information of an end of file signal from EOFS valve, 39F, causes control processor, 39J, automatically, under control of said load-operating-system-of-203 instructions, to load all information so loaded at selected operating system locations of decoder, 203. Automatically, control processor, 39J, selects particular information at particular first bit locations of said RAM (which information is particular first binary information of the information segment of said contained SPAM message) and determines the composition of the operating system information so recorded at RAM by processing said information in a predetermined fashion under control of said load-operating-system-of-203 instructions. Automatically, control processor, 39J, inputs particular commence-loading-operating-system instructions to processor, 39B; selects the binary information of particular bit locations at said RAM; and inputs said information to processor, 39B, thereby causing processor, 39B, to record said information sequentially at particular operating system locations of the RAM associated with said processor, 39B, beginning at the first bit location of said RAM. Automatically, control processor, 39J, then inputs said commence-loading-operating-system instructions to processor, 39D; selects the binary information of particular bit locations at said RAM associated with said control processor, 39J; and inputs said information to processor, 39D, thereby causing processor, 39D, to record said information sequentially at particular operating system locations of the RAM associated with said processor, 39D, beginning at the first bit location of said RAM. Automatically, control processor, 39J, then selects the binary information of a particular first signal word of bit locations and a particular second signal word of bit locations at said RAM associated with said control processor, 39J; and inputs said selected information separately to EOFS valves, 39F and 39H, thereby causing said valves, 39F and 39H, each to record at its EOFS Standard Word Location the information of said first signal word of bit locations and at its EOFS Standard Length Location the information of said second signal word of bit locations. In so doing, receiving said third messages may causes said decoder, 203, subsequently to commence detecting end of file signals of new composition and/or length. (In other words, thereafter said valves, 39F and 39H, may detect end of file signals that are composed of, for example, fifteen sequential instances of “11101110” binary information rather than eleven sequential instances of “11111111” binary information.) Automatically, control processor, 39J, then moves selected binary information of particular bit locations at said RAM associated with said control processor, 39J, to particular operating system locations of said RAM, beginning at the first bit location of said RAM. In so doing, control processor, 39J, completes causing all operating system instructions of said contained SPAM message to be located at the appropriate operating system RAM locations of said decoder, 203. Then automatically, under control of said commence-loading-operating-system instructions, control processor, 39J, causes all buffer, non-operating system RAM, and non-operating system register locations of decoder, 203, (except for buffer, 39A) to be cleared; causes all other apparatus of decoder, 203, to commence processing under control of the new operating system instructions; causes processor, 39B, to commence receiving and processing information from buffer, 39A; and commences waiting for information of a SPAM header under control, first, of a particular new operating system instruction that is located at a predetermined location said RAM associated with control processor, 39J. (Simultaneously, at other stations where the decoders, 203, are of the example #3 version, receiving said third SPAM message causes other apparatus to load the operating system instructions of the contained SPAM message of said third message at the appropriate operating system RAM locations of said decoders, 203, and causes said decoders, 203, to come under control of said instructions in the same fashion.)

Subsequently, said remote station transmits additional operating system SPAM messages until one SPAM message has been transmitted that is addressed to each separate version of SPAM apparatus. Each message contains meter-monitor information of its apparatus version and an information segment that contains SPAM message information operating system instructions of said version.

Receiving each message causes apparatus of each receiving station, in the fashions described above, to determine whether an apparatus of the apparatus version identified by the meter-monitor information of said message exists at said station, to input a contained SPAM message to an apparatus of said apparatus version if an apparatus of said apparatus version exists at said station, and to discard all information of said message if no apparatus of said apparatus version exists at said station. (Said contained messages that are addressed to apparatus such as decoder, 30, PRAM controller, 20, and switch controller, 20A, that exist within the equipment case of a signal processor, 200, are inputted to said apparatus from controller, 12, via controller, 20, rather than via matrix switch, 259.)

Receiving each contained SPAM message causes the apparatus version of said message, in the fashion described above, to record the operating system instructions and information of said message to at particular operating system locations at the RAMs and EOFS valves that control the operation of said apparatus and to commence operating under control of said instructions and information.

Following the transmission of each message, for a particular interval of time no SPAM information is transmitted that is causes any processing at any apparatus of the apparatus version of message. Said interval is the length of time required for the slowest apparatus of said apparatus version to receive said message, record the operating system instructions and information of said message, and commence operating under control of said instructions and information.

The Preferred SPAM Header

An important feature of the preferred embodiment of the present invention is flexibility for expansion while continuing to accommodate, within the unified system, existing information requirements. Subscribers who have simple information demands must have capacity to receive and process simple SPAM messages with simple subscriber station apparatus. Such simple messages may contain, for example, only sixty-four alternate instances of SPAM execution segment binary information, and the optimal length of SPAM execution segment information for such subscribers would be six binary digits. Simultaneously, subscribers who have complex information demands must have capacity to receive and process more complex SPAM messages that control more extensive subscriber station apparatus. Controlling the subscriber station apparatus of subscribers who have complex information demands far more execution segment capacity than is provide by a system that has only six binary digits of execution segment information transmission capacity. And invariably, many different classes of subscriber will exist with different information demands and different optimal SPAM execution segment lengths.

Two objectives of the unified system of the present invention are to provide capacity whereby any given transmission can transmit SPAM messages to all classes of subscribers and capacity whereby the apparatus of subscribers with complex information demands can process not only complex messages but also simple messages. More precisely, the present invention provides means and methods whereby SPAM messages of different execution segment lengths can be transmitted, intermixed on one transmission, and complex SPAM receiver apparatus with capacity to process long SPAM execution segment information can also process short SPAM execution segment information.

In the preferred embodiment these objectives are realized by having SPAM header information identify not only the four alternate message compositions of the simplest preferred embodiment specified above but also many alternate versions of message composition.

In the preferred embodiment, the length of a SPAM header—and of the SPAM-header register memory of any given SPAM apparatus—is the length of one signal word which is one byte of eight binary digits. SPAM messages are composed of varying numbers and sequences of segments of highest priority, intermediate priority, and lowest priority segment information. Complex SPAM receiver apparatus have means and are preprogrammed to process at register memory execution segment information of varying lengths of binary information. And simple SPAM receiver apparatus are preprogrammed to process at RAM and/or ROM SPAM messages that are too complex to be processed at their register memories (if only to discard said messages).

The full scope of the unified system of programming communication of the present invention comprehends and includes all of the above described apparatus and methods in all of their variations.

An example #11 that focuses on generating and communicating information of farmers at a time in the future illustrates a few features of the full scope of the present invention.

In February, 2027, farmers all over Europe make plans regarding which crops to plant for the 2027 growing season. Each farmer is confronted with the problem of deciding what mix of crops is most profitable to grow on his property, given his resources. Each farmer has a subscriber station that is identical to the station of FIG. 7 except that each station has two television recorder/players that are recorder/players, 217 and 217A; two television tuners, 215 and 215A; and a laser disk player, 232. Particular farm information of the specific farm of each farmer is recorded in a file named MY_FARM.DAT on a disk at the A: disk drive of the microcomputer, 205, of each station. The recorded data includes, for example, data of the number and size of the individual parcels of property of the farmer's farm, the soil conditions of said parcels, the aspects of said parcels with respect to sunlight and shade, the history of crop rotation of said parcels, the farm equipment of said farmer, and the financial resources of said farmer. Each farmer's laser disc player, 232, is loaded with a so-call “optical disk” on which is recorded a file named “PROPRIET. MOD” that contains encrypted information of a proprietary software module. When accessed, the instructions of said module cause a microcomputer, 205, to analyze any given crop planting plan and generate information of a recommended planting plan and growing method that minimizes the expense of insect and other crop pest damage given maximum revenue.

Elsewhere and at the same time, national planners of each member nation of the European Economic Community seek to formulate agricultural policy for the 2027 growing season and to communicate information of that policy to farmers, thereby influencing the farmers+ decisions regarding which crops to plant. Each nation has a national intermediate transmission station that is identical to the intermediate station of FIG. 6 except that it transmits output information of several individual television channels to receiver stations via a satellite in geosynchronous orbit over Europe rather than via a cable field distribution system. At the computer, 73, of each national intermediate transmission station is local-formula-and-item information of specific data, in a file named NATIONAL.AGI, regarding proposed subsidy formulas and items regarding the various alternate crops that farmers of the nation may choose to grow.

Simultaneously, other national planners of each nation seek to formulate other economic policies including tax and revenue raising policies and monetary policies. At the computer, 73, of each national intermediate transmission station, in a file named NATIONAL.TAX, is local-formula-and-item information of specific proposed tax formulas and items regarding, for example, taxes on farm incomes and proposed depreciation schedules of farm equipment. And in a file named NATIONAL.MON is local-formula-and-item information of specific proposed money supply growth rates and interest rates.

Each nation also has a plurality of local governments at which local planners seek to formulate local tax and revenue raising policies and welfare and subsidized employment policies. Each local government has a local intermediate transmission station that is identical to the intermediate station of FIG. 6 and that transmits multiplexed output information of several separate television channels via a cable field distribution system. At the computer, 73, of each local intermediate transmission station, in a file named LOCAL.TAX, is local-formula-and-item information of specific proposed tax formulas and items regarding, for example, income taxes that relate to farmers and property taxes that relate to farm land and equipment. And in a file named LOCAL.EMP is local-formula-and-item information of specific proposed employment subsidy formulas relating to local unemployed persons which formulas vary with respect to the specific education levels of the unemployed.

Just as government planners wish to communicate policy information to and receive response information from farmers, so too, businessmen wish to advertise to farmers the benefits of their goods and proprietary information services and to persuade farmers to respond by ordering their goods and services.

Each farmer's station has capacity and is preprogrammed to receive programming transmitted via satellite by a particular European master network origination and control station and the specific national intermediate transmission station of the specific nation of said farmer and is a subscriber station in the field distribution system of the local intermediate transmission station of the farmer's local government.

At 3:00 AM Greenwich Mean Time on Monday, Feb. 15, 2027, the signal processor of each receiver station in the nations of the European Economic Community—including each national and each local intermediate transmission station and each ultimate receiver station of a farmer—commences receiving information of the particular master transmission of said European master network station. Automatically, the controller, 20, of the signal processor of each receiver station in said nations causes its oscillator, 6, switch, 1, and mixer, 3, to input a selected frequency to its decoder, 30, and causes said decoder, 30, to commence processing the information of said frequency. Said selected frequency is the specific operating system master control frequency of the information preprogrammed at its station specific EPROM, 20B. Automatically each receiver station that is equipped with a satellite earth station (50 in FIG. 6 or 250 in FIG. 7) receives and inputs to its switch, 1, information of a particular master transmission of said European master network station. Then the controller, 20, of the signal processor of the signal processor system, 71, of each intermediate transmission station (of FIG. 6) in said nations causes the computer, 73, of said station to cause apparatus of said station also to retransmit information of said master transmission on the frequency of a selected master channel transmission. Automatically each receiver station that is not equipped with a satellite earth station commences receiving and inputting to its switch, 1, information of said master transmission that is retransmitted on the frequency of a selected master channel transmission of a selected intermediate transmission station.

At 3:10 AM, GMT, said European master network station transmits particular SPAM message information, embedded in the information of said master transmission, including a SPAM end of file signal and the aforementioned sequence of SPAM messages that contain operating system instructions. In so doing, said European master network station inputs operating system instructions to all SPAM apparatus and receiver station computers, 73, and microcomputers, 205, thereby causing said apparatus and computers, 73 and 205, as described above in “PREPROGRAMMING RECEIVER STATION OPERATING SYSTEMS,” to commence operating under control of the instructions of said operating systems.

Causing each signal processor at every receiver station in said nations to commence operating under control of its specific operating system instructions causes apparatus of each signal processor to commence processing sequentially information of a plurality of specific frequencies in the fashion of example #5 to detect program unit identification signal information. One frequency that is processed at each receiver station is the specific operating system master control frequency of the information preprogrammed at the station specific EPROM, 20B, of said station. Said frequency is either said master transmission of said European master network station or a selected master channel transmission of a selected intermediate transmission station upon which information of said master transmission is retransmitted. Thus information of said master transmission is processed at each receiver station for program unit identification information of interest.

In due course, various transmission stations commence embedding program unit identification signal information in programming transmissions and transmitting the transmissions.

Transmitting the programming with said embedded program unit identification information causes signal processors at selected receiver stations each to commence selecting and receiving specific programming of interest in the fashion of “AUTOMATING U. R. STATIONS . . . RECEIVING SELECTED PROGRAMMING.” Automatically receiver stations all over said nations commence tuning to different transmissions and receiving selected programming that differs from receiver station to receiver station.

At 3:59 PM, GMT on Monday, Feb. 15, 2027, said European master network station commences embedding in the information of said master transmission and transmitting program unit identification information of a particular combined medium television program, “Farm Plans of Europe.”

Farmers and government planners all over Europe wish to receive and interact with the information of said program and have preprogrammed the apparatus of their stations to receive and combined to the programming transmission of said program. Thus so transmitting said program unit identification information of said “Farm Plans of Europe” program causes apparatus at the ultimate receiver stations of farmers in all of said nations to interconnect display (or other output apparatus) to the transmission of said program and to combine to the computer system of said transmission in the fashions described in example #10 and in “AUTOMATING U. R. STATIONS . . . MORE ON EXAMPLE #7 . . . RECEIVING SELECTED PROGRAMMING AND COMBINING SELECTED URS MICROCOMPUTERS, 205, AUTOMATICALLY TO THE COMPUTER SYSTEM OF A SELECTED PROGRAMMING TRANSMISSION.” Automatically each ultimate receiver station that is equipped with a satellite earth station, 250, commences transferring received information of said master transmission, via its matrix switch, 258, to its divider, 4, (thereby inputting said received information to its computer, 205, and its decoder, 203) and commences transferring the television output information of its microcomputer, 205, to its television monitor, 202M, thereby causing display and emission of the television images and sound of said output information. Automatically each receiver station that is not equipped with a satellite earth station tunes its tuner, 215, to receive the specific master channel transmission of its specific selected local intermediate transmission station (which retransmits the master transmission of said European European master network station on its master channel transmission) and commences transferring received information of said master channel transmission, via its matrix switch, 258, to its divider, 4, (thereby inputting said received information to its computer, 205, and its decoder, 203) and commences transferring the television output information of its microcomputer, 205, to its television monitor, 202M, thereby causing display and emission of the television images and sound of said output information.

At 3:59:45 PM, GMT said European master network station embeds in the information of said master transmission and transmits a SPAM message that is addressed to the ITS computers, 73, of intermediate stations that are local stations.

Receiving said message causes each of said local intermediate station automatically to tune selected receiver apparatus to the specific satellite transmission that is the particular second television channel output transmission of its specific national intermediate transmission station and to input the embedded SPAM information of said transmission to its computer, 73, thereby causing said computer, 73, to come under control of the output transmission of the computer, 73, of its national intermediate station.

At 3:59:55 PM, GMT, said European master network station transmits end of file signal information then invokes broadcast control of each national intermediate transmission station computer, 73, and each ultimate receiver station microcomputer, 205, that receives SPAM information of said master transmission. Automatically said European master network station commences controlling directly the computers, 73, of said national intermediate stations and the microcomputers, 205, of said ultimate receiver stations. And said master station causes each national intermediate station computer, 73, to embed in its particular second television channel transmission and to transmit end of file signal information then to invoke broadcast control of the computers, 73, of its specific local intermediate transmission stations.

At 4:00 PM, GMT, said European master network station commences transmitting the conventional television information of said “Farm Plans of Europe” program.

Immediately, said European master network station causes ultimate receiver stations to obscure all video information of said master transmission and display only locally generated information and causes all national intermediate station computers, 73, and ultimate receiver station microcomputers, 205, that are combined to the transmission of said master station to commence receiving SPAM information embedded in the full frame video of said master transmission. Said master station transmits SPAM information that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, that causes said microcomputers, 205, to commence combining and displaying locally titles information (while sound is emitted of transmitted audio theme music) in the fashion described in “CONTROLLING COMPUTER-BASED COMBINED MEDIA OPERATIONS.” Then said master station transmits SPAM information that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, of intermediate stations that are national stations and to URS microcomputers, 205, which SPAM information causes decoder apparatus to commence receiving SPAM information embedded in the full frame video of said master transmission at each national intermediate station and each ultimate receiver station where a microcomputer, 205, is combined to the computer system of said master transmission.

Then said European master network station causes said ultimate receiver stations each to commence receiving and emitting at its speaker system, 261, sound information of a selected transmission that transmits audio language information of said “Farm Plans of Europe” program in the specific language that is the primary language of its subscriber. On a selected secondary transmission, said master station transmits, in a fashion well known in the art, a spectrum of radio frequencies containing a plurality of individual frequency transmission each of which expresses the audio of said program in a separate European language including minority languages such as Flemish, Welsh, Basque, etc. (Each local intermediate station receives and retransmits said spectrum on a particular channel frequency spectrum.) Particular specific primary language information is preprogrammed at specific SPAM apparatus (such as, for example, radio decoders, 211). Said master station embeds and transmits particular specific-language SPAM information addressed to said specific SPAM apparatus, and receiving said specific-language information causes said specific apparatus at each ultimate receiver station to tune and emit the sound of the specific primary language of the subscriber of said station (for example, in the fashion of AUTOMATING U. R. STATIONS . . . COORDINATING A STEREO SIMULCAST.”

Next said European master network station transmits in the full frame video of said master transmission a SPAM message that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, of intermediate stations that are national stations and that contains information segment information of a particular national level intermediate generation set. Receiving said message causes each national intermediate transmission station to input to and execute at its computer, 73, the information of said set. (The information of said set and the processing and functioning caused by executing said information are described more fully below.)

Said European master network station then transmits a series of SPAM messages that cause ultimate receiver stations to commence processing combined medium programming of said “Farm Plans of Europe” program and displaying (or otherwise outputting) combined medium information in a particular fashion. First, said master station transmits a SPAM message that causes the signal processor, 200, of each ultimate receiver station to cause its oscillator, 6, switch, 1, and mixer, 3, to input the specific operating system master control frequency of its EPROM, 20B, continuously to its decoder, 30, thereby causing said decoder, 30, to commence processing the information of said frequency continuously. (In so doing, said master station causes SPAM information embedded in said master transmission to be inputted to said signal processor, 200, continuously irrespective of the transmissions inputted to decoders, 145, 203, or 282, and prevents signal processor, 200, from identifying any other programming of interest at its station.) Then said master station embeds and transmits in the full frame video of said master transmission a SPAM message that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, that contains information segment information of a particular first program instruction set. Transmitting said message causes the all ultimate receiver station microcomputers, 205, that are combined to the computer system of the transmission of said master station to commence executing the instructions of said set and to commence generating local video, audio, and print overlay and output information in the fashions described above. Then said master station transmit a SPAM message that causes all SPAM decoder apparatus of all national intermediate stations and all ultimate receiver stations with microcomputers, 205, combined to the transmission of said master station to commence receiving SPAM information embedded in only the normal transmission location of said master transmission; commences embedding SPAM information only in the normal transmission location; and commences transmitting the conventional video of said “Farm Plans of Europe” program. And as said master station transmits conventional video and audio information that shows visually and describes aurally information of general interest to farmers in all of said nations, said master station commences periodically embedding and transmitting SPAM messages that are addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, and that cause specific information of each farmer to be generated, under control of the instructions of said program instruction set, at each ultimate receiver station and that cause locally generated information periodically to be displayed or emitted as sound or printed in the fashion of example #10 at each ultimate subscriber station whose microcomputer, 205, is combined to the computer system of said master transmission.

In the mean time, executing their inputted information of said national level intermediate generation set causes the computers, 73, of said national intermediate stations each to generate information of a specific local level intermediate generation set in the fashion that receiving the intermediate generation set of Q caused different intermediate stations to compute and incorporate specific formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information into generally applicable information of the program instruction sets of Q.1 and Q.2 in example #10. Said national level intermediate generation set includes generally applicable information of national agriculture and economic policy information, of local tax formulas and items and employment subsidy formulas, and of farmers' recommended crop planting plans. Said national level set also contains a particular projected market price at which farmers are projected to be able to sell each alternate crop. Each price is projected on the basis of projected demand for each crop and the aggregate quantity that European farmers are projected to supply. In addition, said national level set contains information of the aggregate amount of farm borrowing. Executing the information of said set causes the computer, 73, of each national intermediate transmission station to access its specific NATIONAL.AGI, NATIONAL.TAX, and NATIONAL.MON files and to compute formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information specific subsidy formulas and items regarding each alternate crop that national farmers may grow, regarding specific tax formulas and depreciation schedules, and regarding specific monetary growth and interest rates, all given the specific market price information of said national level intermediate generation set and the projected aggregate amount of farm borrowing. Having computed said formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information, each computer, 73, is caused to incorporate said information selectively into selected generally applicable information of said national level set, thereby generating at each of said computers, 73, a specific local level intermediate generation set that applies to the local intermediate transmission stations of its nation.

After an interval of time that is long enough for each national intermediate generation station to generate its specific local level intermediate generation set, said European master network station embeds and transmits a SPAM message that is addressed to ITS, computers, 73, of intermediate stations that are national stations and that instructs said stations to embed and transmit their specific local intermediate sets.

Receiving said message causes the computer, 73, of each national intermediate station to embed in the normal location of its particular second television channel transmission and to transmit a particular SPAM message that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, and that contains information segment information of its specific local level intermediate generation set.

Receiving the specific SPAM message of its national intermediate station causes the computer, 73, of each local intermediate station to execute the contained local level intermediate generation set of said message and to generate information of a specific program instruction set in the fashion that executing the intermediate generation set of Q caused different intermediate stations in example #10 to generate their specific program instruction sets of Q.1 or Q.2. Executing the information of its local level set causes the computer, 73, of each local intermediate station to access its specific LOCAL.TAX and LOCAL.EMP files and to compute formula-and-item-of-this-transmission information of specific local income and property tax formulas and local employment subsidy formulas, all given the specific market price information, the projected aggregate amount of farm borrowing, the specific national subsidy formulas and items regarding each alternate crop that national farmers may grow, the specific national tax formulas and depreciation schedules, and the specific national monetary growth and interest rates that are information of its local level intermediate generation set. Automatically, each computer, 73, of a local intermediate station incorporates its computed information selectively into selected generally applicable information of said local level intermediate generation set, compiles information, and links information, thereby generating its specific program instruction set.

At 4:29:50 PM, GMT, after an interval of time that is long enough for each local intermediate generation station to generate its specific program instruction set, said European master network station transmits a particular SPAM first-master-cueing message (#11) that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, of intermediate stations that are national stations. Receiving said message causes each national intermediate station to generate and embed in the normal location of its particular second television channel transmission a particular SPAM first-national-cueing message (#11) that is addressed to ITS computers, 73, of intermediate stations that are local stations.

Receiving said message causes each local intermediate station to commence playing prerecorded programming loaded at its recorder, 76, and transmitting said programming to its field distribution system, 93, on the television channel transmission that is the master channel transmission of said intermediate station. In so doing, each local intermediate station commences transmitting television information of a national and local segment of the “Farm Plans of Europe” program. (Each national intermediate station can have transmitted said prerecorded programming to its local intermediate stations and caused said stations to organize said programming in the fashion of examples #8 and #9 or, alternatively, said first-national-cueing message (#11) could cause each local station to commence transmitting on its master channel transmission the its received television transmission of the second television channel output transmission of its specific national intermediate transmission station.)

Automatically each ultimate receiver station that is not equipped with a satellite earth station (and which is, as a consequence, receiving the master transmission of said European master station retransmitted on the master channel transmission of its local intermediate transmission station) commences receiving the programming transmitted by the recorder, 76, of its local intermediate station.

At 4:29:55 PM, GMT, said European master network station embeds in its master transmission and transmits a particular SPAM second-master-cueing message (#11) that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205.

Only ultimate receiver stations that are equipped with and that receive the information of said master transmission directly by means of satellite earth station apparatus receive said second-master-cueing message (#11), and receiving said message causes said stations each to receive and process the combined medium programming of the television channel transmission that is the master channel transmission of its particular local intermediate transmission station (of which transmission information is preprogrammed at its EPROM, 20B). Automatically, a tuner, 215, is tuned at each of said stations to receive the particular master channel transmission of the EPROM, 20B, of said station and apparatus of said station interconnects to input the received master channel transmission to the microcomputer, 205, and the decoder, 203, of said station.

In due course, each recorder, 76, transmits prerecorded end of file information then a particular transmit-program-instruction-set SPAM message (#11) addressed to ITS computers, 73.

In the fashion of example #9, each local intermediate station detects the particular SPAM message of its recorder, 76, at its decoder, 77, and receiving its particular message causes each station to embed and transmit end of file signal information then a particular first SPAM message that is addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, and that contains complete information of its particular program instruction set. (In example #11, the local stations are preprogrammed in such a fashion that receiving its specific transmit-program-instruction-set message (#11) causes each station to transmit the program instruction set generated by the local intermediate generation set of its national intermediate station rather than by a prerecorded intermediate generation set previously transmitted by its recorder, 76.) Subsequently, additional SPAM messages that are embedded in said prerecorded programming and that are addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, are transmitted by said recorder, 76.

Receiving the particular first SPAM message of its local intermediate station causes apparatus of the subscriber station of each farmer to execute the contained program instruction set of said message at the microcomputer, 205, of said station and to commence generating the specific combined medium output information of its subscriber station. And receiving said additional SPAM messages causes apparatus at each subscriber station of a farmer to display or otherwise output (or to cease displaying or otherwise outputting) combined medium program of said national and local segment of the “Farm Plans of Europe” program. Automatically, the display and output apparatus of each farmer's station commences displaying and outputting television picture image, sound, and print information of the national and local agricultural, economic, tax, and employment subsidy policies combined periodically with related locally generated information of specific relevance to each farmer.

So executing a specific contained program instruction set causes each microcomputer, 205, to generate a specific so-called “optimal” solution for its particular farmer's problem of deciding what mix of crops is most profitable to grow on his property, given his resources.

First, each microcomputer, 205, accesses the specific information of its particular farmer. Automatically, under control of its specific received program instruction set, each microcomputer, 205, accesses the file, MY_FARM.DAT, that is prerecorded on the disk loaded at its A: disk drive and also accesses the encrypted “PROPRIET.MOD” file that is prerecorded at the laser disc player, 232, of each farmer's station (the information of which last named file is prerecorded by any one of a plurality of proprietary services companies whose information any given farmer may acquire and the information of which varies from farmer's station to farmer's station).

To access the information of its encrypted “PROPRIET.MOD” file, the instructions of its particular program instruction set cause each microcomputer, 205, to decrypt the information of said file and enter the decrypted information of said file at particular RAM. In so doing, said instructions also cause each signal processor, 200, to retain meter information of the decryption of said file. (Selected stations that are preprogrammed to retain monitor information are also caused to retain monitor information.) The information of said file is embedded in the so-called “full frame” video at a laser disc loaded at the disk player, 232, of each station intermixed with SPAM messages that control the decryption and metering of the information of said file. Automatically, at the beginning of a particular interval during which its local intermediate station transmits no SPAM message information to URS microcomputers, 205, instructions of its particular program instruction set cause each microcomputer, 205, to instruct its signal processor, 200, to cause its laser disk player, 232, to play. Then, in the fashion of example #7, apparatus of each station are caused to decrypt and retain meter information of the decryption of the encrypted information of said file. (At each station, in a predetermined fashion that is controlled by the instructions of its program instruction set, apparatus is caused, to input the received television information transmitted by the recorder, 76, of its local intermediate station directly from its tuner, 215, to its TV monitor, 202M then to input the decrypted information of its “PROPRIET.MOD” file to its microcomputer, 205, via its decoder, 203, then to recommence inputting said received television information from its tuner, 215, to its TV monitor, 202M, via its divider, 4, and microcomputer, 205.)

Then using linear programming techniques that are well known in the art, each farmer's microcomputer, 205, under control of the particular program instruction set generated and transmitted by its local intermediate station, computes its particular farmer's “optimal” crop planting plan by making reference to said farmer's specific data that includes, for example, the number and size of the individual parcels of property of the farmer's farm, the soil conditions of said parcels, the aspects of said parcels with respect to sunlight and shade, the history of crop rotation of said parcels, the farm equipment of said farmer, and the financial resources of said farmer; by using said data as so-called “constraints”; and by applying information of said program instruction set. Said information that is applied includes the specific market price information and projected aggregate amount of farm borrowing transmitted by said European master network control station as generally applicable information in its outputted national level intermediate generation set; the specific national subsidy formulas and items regarding each alternate crop that national farmers may grow, the specific national tax formulas and depreciation schedules, and the specific national monetary growth and interest rates that were incorporated at the national intermediate station of each farmer into the generally applicable information of said national level intermediate generation set to generate its local level intermediate generation set; and the specific local income and property tax formulas and local employment subsidy formulas that were incorporated at the local intermediate station of each farmer into the generally applicable information of its received local level intermediate generation set to generate its program instruction set (which is the program instruction set received at said farmer's station).

The specific “optimal” crop planting plans so computed vary from station to station and include budget information of projected revenues, expenses, and profits. The plan of one particular farmer calls for planting forty acres of oats and sixty acres of wheat and projects profits of fifteen thousand units of local currency. The plan of a particular second farmer calls for planting fifteen acres of broad beans and five acres of tomatoes and projects profits of thirty thousand units of local currency. The plan of a particular third farmer calls for planting ten acres of red tulips and two acres of blue tulips and projects profits of twenty thousand units of local currency.

Each specific “optimal” crop planting plan may also include so-called “sensitivity analyses” that are well known in the art and information of alternate planting plans that are close to but not quite optimal.

Automatically, under control of its received program instruction set, the microcomputer, 205, of its farmer's station records complete information of said farmer's crop planting plan at its A: disk in a file named PLANTING.DAT.

Then automatically, under control of its particular program instruction set, each farmer's microcomputer, 205, computes and retains information of a particular schedule of spot commercials. Information of twenty-six specific potential commercials of any given schedule are included in the information of its set, and the specific commercials include, for example, commercials for a particular new farm truck, a particular new farm tractor, a particular new farm disk harrow, software of a particular new “PROPRIET.MOD” module for analyzing crop planting plans and generating recommended planting plans in a “new improved fashion,” etc. Under control of the instructions of its particular set, by analyzing the budget information of its farmers crop planting plan, each microcomputer, 205, automatically identifies four commercial spots that are of a particular possible highest potential value to its farmer. For example, by analyzing equipment depreciation information, one microcomputer, 205, determines that its farmer has an old truck, a new tractor, and a new disk harrow and selects, as one of its four commercials, the commercial of the new truck. Meanwhile, another microcomputer, 205, determines that its farmer has an old truck, a new tractor, and a old disk harrow and selects the commercial of the new truck because a new truck is costlier than a disk harrow and may be more valuable to its farmer. Automatically, the microcomputer, 205, of each station inputs to the signal processor, 200, of its station particular schedule information of its four identified commercial spots.

In due course, the recorder, 76, of each local intermediate station transmits further additional SPAM messages that are embedded in its prerecorded programming and that are addressed to URS microcomputers, 205, then transmits a particular local-second-cueing message (#11) that is addressed to ITS computers, 73.

Receiving the further additional SPAM messages of its local intermediate station causes apparatus at each subscriber station of a farmer to display or otherwise output (or to cease displaying or otherwise outputting) further combined medium programming of said national and local segment of the “Farm Plans of Europe” program. Automatically, in the fashion of example #10, the display and output apparatus of each farmer's station commences displaying and outputting generally applicable television picture image, sound, and print information of a crop planting plan combined periodically with related locally generated specific crop planting plan information of its specific farmer. Automatically, crop and budget information of the aforementioned optimal crop planting plan of each farmer is explained in the outputted the generally applicable programming and is displayed, emitted in sound, and printed at the station of each farmer.

Then so transmitting a particular local-second-cueing message (#11) at each local intermediate station causes a decoder, 77, at each station to detect the local-second-cueing message (#11) transmitted at its station and input said message to the computer, 73.

Receiving its local-second-cueing message (#11) causes the computer, 73, of each local intermediate station to embed SPAM message information that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, in the normal location of its master channel transmission then after a particular interval to cause the video recorder/player, 78, of its station to commence playing and to cause apparatus of its station to transmit the output of said recorder/player, 78, to the field distribution system of said station on the television transmission of a particular second television channel.

Transmitting said SPAM message information at its local intermediate station causes apparatus of each farmer's station to receive and input said information to the signal processor, 200, of said station, and receiving said information causes the signal processor, 200, of said station to cause its tuner, 215A, to commence receiving the transmission of the particular second television channel of its local intermediate station; to cause apparatus of said station to interconnect to transfer the transmission received at said tuner, 215A, to a selected video recorder/player, 217 or 217A; and to cause said video recorder, 217 or 217A, to prepare to record selected programming.

Then after an interval that is long enough for each of its subscriber stations to prepare a selected recorder/player, 217 or 217A, to record selected programming, each computer, 73, causes said recorder, 78, to commence playing. In so doing, each computer, 73, causes twenty-six program units of commercial spot programming to be transmitted, in series, to its subscriber stations. Each program unit is preceded by embedded program unit identification information of its own that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200.

Automatically, the signal processor, 200, of each station causes its recorder/players, 217 and 217A, in the fashion that applied to computer, 73, and recorders, 76 and 78, in example #8, to record and then to organize to play the selected programming of the selected commercial spots of its station. Automatically, a decoder, 282A, at the tuner, 215A, of each station detects each datum of program unit identification information received at its tuner, 215A, and inputs each datum to the signal processor, 200, of its station. Automatically, said signal processor, 200, causes a selected recorder/player, 217 or 217A, to record selected programming then, after a particular last unit is received, to organize the recorded programming to play according to its schedule previously inputted by its microcomputer, 205.

In due course, the instructions of the program instruction set received at each farmer's station cause a particular module, TELEPHON.EXE, to be recorded at a particular disk drive of the microcomputer, 205, of each farmer's station (in the fashion of the file, “SHOPPING.EXE” in example #10) which, when executed, will permit the farmer to modify the information of his specific crop planting plan and associated budget and to transmit the specific information of his plan (as modified if modified) to a particular data collection computer at a remote station.

Then a particular second-cueing message (#11) that is embedded at the end of the prerecorded national and local segment of the “Farm Plans of Europe” programming at the recorder, 76, of each local intermediate station and that is addressed to URS signal processors, 200, is transmitted and causes the signal processor, 200, of each farmer's station to separate the apparatus of its station from the master channel transmission and second television of its local intermediate station; to cause its recorder/players, 217 and 217A, to commence playing their prerecorded commercial spot programming in the fashion of example #8, and to cause apparatus of its station to interconnect so as to commence generating and displaying (or otherwise outputting) combined medium programming of the programming transmitted by its selected recorder/player, 217 or 217A.

Playing each commercial spot causes the combined medium information of said spot to display information of a particular commercial product such as a truck or a particular service such as a software package; to access the prerecorded “A:PLANTING.DAT” disk file information of a farmer's crop planting plan; in a fashion well known in the art, to generate cost/benefit financial analysis of the incremental benefit of acquiring and using the displayed product or service (by comparison with the farmer's existing product or service of like kind); and to display (or otherwise output) information of said analysis (if said analysis results in a positive net present benefit).

After studying his specific crop planting plan and associated budget projections, his associated sensitivity analyses, and the output information of the selected commercial spots of his station, each farmer loads and runs his prerecorded module, TELEPHON.EXE, in a fashion well known in the art. Under control of the instructions of the TELEPHON.EXE module of his station controlling the operation of his signal processor, 200, each farmer enters information at his local input, 225, that modifies the information of his file, “PLANTING.DAT,” to suit his own wishes and inclinations then executes particular information of said TELEPHON.EXE module that causes the instructions of said module to cause his signal processor, 200, to transmit the information of his “PLANTING.DAT” file, via telephone network in the fashion of example #10, to a computer at a particular remote data collection station.

Over the course of a particular time such as two days, computers at remote data collection stations receive data automatically from each farmer of said nations which data indicates the specific quantity of each crop that each farmer expects to harvest during the 2027 growing season. Automatically, the received data is aggregated, in a fashion well known in the art, at the computer of said European master network origination and control station which allows planners at said station to modify and refine the variables of the national intermediate generation set of said station, especially the projected market prices at which farmers are projected to be able to sell each alternate crop.

The aggregated data is also distributed automatically to computers at the national and local intermediate transmission stations, enabling national and local planners to vary and refine the policy variables of their stations' local-formula-and-item information.

Then, at 3:59 PM, on Thursday, Feb. 18, 2027, the cycle of generating and communicating information of farmers is repeated using the refined variables. Once again farmers receive optimal planting plans, given the new refined variables, and respond with their own plans, causing data to be aggregated at the computer of said European master network origination and control station.

In an iterative fashion well known in the art, this cycle is repeated several times until a satisfactory European master agricultural plan is achieved. Invariable early cycles result in excessive planned planting, but as projected variables are refined in subsequent planning cycles, the excesses are eliminated. Ultimately the planners are able to establish policy formula and item variables at levels that yield socially beneficial economic conditions while enabling farmers individually to maximize the profitability of their planting plans, subject to their individual resources.

In this fashion, the unified system of programming communication of the present invention facilitates efficient economic planning and decision making.

It is obvious to one of ordinary skill in the art that the foregoing is presented by way of example only and that the invention is not to be unduly restricted thereby since modifications may be made in the structure of the various parts or in the methods of their functioning without functionally departing from the spirit of the invention. Any SPAM message and any other programming transmission can be caused, through encryption/decryption and other SPAM regulating techniques of the present invention, to take affect fully only selected stations and station apparatus. Because any transmission station can invoke any SPAM controlled function by transmitting a SPAM message with meter-monitor segment information, invoking any given SPAM controlled function can also cause meter information and or monitor information to be processed in the fashions described above at apparatus and stations where said controlled function is invoked. Intermediate transmission stations can be equipped with SPAM regulating capacity such as that illustrated in FIG. 4, monitoring capacity such as that illustrated in FIG. 5, and control information switching and bus communications capacity such as that illustrated in FIGS. 7 and 8. Controlling such capacity by means of transmitted SPAM messages, a remote network origination and control station can transmit programming to intermediate transmission stations, regulate and meter the use of said programming at said stations, monitor the use and usage of said programming at said stations, and control communication of control information at said stations all in the fashions that apply above to ultimate receiver stations. And any given transmission station can cause its receiver stations to function automatically not only in the fashions described above in the sections on automating ultimate receiver stations but in any appropriate fashion that a network origination and control station can cause intermediate transmission stations to function automatically.

Harvey, John Christopher, Cuddihy, James William

Patent Priority Assignee Title
Patent Priority Assignee Title
1927702,
1992271,
2046381,
2117638,
2192217,
2217881,
2236077,
2264563,
2418127,
2510046,
2511085,
2563448,
2570209,
2573349,
2619530,
2769023,
2788387,
2843655,
2855993,
2864865,
2864885,
2866962,
2874213,
2875270,
2892882,
2969427,
2972008,
2995624,
3008000,
3011153,
3016091,
3029308,
3071642,
3071649,
3082402,
3107274,
3133986,
3211830,
3213201,
3238297,
3244806,
3251051,
3304416,
3331071,
3336437,
3363250,
3366731,
3368031,
3371071,
3387082,
3387083,
3387268,
3390234,
3430004,
3440427,
3470309,
3472962,
3475547,
3478164,
3478166,
3478342,
3485946,
3493674,
3500327,
3522381,
3526843,
3531583,
3531586,
3536833,
3546684,
3555431,
3560936,
3564509,
3569937,
3573747,
3576391,
3584142,
3586767,
3586771,
3588357,
3601528,
3602891,
3606688,
3609697,
3612752,
3624516,
3627914,
3639686,
3648270,
3649749,
3651261,
3651471,
3657699,
3659046,
3666888,
3668307,
3668312,
3676580,
3683111,
3684823,
3693090,
3696297,
3696302,
3703684,
3712956,
3716835,
3723637,
3725672,
3726992,
3728480,
3729581,
3731197,
3733430,
3733431,
3736369,
3737858,
3743767,
3744043,
3746780,
3746799,
3749845,
3752908,
3754211,
3755624,
3757225,
3761888,
3764983,
3769579,
3773977,
3773979,
3777053,
3778058,
3778715,
3778721,
3786424,
3789131,
3789137,
3790700,
3794922,
3795763,
3798359,
3798610,
3803491,
3806814,
3813482,
3818352,
3819852,
3824332,
3824467,
3825893,
3826863,
3833757,
3835387,
3836888,
3842196,
3842206,
3845391,
3848082,
3848193,
3849729,
3858240,
3859458,
3859596,
3875329,
3882289,
3882392,
3885089,
3886302,
3886454,
3889054,
3890461,
3891792,
3893031,
3894176,
3894177,
3896262,
3896266,
3898378,
3899633,
3899639,
3906450,
3909512,
3911216,
3911419,
3914534,
3914535,
3916091,
3919462,
3921151,
3922482,
3922492,
3924059,
3924187,
3927250,
3934079, Oct 26 1973 Jerrold Electronics Corporation Bilateral communications system for distributing commerical and premium video signaling on an accountable basis
3936593, Aug 05 1974 GTE Laboratories Incorporated Scrambler and decoder for a television signal
3936594, Aug 05 1974 Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, Inc. Secure television system
3936595, Sep 04 1972 Nippon Hoso Kyokai; Hitachi, Ltd.; Hitachi Electronics Co., Ltd. Signal transmission system for transmitting programed information such as programed instruction
3936868, Mar 08 1974 RCA Corporation Television studio control apparatus
3943447, Oct 10 1973 Comsonics, Inc. Method and apparatus for bi-directional communication via existing CATV system
3944931, Nov 17 1973 Hitachi, Ltd. Multi-channel frequency converter having automatic control
3947624, Mar 08 1974 Totsu Co. Ltd. System for conducting a television audience survey
3947882, Jun 01 1971 Vending system for remotely accessible stored information
3947972, Mar 20 1974 Real time conversational student response teaching apparatus
3949313, Nov 27 1973 Tokyo Magnetic Printing Company Ltd. Demodulation system for digital information
3950607, Apr 30 1973 Colorado Video, Inc. Bandwidth compression system and method
3950618, Mar 25 1971 System for public opinion research
3956615, Jun 25 1974 IBM Corporation Transaction execution system with secure data storage and communications
3958081, Feb 24 1975 International Business Machines Corporation Block cipher system for data security
3958088, Mar 29 1974 Xerox Corporation Communications systems having a selective facsimile output
3961137, Jul 30 1973 Independent Broadcasting Authority Biphase digital television systems
3962535, Apr 25 1975 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Conditional replenishment video encoder with sample grouping and more efficient line synchronization
3970790, Mar 19 1973 Patelhold Patentverwertungs & Elektro-Holding AG Method and device for the coded transmission of messages
3971888, Apr 02 1975 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Synchronization system for variable length encoded signals
3973206, May 22 1975 A. C. Nielsen Company Monitoring system for voltage tunable receivers and converters utilizing an analog function generator
3974451, Jul 31 1975 Motorola, Inc. TV remote controller
3975583, Oct 07 1974 First National Bank of Decatur, Alabama Emergency civil defense alarm and communications systems
3975585, Jan 31 1973 Columbia Pictures Industries, Inc. Electronic communications system for supplementary video program distribution
3978449, Jan 27 1975 Amdahl Corporation Method and apparatus for in-band signalling in data transmission
3982064, Sep 04 1973 The General Electric Company Limited Combined television/data transmission system
3982065, Oct 31 1973 The General Electric Company Limited Combined television/data receivers
3984637, Nov 29 1974 LINK TACTICAL MILITARY SIMULATION CORPORATION, EXISTING UNDER LAWS OF DELAWARE Computer terminal security system
3987397, Apr 25 1975 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION A DE CORP Remote unit for a two-way cable communications system
3987398, Jul 05 1974 Premier Cablevision Limited Remote disconnect-reconnect tap for cable television systems
3988528, Sep 04 1972 Nippon Hoso Kyokai; Hitachi, Ltd.; Hitachi Electronics Co., Ltd. Signal transmission system for transmitting a plurality of information signals through a plurality of transmission channels
3988550, Jan 24 1974 Telephone repertory dialer
3990012, Apr 25 1975 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION A DE CORP Remote transceiver for a multiple site location in a two-way cable television system
3990050, Sep 25 1974 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Computer controlled automatic response system
3993955, Apr 25 1975 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION A DE CORP Method of and apparatus for establishing emergency communications in a two-way cable television system
3996583, Jul 30 1973 Independent Broadcasting Authority System for processing data signals for insertion in television signals
3996586, Sep 20 1974 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy Magnetic tape pulse width to digital convertor
3997718, Feb 01 1973 Magnavox Electronic Systems Company Premium interactive communication system
4004085, Apr 19 1974 Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd. Receiving program-presetting system for a television receiver
4006297, Sep 20 1974 Nippon Electric Company, Ltd. Television signal coding system
4008369, Feb 28 1975 Magnavox Electronic Systems Company Telephone interfaced subscription cable television system especially useful in hotels and motels
4009330, Apr 05 1976 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Circuit for selecting frames indicative of still pictures
4011414, Apr 04 1975 Texas Instruments Incorporated Automatic dial system for a subscriber telephone
4013875, Jan 11 1974 Vehicle operation control system
4015286, Jan 23 1975 Optical Recording Corporation Digital color television system
4016361, Sep 26 1974 Texas Instruments Incorporated Apparatus for storing data broadcast in digital form for generating a character display or for recording such data for later playback
4019201, Aug 15 1973 UNISYS CORPORATION, A CORP OF DE Method and apparatus for scrambling and unscrambling communication signals
4020419, Jun 05 1974 Magnavox Electronic Systems Company Electronic system for automatically tuning to a selected television channel
4024574, Feb 26 1975 INTRA-VIDEO, INC Validation method and apparatus for pay television systems
4024575, Mar 15 1975 OCI COMMUNICATIONS, INC Catv sine wave coding system
4025851, Nov 28 1975 A.C. Nielsen Company Automatic monitor for programs broadcast
4025947, May 30 1973 QUANTEL LIMITED, 37 VICTORIA AVENUE, SOUTHEND ON SEA, ESSEX Video assignment systems
4025948, Feb 25 1975 INTRA-VIDEO, INC Coding system for pay television apparatus
4026555, Mar 12 1975 Alpex Computer Corporation Television display control apparatus
4027100, Feb 13 1975 Nippon Electric Company, Ltd. Code transmission system having buffers of approximately equal capacities on both transmitting and receiving sides
4027267, Jun 01 1976 International Business Machines Corporation Method of decoding data content of F2F and phase shift encoded data streams
4027331, Aug 02 1974 The Post Office Digital television system
4031543, Mar 11 1974 Berkeley Varitronics Systems Communication system
4031548, Sep 30 1974 Sony Corporation Plural receiving and recording television system
4032972, Jun 23 1976 IDR, Inc. Piggy back row grabbing system
4034990, May 02 1975 Sanders Associates, Inc. Interactive television gaming system
4035838, Mar 17 1975 ITALTEL S P A Cable distribution system for wide-band message signals
4042958, Sep 10 1975 IDR, Inc. Row grabbing system
4044376, Aug 13 1976 Control Data Corporation TV monitor
4045811, Aug 04 1975 RCA Corporation Semiconductor integrated circuit device including an array of insulated gate field effect transistors
4045814, Aug 15 1973 UNISYS CORPORATION, A CORP OF DE Method and apparatus for scrambling and unscrambling communication signals
4047221, Oct 06 1975 Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Corporation Interframe coding apparatus
4048562, May 22 1975 A. C. Nielsen Company Monitoring system for voltage tunable receivers and converters utilizing voltage comparison techniques
4048619, Sep 07 1976 Digital Data Inc. Secure two channel SCA broadcasting system
4049906, Apr 25 1975 Hasler AG Message network for the transmission of digital telegrams with an address consisting of routing words
4051532, Jun 19 1975 Matsushita Electric Company of America Auxiliary signal processing circuit for television receivers
4052719, Jul 30 1973 Independent Broadcasting Authority Television receiver system having facility for storage and display of character information selected from digitally encoded broadcast transmissions
4052737, Jul 09 1976 Com Tel, Inc. Method and apparatus utilizing Baudot code for categorizing and selectively distributing information to a plurality of utilization units
4054911, Jun 03 1976 IDR, Inc. Information retrieval system for providing downstream loading of remote data and processing control thereof
4055848, Aug 15 1975 Eastman Kodak Company Signal processing for off-air video recorder
4056684, Nov 26 1974 INTERACTIVE TECHNOLOGIES, INC Surveillance system
4057829, Dec 18 1973 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION AS AGENT Communications TV monitoring and control system
4058830, Jun 06 1975 One way data transmission system
4059729, Jun 09 1976 Martin Marietta Aerospace Method and system for selectively accessing multiplexed data transmission network for monitoring and testing of the network
4060832, Jul 03 1975 Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications Digit rate reducing method in video signal transmission
4061577, Aug 18 1976 The United States of America as represented by the Administrator of the Fiber optic multiplex optical transmission system
4061879, Sep 30 1974 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method and apparatus for transmitting digital information signals from signal transmitters to signal receivers over switching apparatus
4064490, Sep 10 1975 Information retrieval system having selected purpose variable function terminal
4068264, Jul 19 1976 INTRA-VIDEO, INC Pay television system utilizing binary coding
4068265, Nov 25 1974 Optical Recording Corporation Method and apparatus for sampling and reproducing television information
4070693, Aug 08 1975 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Secure television transmission system
4074315, Jun 06 1975 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Apparatus for reproducing multiplex video data
4075429, Apr 21 1975 Kokusai Denshin Denwa Kabushiki Kaisha Transmultiplexer
4075660, Feb 18 1972 INTRA-VIDEO, INC Pay television system with synchronization suppression
4078316, Jun 24 1976 Real time conversational toy
4079419, Nov 05 1974 Blaupunkt-Werke GmbH Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving additional information in a television signal
4081612, Jul 31 1975 Hasler AG Method for building-up of routing addresses in a digital telecommunication network
4081753, Dec 13 1976 Automatic programming system for television receivers
4081754, Jan 31 1977 MUSIC SEMICONDUCTORS CORPORATION Programmable television receiver controllers
4081831, Apr 08 1976 SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK High security subscription television system employing real time control of subscriber's program reception
4081832, Jun 08 1976 Pay Television Corporation Pay television system, method and apparatus
4086434, Sep 07 1976 NEW RAC CORP ; REPUBLIC ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION Remote condition reporting system
4087626, Aug 04 1976 Lockheed Martin Corporation Scrambler and unscrambler for serial data
4088958, Sep 17 1975 Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd. Integrated circuit for a programmable television receiver
4091417, Feb 26 1975 INTRA-VIDEO, INC Decoder mode validation apparatus for pay television systems
4095258, Oct 15 1976 Blonder-Tongue Laboratories, Inc. Apparatus for decoding scrambled television and similar transmissions
4096524, Nov 13 1975 The General Electric Company Limited Television receivers
4096542, Mar 28 1977 Zenith Radio Corporation Controller for video tape recorder
4099024, Feb 16 1977 Xerox Corporation Communications network repeater
4099258, Oct 08 1975 Texas Instruments Incorporated System of data storage
4104486, Jun 29 1976 IPPV ENTERPRISES, LLC System for accumulating data over nondedicated telephone lines
4104681, Oct 27 1976 IDR, Inc. Interleaved processor and cable head
4107734, Jan 31 1977 R. D. Percy & Company Television viewer reaction determining system
4107735, Apr 19 1977 R. D. Percy & Company Television audience survey system providing feedback of cumulative survey results to individual television viewers
4112317, May 05 1977 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army Pulse amplitude and width detection system
4112383, Aug 04 1976 Societe Anonyme Dite: Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommunications Miller-encoded message decoder
4112464, May 11 1977 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Subscription TV decoder logic system
4114841, Feb 22 1977 Lockheed Martin Corporation Magnetic torquing system for changing the spin rate of an orbiting satellite
4115662, Jun 06 1975 Etablissement Public Dit Telediffusion de France; L'Etat Francais, represente par le Secretaire d'Etat aux Postes et One way data transmission system
4115807, Jul 19 1976 INTRA-VIDEO, INC Telephone billing apparatus for a subscription television system
4117605, Jun 24 1976 Michael J., Freeman Real time conversational toy having secure playback response
4118669, Oct 15 1976 Premier Cablevision, Limited; National Cablevision, Limited Remote disconnect-reconnect tap for cable television systems
4120003, Jan 21 1977 IDR, Inc. Multiple channel CATV system utilizing row grabber interface as CATV input
4120030, Mar 11 1977 Kearney & Trecker Corporation Computer software security system
4124887, Apr 04 1977 DELAWARE CAPITAL FORMATION, INC , A DE CORP Real time computer control system for automatic machines
4126762, May 04 1976 IPPV ENTERPRISES, LLC Method and system for accumulating data over nondedicated telephone lines
4130833, Apr 11 1977 INTRA-VIDEO, INC Pay television system
4131881, Sep 12 1977 Communication system including addressing apparatus for use in remotely controllable devices
4134127, Jun 12 1975 SKEPSY S A Color television signal including auxiliary information
4135156, Jun 20 1974 Sanders Associates, Inc. Satellite communications system incorporating ground relay station through which messages between terminal stations are routed
4135213, Sep 10 1975 IDR, Inc. Row grabbing video display terminal having local programmable control thereof
4138718, Nov 14 1977 Allen-Bradley Company Numerical control system with downloading capability
4138726, Jul 02 1976 Thomson-CSF Airborne arrangement for displaying a moving map
4139860, Jun 25 1976 ITT Industries, Inc. Television receiver equipped for simultaneously showing several programs
4141034, Aug 19 1977 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Digital encoding of color video signals
4142156, Dec 23 1976 Veripen, Inc. Control signal apparatus for CATV system
4144495, Feb 23 1977 Comsat Corporation Satellite switching system
4145717, May 11 1977 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Subscription TV audio carrier recovery system
4148066, Sep 10 1975 IDR, Inc. Interface for enabling continuous high speed row grabbing video display with real time hard copy print out thereof
4148070, Jan 30 1976 QUANTEL LIMITED, 37 VICTORIA AVENUE, SOUTHEND ON SEA, ESSEX Video processing system
4156253, Feb 09 1977 ALCATEL N V , DE LAIRESSESTRAAT 153, 1075 HK AMSTERDAM, THE NETHERLANDS, A CORP OF THE NETHERLANDS Sound-in-video television transmission
4156931, May 25 1978 Digital Equipment Corporation Digital data communications device with standard option connection
4160120, Nov 17 1977 Unisys Corporation Link encryption device
4161728, Sep 06 1976 Plessey SemiConductors Limited Electronic display apparatus
4161751, May 19 1977 ELECTRONIC MECHANICAL PRODUCTS CO ; AEROCAM COMPANY High-security cable television access system
4162483, Apr 01 1977 Intech Laboratories, Inc. Bilateral master station-plural satellite station signalling apparatus
4162513, Sep 30 1977 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Television system scheduler
4163252, Nov 03 1976 Blonder-Tongue Laboratories, Inc. Subscription television decoder apparatus
4163254, Feb 14 1977 IPPV ENTERPRISES, LLC Method and system for subscription television billing and access
4163255, Jul 19 1976 Teleglobe Pay-TV System, Inc. Billing method and system for a subscriber of a pay television system
4168396, Oct 31 1977 Dallas Semiconductor Corporation Microprocessor for executing enciphered programs
4170782, Dec 13 1976 Programming and selection monitoring system for television receivers
4171513, Sep 06 1966 Sanders Associates, Inc. Secure communications system
4172213, Nov 17 1977 Unisys Corporation Byte stream selective encryption/decryption device
4175267, Jul 30 1976 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus of inserting an address signal in a video signal
4178613, Oct 05 1976 Nippon Electric Co., Ltd. Television picture special effects system using digital memory techniques
4180709, Feb 13 1978 FIRSTPOINT ENERGY CORPORATION Data collection system using telephone lines
4182933, Feb 14 1969 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army Secure communication system with remote key setting
4186413, Nov 14 1977 Sanders Associates, Inc. Apparatus for receiving encoded messages on the screen of a television receiver and for redisplay thereof on the same receiver screen in a readable format
4187469, Oct 07 1977 Zenith Radio Corporation Limited channel television receiver with organized memory
4189748, Aug 23 1977 NORTHROP CORPORATION, A DEL CORP Video bandwidth reduction system using a two-dimensional transformation, and an adaptive filter with error correction
4195288, Feb 21 1978 Alarm system
4196310, Apr 09 1976 Digital Data, Inc. Secure SCA broadcasting system including subscriber actuated portable receiving terminals
4196448, May 15 1978 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy TV bandwidth reduction system using a hybrid discrete cosine DPCM
4199656, Sep 10 1975 IDR, Inc. Digital video signal processor with distortion correction
4199781, Aug 20 1974 GRANGER, J WELDON Program schedule displaying system
4199791, Apr 17 1978 UMC Electronics Co. Automatic recording system
4199809, Apr 05 1976 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy Programmable data terminal set
4200770, Sep 06 1977 Stanford University Cryptographic apparatus and method
4200913, Apr 13 1977 International Business Machines Corporation Operator controlled programmable keyboard apparatus
4201887, May 11 1978 Cordura Marketing, Inc. Data telecommunications terminal
4203130, Jan 11 1977 OMEGA TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC Information displaying system
4203166, Dec 05 1977 International Business Machines Corporation Cryptographic file security for multiple domain networks
4204206, Aug 30 1977 Harris Corporation Video display system
4205343, Nov 08 1976 Independent Television Companies Association Television system transmitting enciphered data signals during field blanking interval
4207524, Dec 23 1977 Radio coupled device for detecting and analyzing weak transmissions
4213124, Sep 22 1976 Etablissement Public de Diffusion Dit "Telediffusion de France"; L'Etat Francais System for digitally transmitting and displaying texts on television screen
4214273, Mar 19 1979 NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CONSUMER ELECTRONICS CORP Circuit for indicating antenna signal input level on television receiver screen
4215366, Oct 19 1977 Feature Film Services Subscriber-limited reception television broadcast security encoder-decoder system
4215369, Dec 20 1977 Nippon Electric Company, Ltd. Digital transmission system for television video signals
4215370, Feb 22 1978 Digital Communications, Inc. Satellite video multiplexing communications system
4216497, Oct 18 1976 E-Systems, Inc. Apparatus for monitoring a multichannel receiver
4217609, Feb 28 1978 Kokusai Denshin Denwa Kabushiki Kaisha Adaptive predictive coding system for television signals
4218697, May 08 1979 VIDEO DATA SYSTEMS, A DIVISION OF STERLING PRESENTATIONS, INC Digital data transmission arrangement using a standard TV video
4218698, Mar 13 1978 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE TV Graphics and mixing control
4222068, Nov 02 1978 TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY L P Subscription television apparatus and methods
4222073, Oct 19 1977 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Multiplexed information signal receiving system
4224678, Mar 17 1975 NORTHROP CORPORATION, A DEL CORP Method and apparatus for implementing a processor based on the rationalized Haar transform for the purpose of real time compression of video data
4225884, Feb 14 1977 IPPV ENTERPRISES, LLC Method and system for subscription television billing and access
4225918, Mar 09 1977 Giddings & Lewis, Inc. System for entering information into and taking it from a computer from a remote location
4225967, Jan 09 1978 Fujitsu Limited Broadcast acknowledgement method and system
4228543, Jan 21 1977 MUSIC SEMICONDUCTORS CORPORATION Programmable television receiver controllers
4230990, Mar 16 1979 JOHN G LERT, JR Broadcast program identification method and system
4231031, Feb 09 1977 U.S. Philips Corporation Remote control system capable of transmitting the information with the aid of an infra red beam using PPM or an ultrasonic beam using PDM
4232193, May 12 1977 The Marconi Company Limited Message signal scrambling apparatus
4232295, Apr 13 1979 Data Information Systems Corporation Jukebox polling system
4233628, Jan 11 1979 Zenith Radio Corporation NTSC receiver useable with Teletext/Viewdata information
4236217, Apr 20 1979 EMAX, INC , A GA CORP Energy utilization or consumption recording arrangement
4237484, Aug 08 1979 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Technique for transmitting digital data together with a video signal
4237486, Nov 09 1978 Comsonics, Inc. Compatible transmission of an encoded signal with a television
4238853, Dec 05 1977 International Business Machines Corporation Cryptographic communication security for single domain networks
4238854, Dec 05 1977 International Business Machines Corporation Cryptographic file security for single domain networks
4243984, Mar 08 1979 Texas Instruments Incorporated Video display processor
4245245, Feb 24 1975 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Interactive CATV system
4245246, Nov 18 1977 Pay TV system
4245252, Aug 19 1976 Sony Corporation Television camera having a character display
4246611, Jun 21 1977 Texas Instruments Incorporated Digital control system and a method of transmitting control data in such a system
4247106, Apr 12 1978 Jerrold Electronics Corporation System arrangement for distribution and use of video games
4247947, Sep 25 1978 Nippon Electric Co., Ltd. Mobile radio data communication system
4249211, Feb 07 1978 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Composite image display apparatus
4250489, Oct 31 1978 ABB POWER T&D COMPANY, INC , A DE CORP Distribution network communication system having branch connected repeaters
4250521, Jul 19 1979 RCA Corporation Video signal dropout compensator
4250524, Feb 22 1979 Clarion Co., Ltd. Validation apparatus in a pay television system
4251691, Dec 02 1977 Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Corporation Picture/audio signal transmission system
4253114, Apr 08 1976 SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK High security subscription television system employing real time control of subscriber's program reception
4253157, Sep 29 1978 Alpex Computer Corp. Data access system wherein subscriber terminals gain access to a data bank by telephone lines
4258386, Jul 31 1978 Television audience measuring system
4258423, Dec 05 1979 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army Microprocessor controlled digital detector
4261006, Jul 22 1976 Remote control of video
4262329, Mar 27 1978 COMPUTER PLANNING, INC Security system for data processing
4264924, Mar 03 1978 CALOF, LAWRENCE, AGENT FOR NOLAN K BUSHNELL Dedicated channel interactive cable television system
4264925, Aug 13 1979 ACTV, INC , A CORP OF CA Interactive cable television system
4266243, Apr 25 1979 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Scrambling system for television sound signals
4270145, May 22 1978 SAFER DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY, LTD Television set which displays analog data relevant to the operation of the television set on its video display
4271506, Aug 03 1978 TRT TELECOMMUNICATIONS RADIOELECTRIQUES ET TELEPHONIQUES High speed data switching node
4272784, Dec 27 1977 Sony Corporation Channel programing apparatus
4273962, Aug 29 1978 Harris Corporation Impulse metering of local telephone switching offices via a DAMA DOMSAT communication system
4275411, Apr 19 1978 QUANTICON INC , 39 FAIRWAY AVE , WEST LONG BRANCH, NJ A NJ CORP Dither-quantized signalling for color television
4278973, Oct 02 1978 International Business Machines Corporation Video display terminal with partitioned screen
4278993, Nov 20 1978 Sony Corporation Color picture-in-picture television receiver
4283602, Jun 03 1966 ITT Corporation Cryptographically secure communication system
4284976, Jun 07 1979 Ford Motor Company Interface between communication channel segments
4286281, Sep 30 1978 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Video format signal recording and reproducing device
4287592, May 23 1979 Unisys Corporation Method and apparatus for interfacing stations in a multiloop communications system
4288809, May 23 1979 Sony Corporation Television receiver apparatus for selectively displaying a video picture or alphanumeric data information
4290062, Mar 10 1978 L ETAT FRANCAIS, REPRESENTE PAR LE SECRETAIRE D ETAT AUX POSTES ET TELECOMMUNICATIONS ET A LA TELEDIFFUSION CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDES DES TELECOMMUNICATION ; ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE System for digital transmission and text display
4290141, Jul 02 1979 General Electric Company Electronic voting system
4290142, Feb 22 1978 Heinrich-Hertz-Institut fur Nachrichtentechnik Berlin GmbH Interactive cable television system
4292650, Oct 29 1979 ZENITH RADIO CORPORATION, A CORP OF DE Stv Subscriber address system
4295155, Jun 08 1979 PPG Industries Ohio, Inc Gray scale sync video processing system
4295223, Apr 25 1979 USA DIGITAL RADIO, INC Digital signal/noise ratio amplifier apparatus for a communication system
4301542, Jul 22 1976 Remote control of appliances
4302771, Aug 22 1979 Communications Patents Limited Wire broadcasting system with subscriber controlled switched program selection
4302775, Dec 15 1978 MAGNITUDE COMPRESSION SYSTEMS, INC Digital video compression system and methods utilizing scene adaptive coding with rate buffer feedback
4303940, Jul 14 1980 Zenith Radio Corporation Raster manipulated television receiver
4303941, May 16 1979 ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE ; FOURNIER, CLAUDE; ROCHE, CHRISTIAN Videotex system
4304990, Dec 11 1979 Atalla Technovations Multilevel security apparatus and method
4305101, Apr 16 1979 Codart, Inc. Method and apparatus for selectively recording a broadcast
4305131, Feb 05 1979 NINTENDO CO , LTD , 60 FUKUINE, KAMITAKAMATSU-CHO, HIGASHIYAMA-KU, KYOTO 605, JAPAN A CORP OF JAPAN Dialog between TV movies and human viewers
4306250, Sep 26 1977 U.S. Philips Corporation Television receiver arrangement having means for the selective use of separated or locally generated synchronizing signals
4306289, Feb 04 1980 AT & T TECHNOLOGIES, INC , Digital computer having code conversion apparatus for an encrypted program
4306305, Oct 23 1978 Sony Corporation PCM Signal transmitting system with error detecting and correcting capability
4307446, May 02 1979 Unisys Corporation Digital communication networks employing speed independent switches
4308554, Jan 31 1977 R. D. Percy & Company Television viewer reaction determining system
4308558, May 23 1979 Telediffusion de France Page selection device for videotext system
4310854, Aug 24 1979 Sanders Associates, Inc. Television captioning system
4312016, Feb 02 1979 General Instrument Corporation Television signal switching apparatus
4313132, Oct 31 1979 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Cable TV security means
4314367, Jan 17 1980 Le Materiel Telephonique Thomson-CSF Switching circuit for digital packet switching network
4315282, Sep 11 1980 Measuronics Corporation Write and edit circuitry for electronic marking of displayed TV signal images
4316055, Dec 30 1976 International Business Machines Corporation Stream/block cipher crytographic system
4316217, Mar 26 1979 Method and apparatus for connecting a cable television system to a video cassette recorder
4316245, Nov 30 1973 Compagnie Honeywell Bull Apparatus and method for semaphore initialization in a multiprocessing computer system for process synchronization
4317215, Sep 13 1978 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Tuning system for CATV terminal
4318047, May 30 1978 GEC-Marconi Limited Detection of narrow pulses
4318125, Apr 25 1979 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Solid state digital audio scrambler system for teletransmission of audio intelligence through a television system
4318126, Apr 02 1980 Multiplexed video transmission apparatus for satellite communications
4318127, Aug 13 1979 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Multiplexed television signal processing system
4318128, Jul 17 1979 Thomson-CSF Process and device for retrieving digital data in the presence of noise and distortions
4318130, Aug 09 1978 The Magnavox Company Microprocessor control system for television receivers
4319079, Sep 13 1979 Dallas Semiconductor Corporation Crypto microprocessor using block cipher
4319353, Feb 29 1980 IBM Corporation Priority threaded message burst mechanism for TDMA communication
4320256, Nov 27 1979 Verbally interactive telephone interrogation system with selectible variable decision tree
4322745, Mar 24 1979 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Television signal scrambling method for CATV system
4323921, Feb 06 1979 ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE ; L ETAT FRANCIS, REPRESENTE PAR LE SECRETAIRE D ETAT AUX POSTES ET TELECOMMUNICATIONS CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDES DES DES TELECOMMMUNICATIONS System for transmitting information provided with means for controlling access to the information transmitted
4323922, Dec 17 1979 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Television coding system with channel level identification
4325078, Dec 14 1978 The TeleMine Company, Inc. Pay per view television control device
4329675, Jul 18 1980 Societe Anonyme dite: VISIODIS System for automatically substituting television signals at a head station for a cable network
4329684, Jan 16 1979 British Broadcasting Corporation Apparatus using a light sensing system for sensing time modulated information from a light emitting device
4329711, Feb 20 1979 Payview Limited Apparatus for encoding of information
4330794, Dec 31 1979 GTE Automatic Electric Laboratories, Inc. Multichannel subscription television system
4331973, Oct 21 1980 INFORMATION RESOURCES, INC Panelist response scanning system
4331974, Oct 21 1980 INFORMATION RESOURCES, INC Cable television with controlled signal substitution
4332980, May 30 1980 Harris Corporation Multiple services system using telephone local loop
4333107, May 03 1979 L-3 Communications Corporation Jam-resistant TV system
4333109, Jan 24 1980 Zenith Radio Corporation Intelligent teletext decoder
4333152, Feb 05 1979 NINTENDO CO , LTD , 60 FUKUINE, KAMITAKAMATSU-CHO, HIGASHIYAMA-KU, KYOTO 605, JAPAN A CORP OF JAPAN TV Movies that talk back
4334242, Apr 01 1977 Grundig E.M.V. Remote control television with external data bus connection
4335402, Jul 01 1980 RCA Corporation Information transmission during first-equalizing pulse interval in television
4335426, Mar 10 1980 International Business Machines Corporation Remote processor initialization in a multi-station peer-to-peer intercommunication system
4336553, May 14 1980 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Method of coding audio and video signals
4336559, Nov 11 1977 Recorded tape travel control system
4337480, Feb 15 1979 Syndicat des Constructeurs d'Appareils Radio Recepteurs et Televiseurs Dynamic audio-video interconnection system
4337483, Feb 06 1979 ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE ; L ETAT FRANCAIS, REPRESENTE PAR SECRETAIRE D ETAT POSTES ET TELECOMMUNICATIONS CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDES DES TELECOMMUNICATION Text video-transmission system provided with means for controlling access to the information
4337485, Oct 31 1979 MagnaChip Semiconductor, Ltd Broadcast teletext system
4338628, Dec 19 1979 Dynacom International, Inc. Scrambled video communication system
4338643, Nov 16 1976 AU Optronics Corp Magnetic recording disc and method of making same
4339798, Dec 17 1979 Remote Dynamics Remote gaming system
4340903, Aug 06 1980 Sony Corporation Television camera
4340906, May 14 1980 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Video signal coding by video signal polarity reversal on the basis of brightness level comparison
4341925, Apr 28 1978 Random digital encryption secure communication system
4343042, Jul 09 1979 MOORE DIVERSIFIED PRODUCTS, INC Bi-directional data transmission and control system
4344090, Sep 25 1978 SAFER DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY, LTD Television set with picture-storage means
4347498, Nov 21 1979 International Business Machines Corporation Method and means for demand accessing and broadcast transmission among ports in a distributed star network
4347532, Oct 15 1979 U.S. Philips Corporation Picture display device arranged for displaying a mixed picture signal as an interlaced television picture
4347618, Jun 30 1980 KAVOURAS, STEPHEN P Apparatus for processing weather radar information
4348696, Sep 08 1980 Television viewing control device
4352011, Feb 06 1979 ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE ; L ETAT FRANCAIS, REPRESENTE PAR LE SECRETAIRE D ETAT AUX POSTES ET TELECOMMUNICATIONS CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDE DES TELECOMMUNICATIONS Subscription card for a videotex receiver
4353088, May 14 1980 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Coding and decoding system for video and audio signals
4354201, Jun 15 1979 Etablissement Public de Diffusion dit Telediffusion de France Television system with access control
4355372, Dec 24 1980 NPD RESEARCH INC , A CORP OF N Y Market survey data collection method
4355415, Apr 29 1980 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Tuning mode arrangement useful for restricting channel selection to certain channels
4357548, May 30 1980 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Circuit arrangement using emitter coupled logic and integrated injection logic
4358672, May 16 1980 The TeleMine Company, Inc. Pay per view television control device
4358790, May 04 1979 U S PHILIPS CORPORATION, 100 EAST 42ND ST , NEW YORK, NY A CORP OF DE Electrical data pulse slicing
4359223, Nov 01 1979 Lockheed Martin Corporation Interactive video playback system
4359631, Jul 11 1980 LOCKWOOD, LAWRENCE B Self-service terminal
4360827, Jun 02 1981 TELECONFERENCING TECHNOLOGIES, INC , A DE CORP Method and means for interactive audio and video conferencing
4360828, Aug 07 1978 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION AS AGENT Hotel/motel power load control and bilateral signalling apparatus
4360881, Jul 07 1980 BBC BROWN BOVERI, INC , A CORP OF DE Energy consumption control system and method
4361730, Aug 29 1980 Time Warner Entertainment Company Security terminal for use with two-way interactive cable system
4361848, Sep 06 1976 L ETAT FRANCAIS, REPRESENTE PAR LE SECRETAIRE D ETAT AUX POSTES ET TELECOMMUNICATIONS ET A LA TELEDIFFUSION CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDES DES TELECOMMUNICATION ; ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE System for digitally transmitting and displaying data on television receiver screen
4361851, Jan 04 1980 System for remote monitoring and data transmission over non-dedicated telephone lines
4361877, Feb 05 1980 Sangamo Weston, Inc. Billing recorder with non-volatile solid state memory
4361903, Aug 16 1979 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Data transmission process in a CATV system
4364081, Apr 16 1980 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for processing a digital color video signal
4365110, Jun 05 1979 Comsat Corporation Multiple-destinational cryptosystem for broadcast networks
4365249, Sep 29 1979 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Line monitoring device in two-way data communication system
4365267, May 30 1980 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Passive data monitor for use with polling pattern generator in CATV system
4367488, Dec 08 1980 Sterling Television Presentations Inc. Video Data Systems Division Data encoding for television
4367548, Apr 10 1980 Harris Corporation Subscriber station for providing multiple services to a subscriber
4367557, Jul 26 1976 STERN TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION Wired broadcasting systems
4368483, Jun 22 1981 RCA Corporation Video signal defect replacement circuitry
4368486, Mar 04 1980 ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE ; L ETAT FRANCAIS, REPRESENTE PAR LE SECRETAIRE ETAT AUX POSTES ET TELECOMMUNICATIONS CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDES DES TELECOMMUNICATIONS Television system using a marking code superimposed on the picture
4368541, Jun 30 1980 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Multiplexing arrangement for a plurality of voltage controlled filters
4369333, Aug 17 1979 Crypto AG Method and apparatus for enciphering and deciphering of information
4369462, Aug 17 1979 Clarion Co., Inc. Coding system for pay television
4369464, Jul 09 1979 Digital video signal encoding and decoding system
4374395, Dec 24 1980 Texas Instruments Incorporated Video system with picture information and logic signal multiplexing
4374437, Dec 29 1980 Zenith Radio Corporation Variable ramp speed TV tuning system for rapid channel tuning
4375579, Jan 30 1980 WISCONSIN ALUMNI RESEARCH FOUNDATION A CORP OF WI Database encryption and decryption circuit and method using subkeys
4375650, Apr 29 1981 TELEVISION ANALOG COMPRESSION CORPORATION System for processing video signals
4375651, Jul 27 1981 Zenith Radio Corporation Selective video reception control system
4377870, Dec 21 1978 General Electric Company Electronic audience polling system
4378470, Mar 25 1981 Nortel Networks Limited Interface circuits for connection to non-dedicated telephone lines
4379205, Jun 22 1979 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Analog signal scrambling system
4380027, Dec 08 1980 STERLING TELEVISION PRESENTATIONS, INC Data encoding for television
4381522, Dec 01 1980 AMP Incorporated; AMP INVESTMENTS, INC ; WHITAKER CORPORATION, THE Selective viewing
4381562, May 01 1980 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Broadcast type satellite communication systems
4382256, Nov 01 1979 Nippon Electric Co., Ltd. Paging receiver with display
4383257, Dec 26 1979 MILLICOM INCORPORATED, A CORP OF DE Message communication system with message storage
4383273, Dec 29 1980 Motorola, Inc. Large scale, single chip integrated circuit television receiver subsystems
4385324, May 08 1979 Sony Corporation Wide screen image projection apparatus
4385384, Jun 06 1977 RACAL-DATACOM, INC Modem diagnostic and control system
4386416, Jun 02 1980 SGS-Thomson Microelectronics, Inc Data compression, encryption, and in-line transmission system
4386436, Feb 27 1981 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Television remote control system for selectively controlling external apparatus through the AC power line
4388639, May 18 1981 Zenith Radio Corporation Color control circuit for teletext-type decoder
4388643, Apr 06 1981 Northern Telecom Limited Method of controlling scrambling and unscrambling in a pay TV system
4388644, Oct 18 1976 E-Systems, Inc. Apparatus for monitoring a multichannel receiver
4388645, Apr 13 1981 Zenith Radio Corporation Teletext communication system with timed multipage local memory
4389671, Sep 29 1980 Harris Corporation Digitally-controlled analog encrypton
4390898, Mar 23 1981 Nortel Networks Limited Scrambling and unscrambling video signals in a pay TV system
4390901, Dec 14 1979 Method and apparatus for controlling the operation of a television signal receiver
4390904, Sep 20 1979 SHELTON VIDEO EDITORS, INC Automatic circuit and method for editing commercial messages from television signals
4392135, Sep 29 1979 Nippon Electric Co., Ltd. Paging receivers
4393277, Mar 18 1981 GBSB ASSOCIATES, A MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL PARTNERSHIP COMPRISING OF SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS Remote tuner control system
4393376, Jun 04 1981 Zenith Radio Corporation Teletext interface for digital storage medium having synthetic video generator
4393404, Feb 26 1981 Zenith Radio Corporation Special services teletext communications system
4394687, Apr 30 1979 INDEPENDENT BROADCASTING AUTHORITY, A BRITISH BODY CORPORATE Apparatus for decoding digital information processed for inclusion in wide band T.V. video signal
4394691, Aug 08 1980 Sony Corporation Remote control system
4394762, Jan 06 1981 Tokyo Shibaura Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Pulse-code modulation signal processing circuit
4395757, Nov 30 1973 Compagnie Honeywell Bull Process synchronization utilizing semaphores
4396915, Mar 31 1980 General Electric Company Automatic meter reading and control system
4396946, Mar 23 1981 NORTHERN TELECOM LIMITED, P O BOX 6123, MONTREAL, QUEBEC, CANADA, H3C 3J5 Transmission of data with a video signal
4396947, Feb 20 1979 Payview Limited Apparatus for encoding of information
4398216, Sep 19 1980 COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING SYSTEMS, INC , A CORP OF CA Multiple signal transmission method and system, particularly for television
4400587, Aug 25 1981 Rockwell International Corporation Overflow and diversion to a foreign switch
4400717, Apr 21 1981 Colorado Video Incorporated Color slow-scan TV system and method
4402009, Apr 14 1980 Licentia Patent-Verwaltungs-GmbH Method and apparatus for enhancing an incomplete, limited bandwidth picture generated by an image sensor
4404589, Oct 21 1980 INFORMATION RESOURCES, INC Cable television with multi-event signal substitution
4405942, Feb 25 1981 MARTIN, JOHN R Method and system for secure transmission and reception of video information, particularly for television
4405946, Feb 16 1982 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Television signal converting apparatus providing an on-screen tuning display
4408225, Jul 06 1981 Zenith Radio Corporation Subscription television decoder
4408345, Jun 21 1979 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Remote line monitoring method and device for CATV system
4410911, Jul 14 1982 COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING SYSTEMS, INC , A CORP OF CA Multiple signal transmission method and system, particularly for television
4410917, Sep 14 1981 DUPLITRONICS, INC Method of and apparatus for recording information from a master medium onto a slave medium employing digital techniques
4411017, Mar 14 1980 MLMC, LTD Secure mobile telephone system
4412244, Nov 20 1981 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Switching circuit for television receiver on-screen display
4413281, Jul 01 1980 ALCATEL BELL-SDT S A Method for simultaneous teletext and analog signal transmission
4413339, Jun 24 1981 Maxtor Corporation Multiple error detecting and correcting system employing Reed-Solomon codes
4414516, Nov 18 1981 CHAPARRAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC , +AN JOSE, CA A CA CORP Polarized signal receiver system
4414621, Jun 13 1977 HER MAJESTY IN RIGHT OF CANADA AS REPRESENTED BY THE MINISTER OF COMMUNICATIONS Interactive visual communications system
4415771, Apr 03 1981 COOPER INDUSTRIES, INC , 1001 FANNIN, HOUSTON, TEXAS,,77002, A CORP OF OHIO Public alert and advisory systems
4418425, Aug 31 1981 IBM Corporation Encryption using destination addresses in a TDMA satellite communications network
4419699, Oct 12 1979 RCA Corporation Digital on video recording and playback system
4420656, Nov 27 1979 Interactive telephone answering system
4420769, Mar 22 1978 Device for the automatic editing, at the receiver, of unwanted program material from broadcast electrical signals
4420833, Sep 27 1979 Etablissement Public de Diffusion Dit "Telediffusion de France"; L'Etat Francais, represente par le Secretaire d'Etat aux Postes et Unidirectional data transmission system
4422093, Apr 01 1981 ADVANCED INTERACTIVE, INC Television burst service
4422105, Oct 11 1979 Video Education, Inc. Interactive system and method for the control of video playback devices
4422486, Jan 22 1980 PELUGEOT OUTILLAGE ELECTRIQUE Trimming machine
4424532, Dec 04 1978 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Coding and decoding system for video and audio signals
4424533, Jul 10 1981 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Phase distortion detection circuitry for low cost automatic equalizer
4425578, Jan 12 1981 NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC , A DELAWARE CORP Monitoring system and method utilizing signal injection for determining channel reception of video receivers
4425579, May 22 1981 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Catv converter with keylock to favorite channels
4425581, Apr 17 1981 Corporation For Public Broadcasting System for overlaying a computer generated video signal on an NTSC video signal
4425664, Nov 26 1975 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Multiport programmable digital data set
4426661, Dec 26 1980 Sony Corporation Television receiver including a circuit for doubling line scanning frequency
4426698, Aug 24 1981 ADVANCED INTERACTIVE, INC Television digital data frame with error detection
4427968, Apr 09 1981 ABB POWER T&D COMPANY, INC , A DE CORP Distribution network communication system with flexible message routes
4429385, Dec 31 1981 NEWSPAPER ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA INC Method and apparatus for digital serial scanning with hierarchical and relational access
4430669, May 29 1981 Payview Limited Transmitting and receiving apparatus for permitting the transmission and reception of multi-tier subscription programs
4430731, Apr 30 1980 MANITOBA TELEPHONE SYSTEM, THE Video and data distribution module with subscriber terminal
4433207, Sep 10 1981 Dallas Semiconductor Corporation Cryptographic decoder for computer programs
4433211, Nov 04 1981 Technical Communications Corporation Privacy communication system employing time/frequency transformation
4433379, Oct 31 1979 ROBERT BOSCH GMBH, A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OF GERMANY Microcomputer system with input/output unit connected to the remainder of the system by a single multibit bus and several sequential data lines
4434323, Jun 29 1981 Motorola, Inc. Scrambler key code synchronizer
4434436, Jul 13 1981 Bruce, Merrill Addressable premium channel obfuscation device for cable television systems
4434438, Jul 10 1981 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Low cost automatic equalizer
4434464, Apr 01 1980 Hitachi, Ltd. Memory protection system for effecting alteration of protection information without intervention of control program
4439761, May 19 1981 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Terminal generation of dynamically redefinable character sets
4439784, Sep 26 1979 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Power cutting device for terminal units of CATV system
4439785, Nov 17 1980 VVR Associates Subscriber television system
4443660, Feb 04 1980 Rockwell International Corporation System and method for encrypting a voice signal
4446519, May 26 1981 CORBAN INTERNATIONAL, LTD , Method and apparatus for providing security for computer software
4449114, Mar 27 1980 Data Broadcasting Corporation System for identifying and displaying data transmitted by way of unique identifying frequencies from multiple vehicles
4449145, Jan 24 1980 CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC , AS AGENT Intelligent teletext decoder
4449246, May 02 1980 Harris Corporation Orderwire communication system
4449247, Jul 30 1980 Harris Corporation Local orderwire facility for fiber optic communication system
4449249, Sep 27 1982 Televison programming information system
4450442, Dec 26 1980 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Display processor for superimposed-picture display system
4450477, Mar 31 1982 Television information system
4450481, Aug 25 1981 NESTRONIX ACQUISITION, LLC Tamper-resistant, expandable communications system
4450531, Sep 10 1982 ENSCO, INC.; ENSCO INC Broadcast signal recognition system and method
4451700, Aug 27 1982 Unisys Corporation Automatic audience survey system
4451701, Oct 30 1980 OCLC Online Computer Library Center, Incorporated Viewdata system and apparatus
4454538, Jul 24 1981 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Data communication in CATV system
4454543, Nov 06 1981 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Dynamic video scrambling
4454577, Jun 18 1981 Allied Corporation Linked data systems
4454594, Nov 25 1981 U.S. Philips Corporation Method and apparatus to secure proprietary operation of computer equipment
4455570, Oct 13 1980 Pioneer Electronic Corporation CATV System
4456925, Oct 04 1982 Zenith Radio Corporation; ZENITH RADIO CORPORATION, A DE CORP Television/telephone system with automatic dialing
4458109, Feb 05 1982 Siemens Corporation Method and apparatus providing registered mail features in an electronic communication system
4458268, Jan 08 1982 Zenith Radio Corporation Sync displacement scrambling
4458315, Feb 25 1982 PENTA SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, IN , A CORP OF MD Apparatus and method for preventing unauthorized use of computer programs
4460922, Nov 18 1981 ZENITH ELECTRONICS CORPORATION, A DE CORP Memory select system for an STV decoder
4461002, Apr 07 1981 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Digital signal receiver
4461032, Jun 21 1982 Zenith Radio Corporation CATV Service controller
4462076, Jun 04 1982 Smith Engineering Video game cartridge recognition and security system
4462078, Aug 02 1982 Computer program protection method
4464679, Jul 06 1981 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Method and apparatus for operating a microprocessor in synchronism with a video signal
4467139, Apr 09 1980 Compagnie Internationale pour l'Informatique Cii Honeywell Bull Process and system for transmission of signed messages
4467356, Sep 24 1981 Transmitting two television signals through one channel
4468701, Aug 24 1981 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated Video signal actuated switch
4471163, Oct 05 1981 DONALD, LYNN DUTY, AS TRUSTEE OF THE DUTY TRUST; DONALD, SARAH HOLLIS; DONALD, THOMAS CHRISTOPHER; DONALD, LYNN DUTY & DONALD, THOMAS CLAUDE AS TRUSTEES OF THE CHRONOGUARD TRUST; CHRONOGUARD, L L C Software protection system
4471164, Oct 13 1981 AT&T Bell Laboratories Stream cipher operation using public key cryptosystem
4471352, Apr 01 1981 Midian Electronics, Inc. Programmable paging encoder
4472801, Mar 28 1983 AT&T Bell Laboratories Distributed prioritized concentrator
4473824, Jun 29 1981 ROTIS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION Price quotation system
4475123, Apr 02 1981 Texscan Corporation Addressable subscriber cable television system
4475153, May 29 1980 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for automatic control of electronic equipment
4475189, May 27 1982 AT&T Bell Laboratories Automatic interactive conference arrangement
4476535, Jun 01 1979 LOSHING S CLEMENT T System for monitoring, transmitting and conditioning of information gathered at selected locations
4476573, Nov 07 1981 Blaupunkt-Werke GmbH Radio link remote control signaling system, and method
4477830, Oct 14 1981 NobelTech Systems AB Picture display arrangement
4484027, Nov 19 1981 Comsat Corporation Security system for SSTV encryption
4484217, May 11 1982 IPPV ENTERPRISES, LLC Method and system for remote reporting, particularly for pay television billing
4484218, Apr 30 1980 MANITOBA TELEPHONE SYSTEM THE Video distribution control system
4484328, Aug 03 1981 Television line multiplexed data communication system
4486773, May 28 1981 Hokuryo Denko Co., Ltd. CATV Pay system
4486853, Apr 01 1981 Telemet American, Inc. Apparatus for receiving and displaying continuously updated data
4488179,
4488289,
4489220, Jun 08 1983 FIRSTPOINT ENERGY CORPORATION Test set
4489316, Oct 23 1980 Method and apparatus for minority view reduction
4491945, Jun 25 1982 AT&T Bell Laboratories Fast packet switch
4491983, May 14 1981 TIMES FIBER COMMUNICATIONS INC Information distribution system
4492820, Oct 24 1980 SALT LAKE COMMUNICATIONS INC Telephone alarm system
4494142, Nov 20 1981 Blonder-Tongue Laboratories, Inc. Method of and apparatus for scrambled television program addressable subscription selection and decoding
4494156, May 14 1982 SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO , LTD Selectable format computer disk copier machine
4494230, Jun 25 1982 AT&T Bell Laboratories Fast packet switching system
4495623, Sep 02 1982 Discovision Associates Digital data storage in video format
4495654, Mar 29 1983 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Remote controlled receiver with provisions for automatically programming a channel skip list
4496171, Sep 29 1982 Media guide
4496975, May 14 1981 L ETAT FRANCAIS, REPRESENTE PAR LE INISTRE DES P T T CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDES DES TELECOMMUICATIONS ; ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSIO One-way data transmission systems
4496976, Dec 27 1982 Rockwell International Corporation Reduced memory graphics-to-raster scan converter
4498098, Jun 02 1982 HEWLETT-PACKARD DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, L P Apparatus for combining a video signal with graphics and text from a computer
4500987, Nov 24 1981 Nippon Electric Co., Ltd. Loop transmission system
4503287, Nov 23 1981 ZAXUS, INC Two-tiered communication security employing asymmetric session keys
4503462, Oct 16 1981 ZENITH ELECTRONICS, A CORP OF DE Automatic homing system for a subscription television signal decoder
4503538, Sep 04 1981 Robert Bosch GmbH Method and system to recognize change in the storage characteristics of a programmable memory
4504831, Oct 09 1981 UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT Utility usage data and event data acquisition system
4506387, May 25 1983 Macrovision Corporation Programming-on-demand cable system and method
4507680, Jun 22 1982 ACTV, INC A CORP OF DELAWARE One way interactive multisubscriber communication system
4509073, Apr 29 1982 INTELETEXT SYSTEMS, INC Two-way cable-television system
4510623, Jul 23 1982 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, A DE CORP Television channel lockout
4512011, Nov 01 1982 AT&T Bell Laboratories Duplicated network arrays and control facilities for packet switching
4513174, Mar 19 1981 Standard Microsystems Corporation Software security method using partial fabrication of proprietary control word decoders and microinstruction memories
4513324, Oct 29 1981 Robert Bosch GmbH Television scanning of wide frame motion picture films
4514761, Aug 23 1982 Zenith Electronics Corporation Data encryption technique for subscription television system
4518989, Nov 24 1978 Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Corporation Buffer memory dispersion type video/audio transmission system with spatially and timewise divided inter-office junction lines
4520392, Nov 23 1981 ZEITH ELECTRONICS CORORATION Teletext reception indicator
4520404, Aug 23 1982 RESPONSE REWARD SYSTEMS, L C System, apparatus and method for recording and editing broadcast transmissions
4521806, Aug 19 1982 World Video Library, Inc. Recorded program communication system
4527194, Jul 27 1983 Zenith Electronics Corporation Channel assignment for CATV system
4528588, Sep 26 1980 Method and apparatus for marking the information content of an information carrying signal
4528589, Feb 14 1977 IPPV ENTERPRISES, LLC Method and system for subscription television billing and access
4531020, Jul 23 1982 TV COM INTERNATIONAL, INC Multi-layer encryption system for the broadcast of encrypted information
4531021, Jun 19 1980 TV COM INTERNATIONAL, INC Two level encripting of RF signals
4532540, Mar 28 1983 RCA Corporation Teletext set-top converter with transparent mode
4532547, Mar 31 1982 Ampex Corporation Video device synchronization system
4533943, Jul 30 1982 Videocommunication network between videophone terminals and a picture bank
4533948, Apr 30 1982 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 CATV Communication system
4533949, Sep 10 1981 Sony Corporation Subscription television system
4534024, Dec 02 1982 Illinois Tool Works Inc System and method for controlling a multiple access data communications system including both data packets and voice packets being communicated over a cable television system
4535355, Jun 23 1982 Microdesign Limited Method and apparatus for scrambling and unscrambling data streams using encryption and decryption
4536791, Mar 31 1980 General Instrument Corporation Addressable cable television control system with video format data transmission
4538174, Mar 11 1982 Communications Patents Limited Two-way subscriber TV system with multiple subscriber's sets
4538176, Nov 24 1978 Hitachi, Ltd.; Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corporation Buffer memory dispersion type video/audio transmission system
4539676, May 03 1982 Avaya Technology Corp Bulk/interactive data switching system
4540849, Jun 08 1983 FIRSTPOINT ENERGY CORPORATION Meter interface unit for utility meter reading system
4543616, May 07 1981 Thorn Emi Ferguson Limited Video recording and display equipment
4544963, Jan 16 1984 SPERRY CORPORATION A CORP OF DE Read signal detection in ternary 3PM magnetic recording
4546382, Jun 09 1983 ARBITRON INC Television and market research data collection system and method
4546387, Nov 04 1982 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Circuit for providing accurately spaced video and sound carriers
4547804, Mar 21 1983 NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC , A DELAWARE CORP Method and apparatus for the automatic identification and verification of commercial broadcast programs
4550407, Jun 18 1982 Thomson-CSF Method of analyzing broadcast data, a network analyzer implementing such a method, and receiver equipment using such an analyzer
4553252, Dec 21 1981 Counting computer software cartridge
4554418, May 16 1983 TOY, WILLIAM W Information monitoring and notification method and apparatus
4554584, Jul 08 1983 SOUNDVIEW TECHNOLOGIES, INC Video and audio blanking system
4558180, Oct 25 1983 AT&T Bell Laboratories Programmable audio mixer
4558464, Jun 10 1983 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Address-programmable CATV converter
4562306, Sep 14 1983 SOFTWARE SECURITY, INC Method and apparatus for protecting computer software utilizing an active coded hardware device
4562465, Jun 14 1983 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Adaptive video descrambling system
4562495, Jul 02 1984 Verbatim Corporation Multiple system disk
4563702, May 27 1983 General Instrument Corporation Video signal scrambling and descrambling systems
4566030, Jun 09 1983 ARBITRON INC ; ARBITRON, INC A DELAWARE CORPORATION Television viewer data collection system
4566034, May 02 1983 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Remote control transmitter arrangement for one or more television devices
4567359, May 24 1984 Automatic information, goods and services dispensing system
4567512, Jun 01 1982 World Video Library, Inc. Recorded program communication system
4570930, Oct 03 1983 AT&T Bell Laboratories System, method, and station interface arrangement for playing video game over telephone lines
4573072, Mar 21 1984 CALOF, LAWRENCE, AGENT FOR NOLAN K BUSHNELL Method for expanding interactive CATV displayable choices for a given channel capacity
4573151, Jan 20 1984 GEC Plessey Telecommunications Limited Interface unit for telephone system having remote units
4574305, Aug 11 1983 General Instrument Corporation Remote hub television and security systems
4575750, May 31 1984 HOLLYANNE CORPORATION, A CORP OF NEBRASAKA Communications apparatus for use with cable television systems
4577289, Dec 30 1983 International Business Machines Corporation Hardware key-on-disk system for copy-protecting magnetic storage media
4578536, Oct 19 1983 FIRSTPOINT ENERGY CORPORATION Centerpoint automatic meter reading system
4578718, Jun 16 1983 Bell & Howell Company Control arrangement and method for video tape recorder
4580134, Nov 16 1982 REAL TIME DESIGN, INCORPORATED A CORP OF IL Color video system using data compression and decompression
4580165, Apr 12 1984 General Electric Company Graphic video overlay system providing stable computer graphics overlayed with video image
4580779, Dec 29 1981 Pioneer Video Corporation Picture information processing system
4583128, Aug 27 1984 Eastman Kodak Company Continuous tone recording system incorporating feedback control circuit
4584641, Aug 29 1983 Copyprotecting system for software protection
4586134, Mar 04 1983 International Business Machines Corp. Computer network system and its use for information unit transmission
4588991, Mar 07 1983 Atalla Corporation File access security method and means
4589064, Feb 27 1982 Fujitsu Limited System for controlling key storage unit which controls access to main storage
4590516, Jun 01 1982 WORLD VIDEO LIBRARY, INC , A CORP OF TX Recorded program communication system
4591248, Nov 16 1981 Dynamic audience responsive movie system
4591664, Nov 23 1982 Multichannel interactive telephone answering apparatus
4591906, Dec 13 1983 TV ANSWER, INC Wireless transmission from the television set to the television station
4592546, Apr 26 1984 INTERACTIVE NETWORKS, INC Game of skill playable by remote participants in conjunction with a live event
4593353, Oct 26 1981 RAINBOW TECHNOLOGIES, INC Software protection method and apparatus
4593376, Apr 21 1983 System for vending program cartridges which have circuitry for inhibiting program usage after preset time interval expires
4594609, Jun 30 1983 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Scrambling system for television video signal
4595950, Sep 26 1980 Method and apparatus for marking the information content of an information carrying signal
4595951, Nov 29 1983 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Teletext decoder using a common memory
4595952, Nov 29 1983 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Teletext decoder having a register array for operating on pixel words
4596021, Apr 12 1984 PRENTICE CORPORATION A CORP OF CA Modem for switching between voice and data communications on a single telephone call
4597058, May 09 1983 CATRIDGE PROGRAMMING TECHNOLOGY, INC Cartridge programming system
4598288, Apr 16 1979 CODART, INC Apparatus for controlling the reception of transmitted programs
4599611, Jun 02 1982 HEWLETT-PACKARD DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, L P Interactive computer-based information display system
4599644, May 25 1983 TELEMETRIC S A INTERNATIONAL GESELLSCHAFT FUR FERNSEHZUSCHAUERFORSCHUNG, A SWISS CORP Method of and apparatus for monitoring video-channel reception
4599647, Nov 03 1983 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Receiver with interface for interaction with controller-decoder
4600918, Jun 29 1981 SAFER DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY, LTD Equipment for reproduction of alphanumerical data
4600921, Oct 19 1983 Zenith Radio Corporation Full-field teletext system with dynamic addressability
4600942, Jul 29 1982 COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSING SYSTEMS, INC , A CORP OF CA Secure coding and decoding system and method for television program signals
4602279, Mar 21 1984 CALOF, LAWRENCE, AGENT FOR NOLAN K BUSHNELL Method for providing targeted profile interactive CATV displays
4603232, Sep 24 1984 NPD Research, Inc. Rapid market survey collection and dissemination method
4605964, Dec 19 1981 PARENTAL GUIDE OF TEXAS, INC Method and apparatus for editing the output of a television set
4605973, Aug 23 1982 System, apparatus and method for recording and editing broadcast transmissions
4608456, May 27 1983 General Instrument Corporation Digital audio scrambling system with error conditioning
4611227, Mar 20 1981 Independent Broadcasting Authority Decoder for digital information T.V. signal
4611242, May 07 1984 Zenith Electronics Corporation Two mode scrambling system using identifier pulse in vertical blanking interval
4613901, May 27 1983 General Instrument Corporation Signal encryption and distribution system for controlling scrambling and selective remote descrambling of television signals
4614971, Jan 05 1983 MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL CO , LTD , Error eliminating system for teletext
4614972, Feb 22 1983 L'Etat Francais Teletext receiver
4616262, Nov 14 1983 Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Incorporated Method and apparatus for forming a combined image signal
4616263, Feb 11 1985 GTE Main Street Incorporated Video subsystem for a hybrid videotex facility
4620224, Apr 03 1985 Comsat Corporation Video scrambling technique for multiplexed analog component formats
4620227, Jan 30 1984 SILENT RADIO, INC Data decoder
4620229, Apr 28 1984 Sony Corporation Picture display device
4621259, Mar 25 1982 ALCATEL N V , DE LAIRESSESTRAAT 153, 1075 HK AMSTERDAM, THE NETHERLANDS, A CORP OF THE NETHERLANDS Consumer electronics equipment combination consisting of a television receiver and of a video recording and/or reproducing apparatus
4621285, Dec 10 1980 General Instrument Corporation Protected television signal distribution system
4623920, Apr 15 1982 TELECABLE VIDEOTRON LTEE Cable network data transmission system
4625235, May 19 1983 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Remote control switching of television sources
4626892, Mar 05 1984 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Television system with menu like function control selection
4626909, May 03 1983 Sony Corporation Video signal recording and reproducing system with automatic channel and time selection
4630108, Mar 26 1984 NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC , A DELAWARE CORP Preprogrammed over-the-air marketing research system
4630262, May 23 1984 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for transmitting digitized voice signals as packets of bits
4631585, May 07 1984 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Apparatus for synchronizing the operation of a microprocessor with a television synchronization signal useful in generating an on-screen character display
4633297, Apr 01 1985 ZENITH ELECTRONICS CORPORATION, 1000 MILWAUKEE AVENUE, GLENVIEW, IL , 60025, A CORP OF DE Television receiver having teletext processor with ROM for on-screen message
4634807, Aug 23 1984 British Technology Group Limited Software protection device
4634808, Mar 15 1984 General Instrument Corporation Descrambler subscriber key production system utilizing key seeds stored in descrambler
4635121, Nov 25 1982 U S PHILIPS CORPORATION, A CORP OF DE Arrangement for the programmable control of a radio and/or television receiver
4636851, Apr 23 1982 Independent Broadcasting Authority Signal coding for secure transmission
4636854, Jun 20 1983 Independent Broadcasting Authority Transmission system
4636858, Oct 30 1984 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Extracting digital data from a bus and multiplexing it with a video signal
4638181, Nov 29 1984 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Signal source selector
4638357, Jan 20 1984 WARNER COMMUNICATIONS INC ; HOME BOX OFFICE, INC ; WARNER BROS ENTERTAINMENT INC Audio scrambler
4638359, May 19 1983 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Remote control switching of television sources
4639779, Mar 21 1983 NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC , A DELAWARE CORP Method and apparatus for the automatic identification and verification of television broadcast programs
4639890, Dec 30 1983 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED, 13500 NORTH CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY, DALLAS, TX 75231, A CORP OF DE Video display system using memory with parallel and serial access employing selectable cascaded serial shift registers
4641205, Mar 05 1984 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Television system scheduler with on-screen menu type programming prompting apparatus
4641253, Jun 06 1984 Maximus, Inc. Process for synchronizing computer video with independent audio
4641307, Feb 22 1983 International Computers Limited Data packet transmission using shared channel
4642688, Jun 24 1983 SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA, INC , A CORP OF GEORGIA Method and apparatus for creating encrypted and decrypted television signals
4644396, May 24 1984 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Gate circuit for central control of CATV system
4646075, Nov 03 1983 BTS-BROADCAST TELEVISION SYSTEMS, INC , SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH, A CORP OF DE System and method for a data processing pipeline
4646145, Apr 07 1980 R. D. Percy & Company Television viewer reaction determining systems
4647964, Aug 29 1984 Technique for testing television commercials
4647974, Apr 12 1985 RCA Corporation Station signature system
4649533, Oct 25 1983 Keycom Electronic Publishing Method and apparatus for retrieving remotely located information
4656629, Nov 09 1983 Sony Corporation Digital signal transmitting and/or receiving system
4658093, Jul 11 1983 ALADDIN KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS, INC Software distribution system
4658290, Jun 09 1983 ARBITRON INC ; ARBITRON, INC A DELAWARE CORPORATION Television and market research data collection system and method
4658292, Apr 30 1982 NEC Corporation Enciphering key distribution system for subscription TV broadcast or catv system
4663735, Dec 30 1983 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED, A CORP OF DE Random/serial access mode selection circuit for a video memory system
4677434, Oct 17 1984 Data Broadcasting Corporation Access control system for transmitting data from a central station to a plurality of receiving stations and method therefor
4677466, Jul 29 1985 NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC , A DELAWARE CORP Broadcast program identification method and apparatus
4677552, Oct 05 1984 International commodity trade exchange
4677611, Feb 25 1985 ITT Corporation Apparatus and method for executing communication protocol conversions
4677685, Jul 16 1985 Zenith Electronics Corporation; ZENITH ELECTRONICS CORPORATION, A CORP OF DE Method and apparatus for downloading a code defining the channel transmission format employed in an addressable CATV system
4680581, Mar 28 1985 Honeywell Inc. Local area network special function frames
4680797, Jun 26 1984 The United States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Secure digital speech communication
4682292, Jul 23 1984 United Technologies Corporation Fault tolerant flight data recorder
4684980, May 31 1984 TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY L P System for controlling communications on a cable television network
4685056, Jun 11 1985 Pueblo Technologies, Inc. Computer security device
4685131, Mar 11 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Program blocking method for use in direct broadcast satellite system
4688105, May 10 1985 Video recording system
4688197, Dec 30 1983 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED, A CORP OF DE Control of data access to memory for improved video system
4688247, Jun 05 1986 TV COM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Pay TV scrambling by audio encryption
4689022, Apr 30 1984 PEERS, JOHN System for control of a video storage means by a programmed processor
4689619, Dec 26 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Method and apparatus for polling subscriber terminals
4689661, Oct 27 1980 RAI - Radiotelevisione Italiana Method of simultaneously transmitting a plurality of television signals on a single radio link and apparatus adapted to carry out said method
4691351, Nov 29 1984 Sony Corporation Television signal receiving apparatus
4692817, Feb 04 1974 ILLINOIS TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER, L L C Programmed conversation recording system
4692819, Aug 31 1984 Ampex Corporation Method and apparatus for controlling the position of a transported web
4694490, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MASS MEDIA CORPORATION, THE Signal processing apparatus and methods
4694491, Mar 11 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Cryptographic system using interchangeable key blocks and selectable key fragments
4695879, Feb 07 1986 Television viewer meter
4695880, Jul 30 1985 POSTRON CORP , A CORP OF ALABAMA Electronic information dissemination system
4695953, Aug 25 1983 TV animation interactively controlled by the viewer
4696034, Oct 12 1984 Signal Security Technologies High security pay television system
4697281, Mar 14 1986 SPECTRUM INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC Cellular telephone data communication system and method
4701794, Jan 09 1985 U S PHILIPS CORPORATION, A CORP OF DE Television receiver comprising a teletext decoding circuit and a page number memory
4704725, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MASS MEDIA CORPORATION, THE Signal processing apparatus and methods
4706109, Jun 08 1984 U S PHILIPS CORPORATION, 100 EAST 42ND STREET, NEW YORK, NY , 10017, A CORP OF Television transmission system
4706121, Jul 12 1985 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc TV schedule system and process
4706282, Dec 23 1985 Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Decoder for a recorder-decoder system
4707828, Sep 11 1984 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Multiaccess communication system
4709418, Sep 14 1983 British Telecommunications public limited company Wideband cable network
4710800, Jul 29 1985 COLORGRAPHICS SYSTEMS, INC , A CORP OF WI Apparatus for allowing operator selection of a color region of a video image for receiving color corrections
4710919, Oct 21 1983 FIRSTPOINT ENERGY CORPORATION Multiplex system for automatic meter reading
4710955, Nov 25 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Cable television system with two-way telephone communication path
4712105, Mar 12 1985 U S PHILIPS CORPORATION, 100 EAST 42ND STREET, NEW YORK, N Y , 10017, A CORP OF DELAWARE Remote control hand apparatus for operating different modules
4712238, Jun 08 1984 General Instrument Corporation Selective-subscription descrambling
4712239, Jun 16 1986 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Security arrangement for downloadable cable television converters
4713837, Dec 24 1985 ALPHA HOSPITALITY SYSTEMS INC ; ALPHANET HOSPITALITY SYSTEMS INC Communication network
4716588, Oct 29 1985 Payview Limited Addressable subscription television system having multiple scrambling modes
4718107, Feb 14 1986 TELEVISION ANALOG COMPRESSION CORPORATION Parental control for CATV converters
4720819, Dec 30 1983 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method and apparatus for clearing the memory of a video computer
4722526, Jan 20 1987 TOVAR, JOSEPH L Game method and apparatus for use while viewing a sporting event
4723302, Aug 05 1986 NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC , A DELAWARE CORP Method and apparatus for determining channel reception of a receiver
4724491, Aug 28 1984 ARVIS CORPORATION, INC Inserting television advertising spots automatically
4725886, Apr 21 1983 The Weather Channel, LLC Communications system having an addressable receiver
4728949, Mar 23 1983 Thomson Consumer Electronics Sales GmbH Remote control device for controlling various functions of one or more appliances
4731679, Sep 20 1984 Ampex Corporation Method and apparatus for transporting a recording medium with an adaptive velocity change profile
4733301, Jun 03 1986 Information Resources, Inc. Signal matching signal substitution
4734764, May 06 1985 TVWorks, LLC Cable television system selectively distributing pre-recorded video and audio messages
4734907, Sep 06 1985 Washington University Broadcast packet switching network
4736420, Sep 19 1986 General Instrument Corporation Video scrambling by segmenting video information lines
4736422, Jun 30 1983 Independent Broadcasting Authority Encrypted broadcast television system
4737993, Jan 21 1987 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, TWO INDEPENDENCE WAY, PRINCETON, NJ 08540, A CORP OF DE Cable broadcast TV receiver with automatic channel search responsive to mode change
4739510, May 01 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Direct broadcast satellite signal transmission system
4740890, Dec 22 1983 Software Concepts, Inc. Software protection system with trial period usage code and unlimited use unlocking code both recorded on program storage media
4742516, Jan 14 1985 Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. Method for transmitting voice information
4742543, Dec 22 1983 Video transmission system
4744080, Mar 12 1985 U S PHILIPS CORPORATION, 100 EAST 42ND ST , NEW YORK, NY , 10017, A CORP OF Apparatus for receiving digital sound/data information
4745468, Mar 10 1986 RESPONSE REWARD SYSTEMS, L C System for evaluation and recording of responses to broadcast transmissions
4745549, Jun 11 1985 Hashimoto Corporation Method of and apparatus for optimal scheduling of television programming to maximize customer satisfaction
4745598, Nov 27 1985 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for maintaining a dynamic logical ring in a token passing LAN
4747081, Dec 30 1983 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED, A CORP OF DELAWARE Video display system using memory with parallel and serial access employing serial shift registers selected by column address
4747139, Aug 27 1984 Software security method and systems
4748560, Oct 15 1984 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Occupancy control system for plural serial buses
4748619, Feb 20 1986 ETAT FRANCAIS REPRESENTE PAR LE SECRETARIAT D ETAT AUX POSTES ET TELECOMMUNICATIONS CENTRE NATIONAL D ETUDES DES TELECOMMUNICATIONS ; ETABLISSEMENT PUBLIC DE DIFFUSION DIT TELEDIFFUSION DE FRANCE Packet demultiplexing of a mac/packet broadcast signal
4750036, May 14 1986 Radio Telcom & Technology, Inc. Interactive television and data transmission system
4750213, Feb 01 1984 Method and system for editing unwanted program material from broadcast signals
4751578, May 28 1985 SUPERGUIDE CORPORATION, THE System for electronically controllably viewing on a television updateable television programming information
4751665, Feb 24 1986 International Business Machines Corporation Systolic super summation device
4751732, Jul 06 1984 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Broadcasting system
4752834, Aug 31 1981 Shelton Video Editors Inc. Reciprocating recording method and apparatus for controlling a video recorder so as to edit commercial messages from a recorded television signal
4754326, Oct 25 1983 Keycom Electronic Publishing; KEYCOM ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING A IL CORP Method and apparatus for assisting user of information retrieval systems
4755871, Nov 25 1986 TV ANSWER, INC Control of rf answer pulses in a TV answer back system
4755883, Sep 12 1984 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Removable information inputting device for an electronic recording apparatus
4761646, May 20 1986 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for addressing and controlling a network of modems
4763317, Dec 13 1985 American Telephone and Telegraph Company, AT&T Bell Laboratories Digital communication network architecture for providing universal information services
4768087, Oct 07 1983 NATIONAL INFORMATION AND EDUCATION UTILITIES CORPORATION Education utility
4768110, Sep 20 1984 OPTA SYSTEMS LLC Video cassette recorder having dual decks for selective simultaneous functions
4768144, Oct 25 1983 Keycom Electronic Publishing, Inc. Method and apparatus for retrieving information distributed over nonconsecutive pages
4768228, Dec 13 1983 U.S. Computer Systems Data acquisition device
4768229, Jul 21 1986 Zenith Electronics Corporation; ZENITH ELECTRONIC CORP , 1000 MILWAUKEE AVE , GLENVIEW, IL 60025, A CORP OF DE Restrictive access control system
4771456, Nov 06 1986 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Cable television channel selector/descrambler for use with cable-ready video applicances
4772887, Aug 05 1983 MOTOROLA, INC , SCHAUMBURG, IL A CORP OF DE Individual simulcast station control decoder
4774583, Mar 07 1984 Quantel Limited Video signal processing systems
4775935, Sep 22 1986 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Video merchandising system with variable and adoptive product sequence presentation order
4777354, Jan 27 1986 System for controlling the supply of utility services to consumers
4780910, Dec 12 1984 Itron, Inc Display for a remote receiver in an electrical utility load management system
4782387, Dec 09 1986 Nortel Networks Limited Two-channel coding of digital signals
4782401, May 11 1979 BLOOM, LEONARD, 401 WASHINGTON AVENUE TOWSON, MARYLAND 21204 Editing method and apparatus for commercials during video recording
4783846, Jun 04 1987 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Switchable signal source module for use with cable television converter
4785420, Apr 09 1986 Joyce Communications Systems, Inc. Audio/telephone communication system for verbally handicapped
4786979, Jun 07 1985 Robert Bosch GmbH Method and system for picture-correct transfer of motion picture film scenes to magnetic tape
4787063, Oct 19 1984 Acquisition and transmission system for a recorder and a computer center
4787085, May 30 1986 Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation; Sony Corporation Digital signal transmitting system
4789863, Oct 02 1985 Pay per view entertainment system
4792849, Aug 04 1987 TVWorks, LLC Digital interactive communication system
4792973, Jun 08 1984 General Instrument Corporation Selective enablement of descramblers
4796181, Oct 24 1986 Billing system for computer software
4802114, Feb 07 1986 RCA LICENSING CORPORATION, A DE CORP Programmable remote control transmitter
4803725, Mar 11 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Cryptographic system using interchangeable key blocks and selectable key fragments
4805014, Nov 07 1983 Sony Corporation Signal transmission system for a CATV system
4805020, Mar 21 1983 NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH, INC , A DELAWARE CORP Television program transmission verification method and apparatus
4809267, Jun 27 1986 Fujitsu Limited Packet data communication system with ring type transmission line
4809274, Sep 19 1986 General Instrument Corporation Digital audio companding and error conditioning
4812843, May 04 1987 TELEPHONE INFORMATION SYSTEM, INC , A CORP OF DE Telephone accessible information system
4813011, May 13 1985 MEDIATEK INC Data processing peripheral subsystems having a controller and a plurality of peripheral devices
4814756, Dec 12 1980 Texas Instruments Incorporated Video display control system having improved storage of alphanumeric and graphic display data
4815129, Jan 02 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Video encryption system
4816904, Jun 09 1983 ARBITRON INC ; ARBITRON, INC A DELAWARE CORPORATION Television and market research data collection system and method
4816905, Apr 30 1987 GTE Main Street Incorporated Telecommunication system with video and audio frames
4821032, Dec 21 1984 Sony Corporation Communication system for video information apparatus
4821097, Mar 05 1987 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Apparatus and method for providing digital audio on the sound carrier of a standard television signal
4821102, Jul 29 1986 Sony Corporation Video display system with selective display of operating conditions
4825050, Sep 13 1983 TRANSACTION SECURITY CORPORATION, PLANTATION, FLA , A CORP Security transaction system for financial data
4827508, Oct 14 1985 ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING RESOURCES, INC Database usage metering and protection system and method
4829372, Aug 20 1987 TVWorks, LLC Presentation player
4829569, Sep 21 1984 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc Communication of individual messages to subscribers in a subscription television system
4831526, Apr 22 1986 The Chubb Corporation Computerized insurance premium quote request and policy issuance system
4833710, Feb 15 1984 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Pay television system
4835777, Jan 07 1987 Motorola, Inc. Radio paging receiver including duplicate page detection and error correction capability
4837858, Apr 30 1987 Motorola, Inc.; MOTOROLA, INC , A CORP OF DE Subscriber unit for a trunked voice/data communication system
4841386, Feb 21 1986 Deutsche Thomson-Brandt GmbH Cassette recorder with recording programming
4843482, Jul 26 1986 GRUNDIG E M V ELEKTRO-MECHANISCHE VERSUCHSANSTALT MAX GRUNDIG HOLLAND STIFTUNG & CO K G , A CORP OF THE FED REP OF GERMANY Device for recording satellite TV broadcasts
4845491, May 15 1987 NEWSPAGER CORPORATION OF AMERICA, 130 PRODUCE AVENUE, SUITE A, SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94080 Pager based information system
4847698, Jul 16 1987 ACTV, Inc.; ACTV, Inc Interactive television system for providing full motion synched compatible audio/visual displays
4847699, Jul 16 1987 ACTV, Inc.; ACTV, Inc Method for providing an interactive full motion synched compatible audio/visual television display
4847700, Jul 16 1987 ACTV, Inc.; ACTV, Inc Interactive television system for providing full motion synched compatible audio/visual displays from transmitted television signals
4855842, Aug 06 1987 INTERACTIVE HEALTH CORP ; INTERACTIVE HEALTH NETWORK, INC Dedicated programmable controller for interactive video disc system
4860379, May 18 1979 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Data communications system
4862268, Mar 31 1980 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Addressable cable television control system with video format data transmission
4866706, Aug 27 1987 Standard Microsystems Corporation Token-passing local area network with improved throughput
4868866, Dec 28 1984 McGraw-Hill Inc. Broadcast data distribution system
4876592, Mar 10 1986 RESPONSE REWARD SYSTEMS, L C System for merchandising and the evaluation of responses to broadcast transmissions
4879611, Aug 01 1986 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Record mode setting apparatus responsive to transmitted code containing time-start information
4885579, Apr 18 1986 British Broadcasting Corporation Device for the remote control of a videorecorder or a videoreceiver
4885775, Sep 21 1984 SCIENTIFIC-ATLANTA, INC , ONE TECHNOLOGY PARKWAY ATLANTA, GA 30348 A CORP OF GA Information display scheme for subscribers of a subscription television system
4887172, Apr 10 1987 Ampex Corporation Apparatus and method for cueing a video tape recorder
4887296, Oct 26 1984 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Cryptographic system for direct broadcast satellite system
4888796, Aug 31 1987 PARENTAL GUIDE COMPANY, L L C Program material screening device
4890321, Jul 08 1986 Cisco Technology, Inc Communications format for a subscription television system permitting transmission of individual text messages to subscribers
4893248, Feb 06 1987 DIGEQUIP SECURITY INDUSTRIES, INC Monitoring and reporting system for remote terminals
4908713, Dec 14 1981 Rovi Guides, Inc VCR Programmer
4908859, Sep 19 1986 General Instrument Corporation Receiver access interface to service components in television channel
4916539, Apr 21 1983 The Weather Channel, LLC Communications system having receivers which can be addressed in selected classes
4926255, Mar 10 1986 RESPONSE REWARD SYSTEMS, L C System for evaluation of response to broadcast transmissions
4930160, Sep 02 1987 GUARDIAN MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES LTD Automatic censorship of video programs
4937821, Jan 21 1986 DIACOM TECHNOLOGIES, INC A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION; COMPUREAD-LEARNING INSIGHTS, A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP; DIACOM TECHNOLOGIES, INC Pipeline information delivery system
4941040, Apr 29 1985 TVWorks, LLC Cable television system selectively distributing pre-recorded video and audio messages
4942616, Sep 09 1985 Interactive synthesized speech quotation system for brokers
4963994, Dec 14 1981 VCR programmer
4965825, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MASS MEDIA CORPORATION, THE Signal processing apparatus and methods
4969209, Jul 27 1987 PRS CORPORATION, A CORP OF NEW YORK Broadcast receiver capable of selecting stations based upon geographical location and program format
4974252, Jun 03 1987 Club Theatre Network, Inc. Interactive commercial/entertainment network
4977594, Oct 14 1986 ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING RESOURCES, INC Database usage metering and protection system and method
4982430, Apr 24 1985 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Bootstrap channel security arrangement for communication network
4993066, Feb 26 1987 Acacia Research Group LLC Method for television scrambling
5010571, Sep 10 1986 General Instrument Corporation Metering retrieval of encrypted data stored in customer data retrieval terminal
5034807, Mar 10 1986 RESPONSE REWARD SYSTEMS, L C System for evaluation and rewarding of responses and predictions
5036537, Nov 19 1984 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION GIC-4 Geographic black-out method for direct broadcast satellite system
5045848, Apr 10 1984 Data Broadcasting Corporation Method of encoding market data and transmitting by radio to a plurality of receivers
5050213, Oct 14 1986 Electronic Publishing Resources, Inc. Database usage metering and protection system and method
5057915, Mar 10 1986 RESPONSE REWARD SYSTEMS, L C System and method for attracting shoppers to sales outlets
5060140, Jan 16 1986 TELCO TECHNOLOGY, INC Universal programmable data communication connection system
5083271, Jun 27 1984 John A., Klayh Tournament data system with game score communication between remote player terminal and central computer
5089885, Nov 14 1986 BOX WORLDWIDE, L L C , THE Telephone access display system with remote monitoring
5099348, Dec 12 1984 Itron, Inc Display for remote receiver in a utility management system
5109414, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MASS MEDIA CORPORATION, THE Signal processing apparatus and methods
5128752, Mar 10 1986 QUEST NETTECH CORPORATION System and method for generating and redeeming tokens
5140419, Apr 21 1983 The Weather Channel, LLC Communications system
5144663, Apr 18 1986 NAGRA PLUS S A Method of interactive communication between a subscriber and a decoder of a system of pay-television and decoder thereof
5152011, Jul 27 1987 Broadcast receiver capable of automatic station identification and format-scanning based on an internal database updatable via data reception over the airwaves
5152012, Jul 27 1987 Broadcast receiver capable of automatically updating location and performing spiral searching
5163024, Dec 30 1983 Texas Instruments Incorporated Video display system using memory with parallel and serial access employing serial shift registers selected by column address
5172111, Aug 31 1987 PARENTAL GUIDE COMPANY, L L C ; DIGITAL CHOICE OF TEXAS, L L C , A TEXAS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY Stored media screening device
5177604, May 14 1986 Radio Telcom & Technology, Inc. Interactive television and data transmission system
5191410, Aug 04 1987 TVWorks, LLC Interactive multimedia presentation and communications system
5195092, Aug 04 1987 TVWorks, LLC Interactive multimedia presentation & communication system
5208665, Aug 20 1987 TVWorks, LLC Presentation player for an interactive digital communication system
5216552, Sep 20 1984 TCL GOVIDEO Video cassette recorder having dual decks for selective simultaneous functions
5227874, Mar 10 1986 QUEST NETTECH CORPORATION Method for measuring the effectiveness of stimuli on decisions of shoppers
5233654, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MASS MEDIA CORPORATION, THE Signal processing apparatus and methods
5283734, Mar 10 1986 QUEST NETTECH CORPORATION System and method of communication with authenticated wagering participation
5335277, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MASS MEDIA CORPORATION, THE Signal processing appparatus and methods
5887243, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS, L L C Signal processing apparatus and methods
7805749, Nov 03 1981 PERSONALIZED MEDIA COMMUNICATIONS, L L C Signal processing apparatus and methods
AU74619,
CA1189612,
CA1216977,
D302178, Nov 28 1986 AMTOTE INTERNATIONAL, INC Video self-service terminal
DE2058681,
DE2338380,
DE2356969,
DE2453441,
DE255024,
DE2550624,
DE2553441,
DE2823175,
DE2831014,
DE2853764,
DE2904891,
DE2904981,
DE2918846,
DE3020787,
DE3039949,
DE3112249,
DE3143627,
DE3328001,
DE3335082,
DE3337204,
EP20242,
EP187417,
EP103438,
EP128481,
EP132007,
EP133985,
EP152251,
EP187417,
EP206821,
EP217308,
EP46108,
EP49184,
EP55167,
EP55674,
EP56649,
EP77712,
EP78185,
FR2417226,
FR2496376,
FR2516733,
FR7903351,
FR8002901,
GB1066931,
GB1204190,
GB1213357,
GB1370535,
GB1396981,
GB1515309,
GB1523307,
GB1543502,
GB1554411,
GB1556366,
GB1566366,
GB1582563,
GB1584111,
GB2016874,
GB2033699,
GB2034995,
GB2051527,
GB2067379,
GB2081948,
GB2090504,
GB2103455,
GB2126002,
GB2140963,
GB2144897,
GB2155283,
GB2164229,
GB2167917,
GB2185670,
GB857862,
GB959274,
JP146587,
JP53068124,
JP5311515,
JP53121420,
JP55028691,
JP5526792,
JP5549084,
JP55500886,
JP5579585,
JP56116385,
JP5647179,
JP5651161,
JP57199377,
JP58156279,
JP58209276,
JP59154886,
JP59160387,
JP59224988,
JP5950134,
JP59501340,
JP60123182,
JP60146587,
JP60149281,
JP60256284,
JP6061935,
JP61148988,
JP61174889,
JP6120441,
JP61236284,
JP61267474,
JP6150470,
JP62060378,
JP6212285,
PL204525,
26331,
27810,
RE31182, Oct 11 1979 ITT WORLD COMMUNICATIONS, INC , 100 PLAZA DRIVE, SECAUCUS, NEW JERSEY, A CORP OF DE Packet-switched data communication system
RE31735, Oct 19 1977 Feature Film Services Subscriber-limited reception television broadcast security encoder-decoder system
RE31977, Aug 19 1983 Texas Instruments Incorporated Digital computing system having auto-incrementing memory
RE32187, Sep 22 1976 Etablissement Public de Diffusion Dit "Telediffusion de France" System for digitally transmitting and displaying texts on television screen
RE32326, May 19 1983 BTG INTERNATIONAL INC Row grabbing system
RE32835, Nov 06 1985 Chaparral Communications, Inc. Polarized signal receiver system
RE33189, May 09 1988 Comsat Corporation Security system for SSTV encryption
RE33662, Aug 25 1983 TV animation interactively controlled by the viewer
RE33808, Aug 28 1985 Information Resources, Inc. Cable television with multi-event signal substitution
RE34034, Oct 11 1985 MLR, LLC A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OF VIRGINIA ; SITI-SITES COM, INC Cellular telephone data communication system and method
WO8000019,
WO8100414,
WO8000292,
WO8002093,
WO8002901,
WO8102961,
WO8300789,
WO8503604,
WO8503830,
WO8704884,
/
Executed onAssignorAssigneeConveyanceFrameReelDoc
Nov 08 2018Personalized Media Communications LLC(assignment on the face of the patent)
Date Maintenance Fee Events
Nov 08 2018BIG: Entity status set to Undiscounted (note the period is included in the code).
Mar 28 2022M1553: Payment of Maintenance Fee, 12th Year, Large Entity.


Date Maintenance Schedule
Apr 28 20234 years fee payment window open
Oct 28 20236 months grace period start (w surcharge)
Apr 28 2024patent expiry (for year 4)
Apr 28 20262 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 4)
Apr 28 20278 years fee payment window open
Oct 28 20276 months grace period start (w surcharge)
Apr 28 2028patent expiry (for year 8)
Apr 28 20302 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 8)
Apr 28 203112 years fee payment window open
Oct 28 20316 months grace period start (w surcharge)
Apr 28 2032patent expiry (for year 12)
Apr 28 20342 years to revive unintentionally abandoned end. (for year 12)